THE FIFT BOOK OF THE MOST PLEASANT AND ELECTABLE HISTORY OF AMADIS DE GAUL.  
〈◊〉 the first part of the most strange, vali●●● worthy acts of ESPLANDIAN son to Amadis 〈◊〉 as his strange sailing in the great Serpent, the winning of his Sword, conquest of the Castle La montaigne defendu, his wars with Armato King of Turkey, his love to Leonorine daughter to the Emperor of Constantinople, with divers services done in her behalf: the besieging of Constantinople by the Turks & Pagans, with their overthrow by the Christian Princes: his marriage with Leonorine, his investing in the Empire of Greece: and lastly his enchantment with divers other Princes in the palace of Apollidon devised by Vrganda.  
NON PLUS   printer's or publisher's device 
LONDON. Printed by Adam Islip, and are to be sold by Hugh jackson, dwelling in Fleetstreet. 1598.   

The Printer to the courteous Readers.  
GEntlemen, I present you here with the fift book of Amadis de Gaul, of whose delectable history you have already perused the first and second books: wherefore it may be, you rather expect the third and fourth books to come forth in due course, then that the fift should thus untimely appear before the rest. The cause of which unorderly proceeding, grew from this occasion: I having only interest in this and the following books of Amadis, have already set out this fift book, being the first of those which are in my hands, and also doth begin with the history of Esplandian, being the son of Amadis: intending by God's grace to proceed with the others in due order as time doth permit. But as concerning the other Books which rest in another man's right, as they are not in my power, so can I make no promise when they shall be published: wherefore seeing that matter remains wholly to his will, I being ignorant of his intent, did according to my own fancy go forward with my own, which may the sooner produce him to set out his: but if he should not, yet will I by God's help go thorough with mine till I have finished all the parts that are in my hands: which are Histories so pleasant and delightful, that it were great pity they should lie hidden from your gentle sight: especially, for that they contain such high matters of knighthood and princely chivalry: All which I humbly commend to your favourable censure.  
Yours in all duty, A. I.   

THE FIFT BOOK OF Amadis de Gaul, containing part of the valiant acts of Esplandian his son, and others.  

CHAP. I. How Esplandian sleeping in the great serpent, when he awaked, he found himself to be at the foot of the rock of the Enchantress, and what happened unto him.  
ESplandian that had fallen asleep in the serpent by means of the melodious noise of trumpets, that the six Gentlewomen sounded along the shore, after he had received the order of knighthood, as it hath been declared unto you in the end of our fourth book, when he awaked was much abashed that he saw not any of the company that were there present when the Giant Balan dubbed him knight, but found himself alone between the wings of that monstrous beast, at the foot of a rock unknown to him, which rock was so high, that he thought it impossible to climb up, but he was persuaded that Vrganda la Descogneve (whose works and enterprises were most wonderful) had ordained it to be so, and thereupon he comforted himself, going down into the body of the ship (where the day before that great assembly had been) but he found no man; and seeking further, he went into the chapel, where he espied Sergil his squire fast sleeping, and hard by him two old men with rolls on their heads, appareled like Turks: with that he went to Sergil, and with his foot gave him such a thrust, that on a sudden he started up, and speaking to his master (as though he had never seen him before) asked him what he meant, whereat Esplandian begins to laugh, and said unto him: Good God, Sergil, hast thou been in my company all thy life time, and knowest me no better? and taking him by the hand, he drew him in such manner to him that therewith he awaked, much ashamed to have committed such a fault: whereof seeking to excuse himself, he said unto his master, By my faith sir, I was so fast asleep when you called me, that I neither remembered you nor myself, and I am now more abashed than I was before to think how I fell into so sound a sleep: That cannot I tell (answered Esplandian) although as much hath happened unto me. Then he told him that he had slept, and when he awaked he found himself alone between the wings of the Serpent, without any of the company that were with him when he received the order of knighthood, and now (said he) we are arrived at the foot of the highest rock that ever I saw, and withal it is so hard and difficult to climb up, that I can find neither path nor way how to do it, yet have I beheld it long, but (as I perceive) it is environed with the sea in such manner, that considering the situation of the place, I certainly believe it is the rock of the Enchantress, whereof in times past thou hast heard by Amadis my father. And as they were in this manner speaking, Sergil heard the two old men snort (that as yet they had not once perceived) and demanded of Esplandian if he knew them not: As God help me no (said Esplandian) for as far as I remember I never saw them before, but I judge that Vrganda hath left them here to help us if we need. I pray you said Sergil let us awake them: then he called them so loud that they rose up, Esplandian ask them who brought them thither, but they made signs that they could not speak. It was then about twelve of the clock, and Esplandian would willingly have eaten if he had found meat, and said unto Sergil, Friend, never in all my life had I so good an appetite to eat as I have now, but I doubt we shall find no victuals in the ship, I pray thee Sergil let us go see, for as I perceive, if we trust unto these dumb men, we are like to far but hardly: but the dumb men perceived well what he meant: wherefore going out of the chapel they entered into a chamber that joined to the hall, from whence they presently returned, bringing with them such quantity of meat that Esplandian and Sergil were never better satisfied in all their lives: having dined & the tables uncovered, they went unto the place where Esplandian had slept, from whence he showed Sergil the rock whereof he had told him before, saying: Assure thyself Sergil, seeing the serpent stirreth not from hence, it is a sign that I must go upon this high rock to see if there be any adventures, and if I can bring them to an end I know not (answered Sergil) what you will do, but if you trust to the counsel of our dumb men we shall stay long enough here before we have any words of them. Let us land (said Esplandian) and with that he made signs to the old men, that they should haise out the boat, whereunto they willingly obeyed: which done, the first that entered was Sergil, than Esplandian (armed in the same armour he ware when the great Balan dubbed him knight) and rowing with their oars they made towards the rock, at the foot whereof they descended out of the boat, leaving the two dumb men alone in the serpent, and as they were looking for a way to get up, they found the same path that Amadis and Gransador had taken when they went up to see the strange adventures that the Enchaunteresse had left there, and they had not traveled long, but that Sergil perceived his master to want a sword, (for of all other armour he was well furnished when he received the order of knighthood only of a sword) wherefore he said unto him: sir, I know not whether you mean to go, but if we pass forward, and that upon the top of this rock, if you find any dangerous adventure, you have nothing to defend yourself withal, but if you will believe me, you shall rather take an oar out of our boat, for oftentimes the stoutest man is overcome, not for want of courage or stomach to resist, but for want of weapons to defend himself, and with that he went back unto the boat, and bringing one of the oars with him, gave it to his master, in which manner they began to mount upon the rock not without great pain, the way being so difficult, the air hot, and Esplandian heavily armed. Notwithstanding they ceased not to travail day and night, till they arrived at the Hermitage, where the image of brass stood with a scroll of writing at his feet (as you have read in the fourth book) which as then they could not discern by reason it was dark, wherefore they determined to pass the night under the gate, not entering any further, for it was extreme hot. Then Esplandian put off his helmet, and laying down his shield, eat such meat as his Squire had brought with him: which done, lying down upon the grass he slept till the morning that he and Sergil entered into the chapel, where they beheld the image and the writing, but neither of them could read it because the letters were in Greek, which they understood not. Then Esplandian determining to go further, said to Sergil, Friend, it is best for you to stay here till I come again, for if this be the rock where my father & Gransador (whether it wear by fortune or willingly) did once arrive, I remember I have heard them tell, that in Summer the air is so hot therein that it breedeth many venomous beasts, whereby thou mightest receive some harm, being no better armed than thou art, but as for me thou knowest I am predestined to those adventures that other men have failed to accomplish, which putteth me in hope either that I shall not live long, or I shall accomplish the things that are foreshowed of me, and by that means shall conquer the sword and the treasure, that for certain is said to be in an old palace within this rock. What, said Sergil, Do you think that although I should die a thousand deaths I would refuse to go with you? No by my faith, for I know that without your company life will be irksomer to me then a thousand deaths if a man could endure so many. Friend answered Esplandian I believe it well, nevertheless if any inconvenience should happen unto thee, besides the blame I might receive thereby, thy deed would be more esteemed folly, then done of any courage: but not to me that have both armour and shield to fight against the strongest enemy that may be found, wherefore I pray thee once again do as I would have thee. Wherewith Sergil perceiving no remedy, turned his head aside and began to weep. In the mean time Esplandian laced on his helmet, and hanging his shield about his neck with the oar on his shoulder, kept on the paths that at the last brought him to the top of the rock, and being there he went towards the broken castle, where he perceived the other Image with the table that she held in her left hand, the contents whereof he could no more understand then that of the Hermitage, wherefore without longer staying he passed forward towards the chamber where the treasure lay, being continually guarded by a most great and horrible serpent: and as he went nearer to it, he perceived the gates to be of hard stone, where there was a sword so far thrust in, that nothing but the handle could be seen, wherewith he thought it to be the same whereof he had heard, and being moved with great desire to have it, he determined (although he had but a staff to defend himself) to assail the beast, whatsoever happened thereby. And to the same end with a bold courage he set forwards, but the serpent (that as then slept) awaked, and looking with a cruel countenance upon Esplandian, began to hiss, and cast out fire at he● mouth as if she would devour him. Nevertheless Esplandian covered with his shield went near unto her, and with his oar gave her such a blow between the ears, that with the force he used, it had almost fallen out of his hands. Notwithstanding the beast made towards him so furiously that she overthrew him on the ground and troad upon his belly, whereat he was not a little abashed, but perceiving what danger he was in, suddenly ●art up, and by little and little got to the gate wherein the sword stuck, which at the last he laid hold upon, and with both hands drew it to him with such force that he pulled it out: and with that the gates opened with so fearful a noise, that presently the serpent fell dead upon the ground, and Esplandian was so astonished that he knew not what he did, but it was no marvel for that Sergil that stayed in the hermitage, far from thence was in the greatest fear that ever he had, and besides the sailors that as then sailed along the coast, thought verily the rock would have fallen into the sea, so great was the noise at the opening of the gate. Mean time Esplandian lay in a swoon till midnight following that he opened his eyes, when he saw a great brightness in the place, perceiving the serpent dead and the enchanted sword lying by his side, which he took in his hand, and rising up entered into the chamber, in the middle whereof he saw a tomb shining brighter than fire, and upon it a great lion of brass, holding in his right paw the scabbard of the sword, from whence the great brightness issued, and in his left a roll of letters written in Latin, The contents whereof do follow.   

CHAP. II. How Esplandian having read the writing contained in the roll that the Lion held, took the shining scabbard, and what speech he and Sergil had together.  
THe fearful cries at the time of the great constraint, shall force thee (O thou Knight that hast conquered the sword) to return again to conquer the great treasure whereby thy joy shall be restored in such sort, that the kindled flames, by whose beams thou shalt far off be wounded (shall be extinguished, & content thyself with this glorious conquest thou hast made: for that variable fortune had advanced thee before all others, and thou hast obtained the honour whereunto so many good knights could never attain, notwithstanding all their Prowess.  
Esplandian having read and again perused the contents of the writing, for a time stood musing thereon, and in the end perceived thereby, that although he had brought the adventure of the sword unto an end, yet he should be constrained to attend the time appointed (according to the contents of the writing) nevertheless he knew not the meaning thereof, being as then at liberty and free from all the passions of love. Notwithstanding the cruel Tyrant Love, afterward obtained so great a conquest against him, that he made him fall in love with her that he never had seen, nor never was in her company, as reading further in this history you shall at large perceive. Then he laid hand upon the scabbard, and put the sword into it, thanking God devoutly for the grace he had obtained. After that he went divers times about the tomb to see if he could open it without breaking, but he perceived the crystal, from whence issued part of the brightness to be covered with another plate coloured like azure, so wonderfully wrought that it would scarce be judged whether it were marble, metal, or any other stuff: whereupon he left off his enterprise, and returned into the hall where the dead serpent lay, but as than neither the sword nor the scabbard yielded any such brightness as before they did, because it was day: Then going out he went down again towards the Hermitage where he had left his Squire, who being melancholy and amazed at the long absence of his master, (fearing some danger happened unto him) was gone out of the Hermitage to seek him, and he had not traveled far, but he perceived him coming with the sword by his side, whereat he made such joy, that being yet far from him, he cried out and said, O my lord, blessed be God that hath given you so good a beginning whereat every man shall wonder. Friend (said Esplandian) he hath yet done more for me then thou wouldst think, and with that he began from point to point to show him the danger wherein he was, and being in that discourse, it waxed dark even then when they arrived at the Hermitage: wherefore they determined not to travel any further that night, but laid them down under the next trees they came unto, still speaking of the strangeness of the place: whereat Sergil being more abashed then before, could not refrain to say: As God help me Master, by good reason you may be esteemed a better knight than Amadis your father, that came into this place, and saw the Image at the Hermitage, the writing that standeth upon the arch of stone, the serpent, the sword that stuck in the gate where you found it, and the shining tomb, yet durst he never prove any of these adventures, and he said true, for Amadis knew well by the contents of the letters written in Greek, that those adventures were ordained for his son Esplandian, and therefore undertook them not, but all others, only Gransador and Vrganda knew it not till then, but although Sergil thought to please his master using such words in his commendation, yet Esplandian took it not so well, saying: I pray thee Sergil never use such speeches, for if the Prowess and knightly adventures of my Father had been as well employed to the advancing of the Christian faith as they were to win and obtain honour in this world, I think his like would not be found, but having passed his youth in things so vain and transitory, doubtless his glory is the less, not that I presume in any thing to accuse him, and God forbidden I should, yet is he known in so many places to be so valiant a knight, that whosoever he be can second him may well esteem himself happy among the happiest, wherefore I pray thee let us talk of other matters. Thus sometimes talking and other whiles sleeping, day began to appear, when they rose up, taking their way towards the sea side, descending down the rock, till they came where the two dumb men stayed for them, one within the ship, the other in a little bark, wherein Esplandian entered, according to the sign the dumb man had made, and Sergil went into the serpent, and with that they departed, and the bark sailed so swiftly, that in short space they left the sight one of the other. But we will leave Sergil with his dumb man, making extreme sorrow to see himself bereaved of his masters presence, and will show you of Esplandian that from this time forwards shall be called the black knight, by reason of the arms he bore, who being in the little bark with his conductor, sailed so long that they took landing near the Port where king Lisuart lay prisoner.   

CHAP. III. How the bark wherein the black Knight and the dumb man sailed, arrived in the borders of Turkey hard by the place called Lafoy montaigne defendu, and of the discourse that an hermit and the Knight had together.  
Ten days and as many nights together the black knight and the dumb man sailed on the sea, not knowing in what parts they were, for if he had inquired of his guide, it had been but labour lost: the eleventh day they discovered a great & pleasant Island, where the knight being wearied with the impetuosity of the waves, desired his guide to put his bark on shore, but he regarding not his words, thrust it near unto a high rock, by nature cut in such manner, that it seemed a wall purposely made for the defence thereof: and the country was so 〈◊〉 of woods and bushes, that it might be esteemed unhabitable. Then the dumb man showed him a path that led him up to the rock, and made him a sign to go thither, where with he issued out of the bark, armed at all points, and began to mount up, the weather was then extreme hot, whereby the knight was so chased in his harness, that he was constrained to put off his helmet & carry it in his hand, till he perceived a little Hermitage among the bushes, & before it stood a high cross, which pleased him well, not only for the hope he had to find some one of whom he might inquire in what country he was, but because he was assured that there dwelled a Christian, and with that he perceived a man appareled like an Hermit, so old and withered that his long white beard hung down to his girdle, carrying in his hand a pitcher of water, that he had drawn out of a fountain not far from thence, and was passing by when the knight spoke unto him, saying: Father, God save you, which when the good man heard, he was in so great a maze, that for fear his pitcher fell out of his hand and brake in pieces. Nevertheless by little and little he came to himself again, and perceiving him that spoke unto him, answered and said, My son, it is now twenty years passed sithence I left the pleasures of this world, and forseek my native soil to obtain the grace of God, and that which most abasheth me is, that since the time whereof I speak I never found man that as yet saluted me in this manner, and I think verily you are a stranger in these countries, or else your speech and apparel disguiseth you much. Father (said the knight) true it is I am a stranger, brought hither by such means, that I neither know the country where I am, nor any man or woman inhabiting therein, for you are the first creature that I met since I arrived here, of whom I might inquire, assuring you that when I perceived this cross it rejoiced my heart, for it is the arms of the master that I serve. What said the Hermit, do you then know the virtue thereof? I, answered the knight, that I do, being well assured that upon the like cross our Redeemer (whereof I speak) suffered death and passion. Alas said the holy man, you say true, praised be his holy name, that once before I die he hath given me the grace to let me see a man on this side the sea that believeth in him, assuring you sir knight that you and I are only the two creatures in this country that are Christians, for all the restare Pagans and idolaters. And as he would have proceeded further, his speech failed him, doubting that he to whom he spoke, was but a fantasy or shadow of a man, but at the last he waxed bolder, and in manner of conjuration asked him if he were a mortal man or not? Mortal (answered the knight) that I am for certain, and withal a sinner, which displeaseth me much, and if it abasheth you at this present to see me here, I am myself no less abashed to see you: for without doubt the manner of my arrival in this country hath been such and so strange, that I can render you no reason thereof, but if you know the country where in we are, I beseech you good Father tell it me to put me out of doubt. Gladly (said the Hermit) and with that he took him by the hand, & led him to his Hermitage, and there sitting down together upon a log of wood, the old man began to speak in this manner, and said, Now sir knight, tell me I pray you what countryman you are, Father (said he) Great Britain is the country where in my youth I was borne and bred, I know not if ever you were acquainted therewith: How long is it said the Hermit since you came from thence? It is fifteen days & more since I was there said the knight, did you never know king Lisuart (said the Hermit) that in my time reigned therein? Yes truly (said the knight) for I have seen him many times: how did he when you came from thence said the Hermit? That can I not certainly show said the knight, for he was lost and led away from thence, but by whom or in what manner no man cantle, notwithstanding the great pain and diligence divers of his knights have used to find him out. When the Hermit heard that, he seemed very pensive, which the knight perceiving, thought in his mind that he could tell him some news, where upon he began to behold him well in the face to see if he changed colour, with that the Hermit (that well perceived the Knight's meaning) said unto him. Truly Sir Knight, not without cause have I inquired so much touching King Lisuart, but before I will show you my reason why, you shall understand that I am of great Britain as well as you, where as yet the greatest part of my kindred are living, whom I forsook at the same time that a Giant lord of this country married with a lady who as then I served, and with her passed the sea, not only hoping to reap some reward for my former service, but (as young men are moved) with a great desire to see strange countries, but it fortuned, that my mistress being forsaken of God, as soon as she arrived in this country, left his holy law to receive the law of her husband, wherefore considering with myself, that by reason as well of my natural weakness, as by often frequenting the company of these countrymen I might fall into some error, I determined to withdraw myself into this place, wherein I have endured much pain and misery, to the great danger of my life, by reason of the controversy between the law of jesus Christ, which I hold, and the law of the Pagans that seek daily to destroy it, that without the favour of my mistress that would not suffer them to displease me, I had not lived so long as I have done among them, but when it pleaseth God I will departed hence, and return again into mine own country, now you have heard how I have hitherto lived, I pray you sir knight (said he) show me your adventures, and who hath brought you into this place from whence very hardly you will ever be able to return again, but rather are in danger of most cruel death, or to endure the most horrible imprisonment that ever was heard of, which would grieve me much, not only for the great beauty and young years that I perceive to be in you, but for that you are my native countryman. Father answered the knight, you have done me great pleasure to show me the manner of your life and bringing up, nevertheless before I satisfy your request, tell me (if it pleaseth you) wherefore when you spoke of king Lisuart you seemed so sad, which made me conjecture that you know some thing touching him. Son (said the Hermit) you shall understand that a daughter of mine, servant to the lady whereof I spoke, not long since came hither to see me, and told me that he mistress returning from great Britain, whether she went to deliver a brother of hers out of prison, brought with her very secretly a knight of great estimation as she said, nevertheless I cannot assure you who it is: but as I have learned since, they say the two Giants sons were much pleased therewith, which maketh me doubt, considering the news you have showed me touching king Luisart, that he is most likely to be the man, for she is so well seen in the art of Necromancy and Magic, that oftentimes she procureth mischief unto those that never offended her. And in what country are we now (said the knight?) You are between the marches of Turkey and Gréece said the Hermit, for this mountain parteth both the countries, but it is so strong, not only by nature, but by art, that neither of the two Princes of those countries, what force soever they brought hither, could never win it. And now a Giant (son unto my lady and mistress) and one of the most strongest and puissant knights in the East parts, (as many of his neighbours, whose goods he hath by force usurped, and that in despite of the Emperor, or any other contradicting the same have proved) is lord thereof. Where dwelleth he (saind the knight?) Above upon the rock (said the Hermit) in a castle which he hath most strongly fortified, and is kept with all diligence and care by a Giant one of his brethren, with others, of as good condition as themselves, and which is more, it is not possible to come near the castle, but by a little path way whereon the sea continually beateth, at the end whereof there is a pair of stairs cut out of the rock, whereby you mount up till you come to an iron gate, where a villain, in whom the lord of the castle putteth his trust, watcheth continually, for there is no other entry, but only the great gate that is defended with strong platforms and great Towers, in the middle whereof there is a door so strait, that a man on horseback can hardly enter therein, and that way most commonly those of the castle do use to issue forth. Before it be night said the knight, I mean to see what manner of place it is, & if I can I will know who it is, that was so lately brought thither. God keep you from thence (said the Hermit) for thereby you will either procure your own death, or at the least perpetual imprisonment. Happen what may (said the knight) I will prove what fortune it shall please God to send me. That were but ill done of you (said the Hermit) for that men are bound to employ their forces only in things that stand with reason and possibility thereby to reap a benefit by their labours, otherwise they are to be esteemed desperate fools, & not valiant & hardy knights adventuring (without due respect) not only their bodies, but their souls which are of greater price, and Christ himself hath by example plainly showed it unto us, for when the Devil came and tempted him, bidding him do certain things, which in deed (as he was Christ) were possible, but as be was man were impossible to do, he answered him that he should not tempt the Lord his God. So my good son (said he) I would advise you to desist from so unreasonable an enterprise. You may preach what you will to persuade me to the contrary (said the knight) but I must do that where unto I am called, which is to prove myself in those adventures that in man's judgement seem impossible: otherwise those that have foreshowed of me, should not only have traveled in vain, but be esteemed liars and fools. If then their sayings be true, what greater honour can I obtain then bringing most wonderful adventures to an end, I may from henceforth thereby restrain the rage and fury of such men as hurt, and do injury unto others, contrary to the laws of God and man? And if they be found liars I had rather they should be reproved for their want of knowledge than I accused of any point of cowardice. And if the worst fall out I will employ my force against such accursed people, (members and ministers of the devil) whom by the help of God I shall overcome: and I believe and am certainly persuaded (that if I die in those adventures) he will receive my soul into his heavenly joy. The Hermit marveled much to hear the black knight speak so wisely, and with so great a courage, nevertheless the great beauty and young years he perceived him to have, moved him to so great compassion, that the tears ran down his eyes, and therewith he said, Ha good knight, he in whom thou trustest, preserve thee and send thee long life, and seeing thou art resolutely determined to pass forward, I pray thee defer the time for this night, for it is already so late, that although thou shouldest have time enough to get unto the gate before the sun goeth down yet shalt thou find it shut as it is accustomed to be, whereupon the Knight kept the Hermit company till the next day in the morning.   

CHAP. FOUR How the black knight went up the rock, where by force of arms he slew three Giants, and dlivered king Luisart out of prison.  
AT the hermits request the knight stayed and ●are him company all night, who entertained him in the best manner he could, where after they had supped, they laid them down upon a little straw till day began to appear, when they rose up, and the knight having said his prayers in the chapel, being armed at all points, took his leave of the Hermit, that brought him a great part of his way, and had gone further but he feared the Giants. Wherefore committing him to God, he took his leave and returned. Being gone, the knight travailed so fast, that having coasted along the sea shore, and passed the side of a great and thick forest, he descended into the goodliest meadow that e●er was seen, from whence he perceived the castle, situated upon the top of a high rock, and making towards it, he came t●● long bridge, finding no other way unto it, at the end whereof was a broad causey paved, with stone, & the sea ●●●ting continually against the towers, out of the windows he espied two knights, one as he thought was a Giant, the lady's son▪ Notwithstanding he stayed not, but took his way on the left hand and ●ounting up the steps, came to a marble gate kept by a knight all arme●, that before he came at him cried as loud as he could, saying, Thou accursed wretch, the colour of thy armour foreshoweth not so much sorrow and grief as here thou shalt receive confusion. What devil was be that sent thee hither being so young? Mean time the knight by little and little got up the hill, making as if he heard him not, for he had work enough to look to himself, the way was straight and uneasy to pass, and therefore he bore his helmet under his arm. But when he approached the gate and heard the other continue in his bravery, he answered him and said, He that is afraid commonly threateneth a fa●●● o●●, as then b●e some, but if thou desirest to know the cause o●●●y coming, open me the gate, and thou shalt see if I can satisfy thy desire. With that the Porter came down, (and while the knight put on his helmet) he opened the gate, and looking out cried with a loud voice, come in thou unhappy creature to the place where you 〈◊〉 any stranger had good entertainment. Then the black knight went in, and entered into a vault, mean time the gate was that whereby the place seemed very dark, for there entered no light but only by a little hole that came through the rock, and as he passed forward, the Porter that was behind, staying him, said unto him Villain, leave thy armour here, and I will bring thee where the lords of the castle shall reward thee according to thy deserts. It were better (said the knight) without so much trouble to bring me thither, in as I am, and I will follow thee. But I will not (said he) lest I lose too much by thee, for then my companion will have thy armour, which by right is mine, and with that he lifted up his hatchet, thinking to cleave his head, whereat the black knight stepped back, and with his sword gave him such a blow, that he overthrew him on the ground, and stepping upon him, thrust him into the body, and as he had done, there entered at the gate (that went out of the vault) a villain all armed, who thinking to speak to the Porter, with a rude and churlish voice, said Argantes, why stayest thou so long to bring up that accursed wretch that even now entered at the gate? Be content a while (said the black knight) I will be there soon enough both for thee and those that sent thee, if the gates be open. With that he villain perceived himself to be deceived, for he espied Argantes dead upon the ground, wherefore without longer staying he turned his back, and pulling the door after him left the knight shut ●nto the vault, whereat he was abashed, fearing to be famished for want of meat, but it fell out otherwise, for not long after he saw the gate opened, whereat there entered a Giant armed all in green, who perceiving the party dead, and the knight that had slain him standing by him, was in such a rage, that he said unto him. Thou accursed wretch, I am much abashed how thou hast thus entangled thyself within this place, from whence while thou livest thou shalt never be able to escape, but when thou hast endured along and most hard imprisonment, shalt be constrained to end thy miserable days with a thousand cruel torments that are prepared for thee. Art thou at that point (said the knight) I hope rather before we depart to make thee bear this villain company, that at my entering spared not to threaten me as thou dost now. What (said the Giant?) I assure thee I loved this dead knight as well as I love myself, and now I find him in this manner slain before mine eyes, yet art thou not afraid to boast thereof: By my head (said he) thou shalt dearly buy it. Behold I pray thee answered the knight, how thy unhappy fortune followeth thee at once, here before thy face thou seest thy friend dead, and by the same means thou shalt likewise lose the soul out of thy body, which the devil hath waited for since thou first beganst to lead an evil life, That shall soon be seen (said the Giant) and with that they encountered, and at their meeting laid upon each other so fiercely, that with the noise they made, it seemed ten knights fight together: and so long they continued the combat, that in the end the Giant waxed faint, which he perceiving, having lost the greatest part of his shield, and in a manner all his blood, he began to fly, and the black knight after him so fast, that before he could get out of the vault with one blow that clave his head to the teeth he slew him in the place. And as the knight stepped forth, he met two Squires that came to see the combat, who perceiving the knight with his sword bloody in his hand, asked him what was become of their guard. I have dealt with them (said he) as it hath pleased God to dispose? And how is that (said they) to send them both (said the knight) an unhappy end of their wretched lives, that their souls might be tormented in the everlasting pains of hell. With that they looked in and perceived Argantes on the one side, and the Giant on the other as yet shaking their legs with the pangs of death: whereat they had so great fear, that in great hast they presently retired, crying with a loud voice, Come forth my lords, come forth; for your uncle and the Porter are both slain, wherewith at the gate of the dungeon there appeared another Giant unarmed, very young and of a huge stature, named Frerion, who perceiving the black knight marching so boldly towards him, held the door half shut, and with a loud voice spoke unto him and said, By my father's soul thou must surely be some devil disguised in human shape, otherwise it had been unpossible for thee to have slain two of the best knights in the world, and in despite of them to enter thus far within the castle, but of one thing am I well assured, that what pain or torment soever I shall cause thee to endure, I cannot be revenged of the least wrong and injury I have received at thy hands. Thou brufish & unreasonable beast (said the knight) thou art surely worse than he of whom thou speakest, for that he being already judged of God, hath neither mean to repent his wickedness nor hope of salvation, but thou to whom it hath pleased God to give sense and reason to know both good and evil, dost still persevere in thy wickedness, making of vice a virtue, in such manner that by good right I may better term thee a devil then those that are wearied and wax melancholy to have so long attended for thy accursed soul, which I will shortly send them if thou come forth into this court, or let me enter in. Then stay (said Frerion) and thou shalt see how I will teach thee to preach in other sort, and with that he shut the door and went in to arm him, mean time the black knight sat down upon a marble stone, and he had not rested long, but the Giant came again, who bringing a great cimitere upon his shoulder, would have issued at the gate, when the knight spoke unto him, saying. Stay a little I pray thee before thou comest forth, and grant me one request which in right thou canst not well deny me, for although neither courtesy nor any part thereof did ever lodge within thy breast, that habit of knighthood wherewith thou art invested, aught more to move thee to humanity then thy nature of itself affordeth. Ask what thou wilt (said the Giant) and it may be thou shalt be refused, both thou and I (said the knight) are now on foot, I pray thee than let us fight in the other court, that those of thy castle may behold the pastime: which he said to the end that if he overcame his enemy as he doubted not thereof, they should not shut him out. By my head (said the Giant) at the first, I thought thou wouldst have asked mercy at my hands, which would not much avail thee: but seeing thy request is no other, I am content to grant it, although a means to fly away were much more advantage unto thee, which these high walls will not permit thee, if thou be once enclosed within them. Thou speakest (said the black knight) as thy nature yieldeth, and I as virtue bindeth me, for the rest let God work his will. Come in then (said Frerion) and defend thyself from me if thou canst. With that the black knight entered into a fair court pa●●d with white marble, all galleried about and supported with pillars of Purphire, in the midst whereof stood the portal that entered into the house, where an old lady accompanied of divers young gentlewomen stood looking forth, to whom the Giant went, and kneeling on his knee, said unto her: Madam, I most humbly beseech you, that neither for good nor evil which may happen unto me in fight with this knight, not one of your house be so bold to help or favour me in any sort, for I myself will put him to death with this my trenchant blade, and rising up again holding his shield before him with his cimiterre in his hand, he marched towards his enemy, who having God on his side (to whom he recommended himself) stood ready to receive him. Then there began such a combat between them that their blows seemed two smiths forging upon their anvils, seeming like fire that the wind kindleth in the air, and surely the black knight had sped but hardly at that time had it not been for the armour Vrganda gave him, that could not be cut by any weapon, & for the good sword he conquered in the rock of the Enchantress, wherewith he struck not one blow, but he drew blood on the Giant ●rerion, who nevertheless did marvelously both defend himself and assail his enemy, but by evil fortune as he thought to strike the knight on the right arm, he started back, and stepping forwards again gave the Giant such a blow upon the helmet that he cut away a great piece thereof together with the buckle that made it fast, but although the blow was marvelous great, and in a manner incredible, yet was not the Giant any thing therewith abashed, but still showed himself as fresh as if he had not fought all the day long: Nevertheless the blood in such abundance issued out of his body, that the white pavement of the court was changed into red, and therewith he grew so weak, that it might easily be judged he had the worst, whereby he still began to revile, seeking only to defend himself from his enemy's blows, whereat the old lady that beheld them, considering her sons extremity, cried out and said, alas my child, is it possible I should see thee murdered before my face, and therewith in great hast she ran thither, thinking to part them, but it was too late, for as she began to go towards them, the Giant field a● on the ground with two blows that the black knight gave him, one upon the head where he was unarmed, the other right in the middle of his leg, where with he cut it from his body, whereat the old lady was so grieved that she swooned in the place, being by her Gentle women carried from thence into her chamber, where they laid her on a bed, cursing him that was the cause thereof, nevertheless he followed them to the chamber door, where the old woman (being revived) perceiving him to enter, began again to lament and mourn, and shedding great abundance of tears she said unto him. Alas thou cruel knight the only bereaver of all my joy and felicity, art thou not satisfied yet? But wilt thou like wise have my life and my sons both? Then I pray thee with speed either execute thy will or else departed from hence, and take what thou thinkest good, permitting me to live the rest of my miseraale days in sorrow and care, with these poor women: but all her intent was to make him enter into the chamber, which was so enchanted, that no man could pass the threshold of the door, but presently he lost all his senses and fell down v●on the ground, as if he were dead, but little did the enchantment ●●aile her against the black knight, because the shining sword had such a property in it, that no enchantment whatsoever could hurt the bearer thereof. Therefore the knight hearing the sorrow the old lady made, he went into the chamber, speaking courteously unto her & said, Madam me thinks you should take the offence I have committed on your behalf in much better part, considering such hazards are common unto knights, desiring to win honour, and therefore I pray you appease your sorrow, and show me the knight you brought hither out of great Britain. When the old lady perceived him so far within the chamber without let, and that he desired to see the king, she being as it were out of her wits, cried as loud as she could, and said, alas unhappy wretch that I am, what have I done, for thinking to revenge another man's death, I have procured the destruction of mine own children, and therewith she sighed in such manner as if her heart would burst within her body, and lamenting that absence of her other son, said: Alas Matroco, where art thou now? What unhappy fortune hath thus separated thee from thy brother and me? Surely when thou hearest of his death, and at thy return shalt find another lord of this castle, I am in doubt thou wilt not have the patience to put up so great an injury, but thinking to revenge thyself I fear this devil will handle thee in the like sort he hath done the rest, for sure he is no mortal man, for if he were he had found more resistance in this place than he hath done. Then speaking unto the knight she asked him if he knew the man she held in prison, I truly (said he) it is king Lisuart, whereof I am right sorry, being well assured that kings elected of God, (as he is) for the government of his people ought not to be used in that manner. Wherefore I would have you show me where he is, otherwise, I will do worse than I have hitherto done. I know not (said she) who thou art, nor by what means thou hast so great power, but I am well assured and I would never have thought that twenty such knights (as once this day I did esteem thee) could ever have attained to the achieving of so great an enterprise and much less to have withstood my art as thou hast done, so that considering thereof, I suppose that this thy power proceedeth from him in whom in my young years I did once believe, and since that have forsaken him, to follow the works of the common enemy of all mankind, who according to his natural instinction, hath justly rewarded me to my desert: therefore it were but folly to deny thee any thing, that art so surely defended by him to whom all things are obedient. Fellow me then (said she) and I will show thee the king, but as I think, it is not he thou seekest. And with that she rose up & went into a dark chamber, the knight following her: then she opened an iron gate and said unto him go in, and there shalt thou find the prisoner. Lady (said the knight) if it were to fight I would not fail to do your commandment, but if by subtlety I should be shut in prison, you would laugh at me that I had no more wit but to put my trust in you, wherefore go you in first, that whatsoever happeneth, you may have your part, I see well (said the lady) that my labour is in vain, and all my art is nothing in respect of thee, therefore I am content to do thy will, but we have no light to see. Care you not for that (said he) for I will provide you light, and with that he pulled of the taffeta that covered the scabbard of his sword, whereby there was so great a brightness in the place, as if the sun had shone therein. Then they descended into a cave, where the knight perceived king Luisart lie upon a couch of straw, with a great collar of iron about his neck, and fetters on his legs, whereby he endured no little pain, whereat he was so grieved, that for sorrow the tears ran down his eyes, yet would he not disclose himself unto him, neither once utter what he thought, but without making himself known, said unto him. Noble king, you have been overlong within this filthy place, rise up I pray you and follow me. When the king heard him speak in that manner, he made no other account but to end his days at that time, wherewith he could not refrain to weep, and speaking unto the old lady, asked her if she knew him: For (said he) since I entered into this place, I never saw any knight nor any one that spoke unto me, but that little sustenance I had was let down at a hole from the top of this dungeon. Then she answered him, and in great despite said, Thou accursed king, if I had not known thee, I would never have taken pains to fetch thee so far from hence as I have done, cursed be the time when first I took it upon me, for thou only art the cause of my great sorrow, and the sole instrument of my bereaved joys. In faith lady (said the king) I know not what you mean, and am very sorry for your heaviness, for I never sought but to do honour and pleasure unto all ladies and Gentlewomen that desired the same, and for them have I oftentimes enterprised many dangerous adventures, to the great peril and hazard of my life, and if it hath happened otherwise unto you it is altogether unknown to me and wholly against my will, wherefore I beseech you be not offended with me but tell me where I am, and in whose power I now remain a prisoner in so great misery, or by my soul I know it not, neither can I so much as conceive which way I came into this place, only I remember that to second a Gentlewoman that a villain would have forced, I entered into a tent, but what happened unto me after that I know not, but that now I find myself lying on straw like a thief with irons on my legs. King (said she) the short time of thy continuance in this darkness hath not satisfied (as I well hoped it would) the great mischief I do wish thee, and that for good cause, seeing that by thee only I have endured so much sorrow, that if the heart and bowels were taken out of my body they would be found as burning hot as flaming fire, and especially for the new displeasure I have now conceived to see thee so soon delivered out of my hands, being in good hope by thy long imprisonment to satisfy my losses past: but yet I am deceived, for that fortune hath now made me pay the usury of my forepast joys, having given thee into my hands, from whence by the exquisite force of this devil incarnate (thou art now delivered) who having put to death the Guardians of this castle and slain mine own son, hath constrained me to bring him unto thee, which I never thought he could have done, much less that ever I should have yielded unto his request, knowing the wrath of a woman not to have any bridle, or means of mitigation until her desired revenge, hath wrought the effect: and so had it happened unto thee without the force of this my enemy, but in despite both of him and thee with mine own hands I will slay myself, if my accursed fortune bereave me not the sooner of my wretched days, Cursed be both thou and thy King, thou now hast found (said she unto the knight,) Now take him and do thy pleasure with him I pray you then lady (said he) unlose his irons, and help me to lead him up, with that she took the keys out of her pocket, and opened the locks of his chains, whereby the King rose up upon his feet, and embracing the black Knight, said unto him, What great good or pleasure sir Knight did I ever do you, whereby you should purchase this liberty unto me? By my soul I swear, that besides the honour you have obtained in this place, you have so much bound me unto you, that during my life I shall never forget your courtesy, wherefore if you love me let me know your name. Noble King (said the knight) whosoever I am, I account myself happy if many sort I may be able to do you service, as for the rest pardon me if it pleaseth you, and let us go out of this cave, thanking God, that oftentimes sendeth scourges unto those he loveth, as in his heavenly wisdom he thinketh convenient, thereby to keep them in obedience unto him. The King pecreiving well by the knights words that he desired not to be known, and for the same cause kept his helmet on his head, therefore he determined not to move him any more, but with that they went all three out of the cave, and came into a goodly hall, when the sun began to go down.   

CHAP. V How that after King Luisart was delivered out of prison, Matroco (Frerions' elder brother) with his ships, arrived at the foot of the rock called La Roche defendu, and of the battle between the said Matroco and the black knight.  
KIng Luisart, the black knight, and the lady being entered into the hall, as they looked out at the windows into the sea, there entered a Gentlewoman, and doing reverence unto the lady, she said, Madam, your son Matroco with his ships is even now arrived at the foot of the rock, & with him great numbers of other vessels, that he hath taken upon the seas, What is your pleasure to say unto him? When the lady heard her she waxed pale, and with tears in her eyes, answered her and said, I would to God he were as far from hence as he is near: for my heart giveth me he will speed in the like manner that others have done before him, And as she spoke, king Luisart and the knight looked into the sea, and perceiving the Giant's fleet surging on the shore out of wind and weather, among the which they knew Elizabeth Libee his nephew, and divers others that were bound in chains, making great sorrow, but none of Matrocos men durst set foot on land, having already been advertised by some of the castle, of the great misfortune happened therein, and for the same cause stayed so long without, till the Giant espied at the windows the knight and the king looking upon them, wherewith in a great rage he cried unto the black knight whom he perceived all armed, and said unto him: Thou accursed slave is it thou that so cowardly hath slain my uncle, my brother, and the porter of my castle? When the knight heard him, he answered him and said, I have done my endeavour to make thee know, that it belongeth not to such as thou art either to imprison kings, or to molest and grieve so many men as continually thou dost. By all my gods (said Matroco) fortune favoureth thee too much, when at my arrival I find thee armed with the walls of this my castle, for if I had thee here upon the shore, I would soon send thee fishing into the sea as I have done many other rash and bold fools like thyself, that hast enterprised without cause to enforce my castle, but if I continue here ten years together, I will never departed hence till I have thee in my hands, then shalt thou know how I use to handle such as thou art. Stay a while (said the black knight) there is much more difference between saying and doing, then there is distance of place between thee and me. Thy threatenings make me more assured, wherefore now I fear thee lesser than I did before, and that thou mayest well know it to be so, take thy choice whether I shall come down to fight with thee, or thou come up to me. Then shalt thou plainly see to whom God will give the victory, either to thee that trustest in thine own strength, or to me, that trust only in him. The greatest oxen and fattest bulls are oftentimes brought unto the slaughter as well as lesser beasts. So thou great beast, I advise thee to remember thy former life before worse happen unto thee, forsaking thy accursed faith which thou now holdest, & with might maintainest, otherwise be thou assured the wrath of God will fall upon thee, as it hath already done upon thy friends. That shall be seen (said Matroco) and if thou hast the courage to stay for me, I assure thee, thou wilt be glad to deny the villainous words thou now hast uttered. Therefore cause the gate to be opened, for seeing thou puttest me to my choice, I will come up to thee, were it into the dungeon, from whence thou hast delivered that villain standing by thee, and therewith leaving his company behind him, being all armed, he began to mount up the rock, and went unto the castle, but when he came to the iron gate, (which he found open, because the watch had left it and were gone) and saw Argantes lying dead, he was in a manner out of his wits, not so much for the prowess he knew to be in him, as that he had from his youth been nourished and bred up in the castle by the Giant his father. Nevertheless he dissembled his grief, hoping to be revenged at his pleasure, and going further, in another place he found the Giant armed all in green, dead and freshly bleeding, wherewith he was so moved, that he stayed and stood still, and casting forth a great sigh, began to cry out and said, alas Arcalaus my good uncle, how near doth the loss of thee go to my heart, wheresoever it had happened, but especially being done within mine own castle, wherein I thought long time to live and make merry with thee: Alas is fortune so cruel unto thee, that after so many travails and dangerous adventures, with infinite perils, that in the flower of thy youth thou hast sustained, thou must in thine old years come and receive so cruel a death within my house, which I esteemed as an assured hold and defence, not only for me, but for thee and the rest of our kindred and friends? O immortal gods, what vengeance can I take upon the Traitor that hath so much offended me, seeing that to cause him to die each day a hundred times were nothing in respect of the mischief he hath done unto me? At the least if it were Amadis de Gaul, so much esteemed of all men or any of his two brethren, or all they three together, my grief would be somewhat eased by reason of the sorrows I would cause them to endure. But what? Now I am constrained to fight against one alone, who by reason considering the travel he hath taken all this day, ought already to esteem himself overcome and vanquished: What glory then can I obtain by winning victory against him? Truly as much as if I fought against a simple woman, being (as by nature she is) both weak and feeble, so he unworthy of my presence will be much prouder if I do but make a countenance to fight with him: nevertheless what blot soever may happen unto mine honour, of force he must die. In this manner did the Giant lament over the body of Arcalaus his dead uncle, not moving from thence, till at last he perceived the black knight that stood to hear him, wherewith being somewhat ashamed he marched towards him, thinking without hindrance to enter into the dungeon, but he found the black knight at the gate that boldly thrust him back, and said unto him, Thou brutish and unreasonable beast, thinkest thou to enter in by force? Whereat the Giant all abashed, stayed without and said, Thou biddest me to come up, have I then done thee wrong to come at thy commandment? No (said the knight) but beholding thy countenance, it seemeth thou wouldst enter by authority, and therewith stepping aside, he said: Now come in and do what thou canst. When the old woman (with whom king Luisart talked) perceived them ready to fight, in great fear she ran out of the hall, and fell down at her sons feet, crying out and said, alas Matroco, I pray thee, and by the duty a child oweth unto the mother I command thee not to enter into this combat, for thou knowest well that of all thy brethren, thou art only left alive, wherewith my heart is so grieved, that had it not been for the love I bear thee, thou hadst found me now at thy return in as pitiful estate as thou seest thy brother Frerion: neither is there any woman at this present living in the world, that ought (with better reason) to wish for death than I. Alas what fortune is this, that now again I must renew the sorrows, which both time and long patience (as I thought) had buried in oblivion? Alas miserable woman that I am, I only have forged the weapon that hath given the wound, whereby at this present I receive this damage, for upon the day of my husband's decease, thinking to revenge the grief that my soul sustained, I have to the contrary advanced mine own shame and utter ruin, justly receiving the reward that belongeth unto such, as refusing the better part think to remedy one mischief by procuring a worse upon themselves. Madam (said the Giant) if at this present you have received great loss by the death of some of your friends, nevertheless you ought not to take it so offensively, seeing they have ended their days in honourable combat, as behoveth all worthy knights such as they were. And as for me, think you that for fear of death I will refuse to do that whereunto by knighthood I am bound? No, no: likewise what reason or what excuse should move me, being as I am both fresh and well disposed, to refuse the combat alone against one simple knight? I deny not madame, but confess that affection causeth you to use these words, and show the nature of a woman: but you must conceive & think with yourself that I answer you as it becometh me, preferring mine honour before your tears, wherefore I beseech you suffer me to take the small vengeance I can upon the villain that hath so much offended me. Matroco (said the knight) thou reckonest before thine host, I would not for all the gold in the world lose such an occasion offered as I now have, both for mine honour and advantage. Believe me, that neither thy mother's tears, nor the duty thou owest unto her (as being her child) can by any means prolong the end of thee or me, if without dissimulation thou dost not by oath promise and assure me to live in as good sort from this time forward as in times past thou hast lived wickedly. Wherefore it were better for thee to make me know by effect the Prowess thou vauntest thyself to have, and for me to let thee see the courtesy, which it may be thou shalt find at my hands if I overcome thee. When the lady perceived that her prayers could take no place she left them, and the two knights began to run one upon the other so bravely and with such fury, that king Luisart beholding them thought he never saw so cruel a battle, & the which abashed him more was, that he could not presume how or in what manner the black Knight had found him in so strange a place, and yet he knew him not: sometime he thought him to be Amadis, but when he remembered the love he bore unto the lady Oriana that he had newly married, he was otherwise persuaded, and likewise he remembered very well the combats he had seen Amadis de Gaul make at Windsor against Dardan le superb, and after that with Ardan Canile, wherein he used all his forces, yet were they not comparable to those of the black knights: who as then found himself as fresh and well disposed to fight as if he had not fought all the day before. Again when he thought it to be his nephew Esplandian, for that Vrganda had foreshowed many wonderful things of him, he was soon dissuaded from that opinion by reason he left him with the queen his mother, not once seeking to receive the order of knighthood, and although that since his departure out of Britain he might have obtained that honour, yet did he esteem it impossible for Esplandian to do so valiantly at the first. Further Vrganda had always prophesied of him that the first valiant acts he should achieve should be renowned and spoken of by his strange & fearful navigation in the great serpent, wherein he should be embarked, and for the black knight he knew he arrived there in a little bark unfurnished, whereby he esteemed it unlikely to be his nephew Esplandian. But he thought he never had seen so valiant and hardy a knight, for the longer he fought, the more he wearied and laboured Matroco. Nevertheless he continued fight for the space of two hours together before it could be judged who should have the victory, but in the end the Giant feeling himself wounded in so many places (his armour altogether broken, and his shield half cloven in two) began to mistrust his own force. Wherefore stepping back he stayed his hand, and said: Knight I pray thee▪ let us breathe ourselves a while, and hear what I will offer thee, which cannot be other then to thy honour and advantage. With that the knight stood still, and Matroco began to speak, saying: I wonder (sir knight) what moved thee to venture in this manner upon this rock, wherein never any but thyself durst enterprise to come during my father's life, neither yet sithence that by his death I have been lord thereof, and besides this thy enterprise, wherein thou hast done the thing that all others feared to do before thee, tho●●●st also slain three of my friends, whereof two of them as I think were the best knights in their time living on the earth, whereby I have just cause to hate thee more than any man living. But when I call to mind that thou hast done therein like a valiant and hardy knight, I have some reason to pardon thee, and to esteem thee for one of the valiantest champions that ever I saw in all my life, although I have both proved and vanquished many others longer practised in arms, & stronger than thyself. Wherefore if the only cause of thy arrival in this place was to deliver the king that looketh on us, I am content thou take and lead him hence in safety, and for the same cause likewise I quite thee of the combat, upon condition that without long sojourning here, thou shalt presently departed out of this castle that belongeth unto me. When the black knight had heard him, he answered him and said, Giant, as far as I perceive thou esteemest it a great enterprise that I have done to come hither and find thee here within thy castle, where by me those that thou so much lamentest have been slain, but if thou knewest the master that I serve, to whom as duty bindeth me I am obedient, thou shouldest presently perceive and plainly see, this enterprise by thee esteemed much, to be nothing in comparison of that he is able to do and bring to pass, for that from him only and none other proceedeth all whatsoever I have done, whereby of good right the glory belongeth unto him: and to the contrary you that are idolaters, serve those that are accustomed to rock and lul you asleep in all kind of vices, cruelties, outrages, thefts, murders; and infinite other wickedness, which for a time do prosper with you, whereby you live in honour, riches, and all worldly pleasures, and so are nulled in all filthiness, but surely such manner of life may well be compared to buildings erected upon the sands, that cannot continued long, but are most sure to have an evil end, even then ●hen they are esteemed to be at the top of all their worldly felicity▪ Like as it happened unto Lucifer and his fellswes, whereof it may be thou hast heard spoken. Nevertheless if thou wilt acknowledge thy former life, and of a wicked wretch (as thou hast always lived) become a virtuous knight, and as thou hast been m●● cruel and inhuman, become courteous and pitiful, forsaking thy vain and foolish faith to believe in my God, who is the most true and mighty Lord of all lords, I will not only pardon thee the combat whereof thou hast the worst, but will leave thee thy castle free unto thyself, and so will be thy friend, upon condition nevertheless, that from henceforth both thou and I shall employ our forces to overthrow and destroy all those, that (as thyself) do walk in darkness, from whence (if thou wilt believe me) thou shalt come out. This answer of the black knight moved the Giant in such manner, that like a wild Bear he began to foam at the mouth, and said unto the knight. Thou accursed wretch, and of all others the most vile, dost thou so little esteem my force that thou thinkest me already overcome and vanquished? And there with he pulled away the pieces of his shield that hung about his neck, and threw them on the ground, and taking his sword in both his hands, he struck at the black knight, thinking to cleave his head, but he perceiving the stroke, stepped under the blow, and closed with the Giant, whereby the sword passing over his head, hit upon the pavement with so great force that it broke in pieces, and therewith the pummel fell out of his hand, so that the two knights being closed together, could not hurt one the other but with their fists or pummels of their sword, whereby the black knight much grieved the Giant, before he could find the means to recover the handle of his sword, but in the end he found means to unlose himself from the knight, and as he recoiled back, shunning the fury of his enemy, the old woman seeing her son in so great danger, went between them, and ●●●●ing most bitterly, said unto the knight: alas Gentleman if ever you came of woman, or have compassion of a poor widows estate, I beseech you for the honour of him in whom you believe to pity my misery, and leaving me this only son, content yourself with the death of those, that most cruelly you have slain before my face. Lady (said the knight) then cause him to ask mercy, and he shall find it in me, otherwise you labour but in vain. To ask mercy of thee (said the Giant) I can never be dishonoured thereby, knowing it by experience to be most true, that such power & strength as I find in thee, cometh not from thyself, but proceedeth and is only caused by the favour of thy God, for without his help thou hadst no more been able to endure against me, than straw against the flaming fire, therefore it were great folly in me to fight both against God and man, but I had rather (perceiving my end to approach) ask him mercy and forgiveness, then believe any longer in those in whom I have hitherto put my trust, whereof I am right sorry, so that whether I fight or sight not, or whether I live or die I protect and make a vow from henceforth never to worship other than jesus Christ thy Lord and master. Meanest thou as thou sayest (said the knight?) I truly answered Matroco, and therewith kneeling on the ground, and lifting both his eyes and hands unto heaven, he cried out and said, jesus the son of the virgin Mary, I most certainly believe thee to be the only infallible true and living God, and that all others whom during my life I have worshipped and adored, are of no power, wherefore forsaking their false doctrine to worship thee according to thy holy law, I most humbly beseech thee to be merciful unto me: and making the sign of the cross upon the ground, he stooped down and kissed it. Which the black knight beholding, for joy thanked God with all his heart, and taking his sword by the point presented the handle to Matroco, saying unto him: Truly valiant knight, among so many triumphant victories that in times past you have obtained, there never happened any one so honourable as this, for that herein you have not only vanquished me, but yourself also, that for strength of body are invincible: wherefore as a victorious knight, I present my sword unto you. It shall not be so (said Matroco) but the contrary, for I being vanquished submit myself unto your pleasure, and from this time forwards dispose of me, my goods and honour, as you shall think convenient. I pray you then (said the black knight) have pity upon the poor prisoners that even now I saw bound within your galleys, and let them be sent for hither, that I might speak with them: Withal my heart (said the Giant) and therewith calling his mother, said unto her, Madam, I pray you send down unto the ships to fetch the prisoners that the knight desireth to see, and let none of my men set foot on land till I send them further commission, which she presently did. But when master Elizabeth Libee, and the rest of the prisoners heard the message, they made no little sorrow, thinking the best comfort they could have would be a most miserable and cruel imprisonment, but when they entered the first gate of the castle, where the porter and Arcalaus lay dead, they were somewhat revived, and in better hope than at the first, specially when they saw the black knight that came to meet them, who without making himself known to any but to master Elizabeth, took him by the hand, and said unto him: My good friend, because I will not that any but you alone shall know who I am, I pray you in the morning come and visit me in an Hermitage that standeth at the foot of this hill, where I will stay for you, in the mean time you shall find king Luisart in the castle, who I leave behind me, but as you love your life, be secret and tell him not who I am. Master Elizabeth was much abashed when he knew him to be Esplandian, and willingly would have had more conference with him, had it not been for the charge he had given him before, as also that at the same time a Gentlewoman came unto him and said. Sir knight, if ever you will see Matroco alive, make haste and come unto him, for he is even now fallen upon the ground, and (as I think is dead) he hath lost so much of his blood. Go (said he) to master Elizabeth, and help him what you can, for your help will do him more pleasure at this time than my presence can comfort him, wherewith he left master Elizabeth with the Gentlewoman, and went unto the Hermitage, where the night before he had lodged, but he got not thither before the son went down, being so weary and sore with fight all the day that he could not go further: where he found the Hermit and the dumb man sitting together, by whom he was presently unarmed, and meat set before him, for all that day he had not eaten, & having supped, they laid him in a bed, where the hermits daughter when she came to see her father used to lie, and visiting his body to see if he were hurt, they found it much bruised and black in divers places, but not wounded by reason of the goodness of his armour, which no sword or other weapon could pierce, than they anointed him with certain ointments that appeased the soreness of his bruises, wherewith he fell on sleep till the next morning.   

CHAP. VI Of the great displeasure king Luisart took for the departure of the black knight, and what conference he had with Arcabonne mother to Matroco, touching her unfortunate life.  
THe black knight being departed out of the castle he had newly conquered, & the prisoners entered therein, among the rest king Luisart knew master Elizabeth, wherefore he rose up (sitting by Arcabonne, Matrocos mother, who as then leaned on her lap) & went to embrace him, ask him what fortune had brought him thither at that time to save the Giant's life, being in so great extremity? And it pleaseth your grace (said he) once this day I did not think he would have had so much need of my help as he now hath: But as I understand by a knight that I met going down the hill, he is in great danger of his life: Nevertheless for the honour of him that commanded me to help him, I will do the best I can. I pray you do so (said the king.) Then master Elizabeth caused Matroco to be softly laid upon his bed, and being unarmed searched his wounds, and perceiving them to be deadly, would not for that time do any thing unto them but staunch their bleeding, leaving the rest till he had slept, wherein he was newly fallen. In the mean time king Luisart not forgetting what master Elizabeth at his coming in had said unto him, asked him what was become of the black knight: and it pleaseth your grace (said he) as we entered into the castle, I met him going secretly from hence, and not minding to return again. By Saint Mary (said the king) have I received so great aid at his hands, and am I so unfortunate, that he should departed from hence without knowing him? Truly I am sorry, I stayed here to see what would become of Matroco, if I had not I would surely have followed him, and with much importunity have craved his name. Master Elizabeth (said he) will you upon your faith tell me truly whether you know him or not? If it be so, if you will do do me any pleasure, hide it no longer from me, for I never had so great desire to know any knight, not only for the aid he hath done me, but for the valiant enterprise at this present achieved by him. Your grace shall pardon me if it pleaseth you, said master Elizabeth, for it is true that I know him well, but if I tell you any more, I should do him wrong, for he hath expressly forbidden me to do it. I see well (said the king) you will but increase the desire I have to k●●w him, and that is worse, by the same means bereave me of all hope ever to see him again. With that they entered into the hall, where they met Arcabonne half dead with sorrow, whom the king in courteous manner prayed to stay a while, ask her how her son did. He doth (said she) as one in whom I have as little hope of life as of the other that lieth dead in the court, and to say the truth, it seemeth that fortune hath wholly bend herself against me, not ceasing continually to heap sorrow upon sorrow to make me desperate. Notwithstanding I know full well how to be revenged, and that is, in despite of her and her cruelties to bereave myself of life whereby she shall lose her power, which by good reason I cannot well prolong, seeing she hath not spared me one hour of rest since she first began, still playing her part in tormenting me, but of all other my misfortunes, none hath grieved me so much as the force of this knight, by whose power (said she unto the king) I see thee now delivered out of my hands, and from the cruel torments I had prepared for thee, if accursed fortune had not withstood them. Madam (said the king) I pray you declare unto me the cause of this your great malice towards me, & whether at any time I have done you wrong or injury whereby I should deserve it: that will I show thee, said Arcabonne, not therein to do thee pleasure, but rather to grieve thee more when thou shalt know and understand that I was borne and bred in the same country, wherein to my great despite thou hast reigned overlong, for there I and Arcalaus my brother by father and mother, were both begotten and brought up in the art of Necromancy, which oftentimes we have practised & put in effect, therewith to torment divers persons that never did offend us. In the which art, as age and knowledge increased, I growing very expert, in the end became acquainted with Cartadaque, as then lord of this castle, with whom I grew in so great familiarity, that he married me, and with him ever sithence have dwelled here in this castle, where not long after I was delivered of a son called Lindoraque, after that of another named Matroco, that now lieth in this bed, and lastly of the third called Frerion, whom thou hast slain, and my brother also, that went to help Argantes the Porter of this castle. And being thus married unto such a husband as Cartadaque, was so much feared and redoubted in all places, and having three of the most valiant and worthy knights to my sons, that ever lived, I was so elevated in pride, and so little esteemed of cruel fortune, that I thought it unpossible for her to work me any woe. But by tract of time I found it otherwise, for by little and little she hath wholly changed my joy into most grievous sorrow, and wilt thou know how? Then I think thou dost yet remember the discord that long sithence happened between thee and Childadan king of Ireland, and of the battle wherein thou overcammest him, where my deceased husband minding to be present, expressly departed from hence thither, and as accursed fortune would, took my son Lindoraque with him, and having travailed many countries, at the last arrived at the place where my brother stayed for them, travailing all three together with full purpose and intent to do thee all the injury they could, and they had scarce entered into a forest not far from London, but they met a knight as then surnamed Le Beautenebreux, riding in company of a Gentlewoman, that ware on her head a Call all set with strange flowers, whom my son (as accursed fortune would) liked so well, that with a great desire to have her to present unto the Lady Madasine his love, commanded one of his squires to go fetch her to him, which the knight called Le beau tenebreux, whereof I speak, would not permit, but sent the messenger back again well beaten, wherewith my son being moved, thought to have her by force, but it fell out otherwise for him, for at the first encounter the knight with one blow with his sword, thrust him into the body, whereof he died, and as much had chanced to his uncle Arcalaus, if his horse had not saved him by running away, having first lost four of his fingers on the right hand. Yet fortune not contenting herself with this mischief, prepared me a worse, for my husband (who for his valour and prows was feared and redoubted throughout all Asia and Europe) was cruelly slain by the same murderer of Lindoraque, upon the same day the battle was fought, if thou canst remember it, whereby ever sithence I remained a widow with my other sons as than very young and tender of age, with whom I have passed the greatest part of my days most extremely, weeping and lamenting with continual sadness, which had been more grievous unto me, had it not been for the hope I conceived of their valour and prowess. But to come to the point of my discourse, time & reason having in a manner suppressed my forepast sorrows, news was brought me of the last victory thou didst obtain by the Prowess of the knight named Le beautenebreux (now as it is said, called Amadis de Gaul) and likewise of my brother's imprisonment, wherewith I was so grieved, that respecting not my old years, I took upon me to travail into Britain, hoping by some means to get him out of thy hands. But before I arrived there, I had certain news of his delivery, nevertheless considering with myself the forepast injuries I have received by thy kinsmen, namely by that wicked wretch Amadis de Gaul, I determined before my return hither to find the means to make him know that small good will I bear him. But having employed all my art, and finding it in vain to work any further therein against him, by reason of a ring he beareth daily on his finger, given him by that wicked enchantress Vrganda: I determined to prove my skill (which could not take effect in him) against thee, being advertised of thy often riding to hunt, with very few in thy company, where I made thee see one of my Gentlewomen and a villain that would deflower her, whom thou thoughtest to secure, and if thou now remember'st me, I am the very same thou foundest in the pavilion, following after him that fled before thee, and there thou remainedst enchanted, from whence we carried thee into our bark, and without knowledge unto any but mine own servants, thou wast brought hither by sea, with full deliberation to cause thee languish in prison: in the mean time with the help of my allies and friends, thy country should be invaded, but I find myself deceived. For that this place (which never was conquered by any power whatsoever the kings of Turkey, or the Emperors of Constontinople could ever bring against it, in less than one day is both conquered and taken by one simple knight, with the loss of my two sons, and others, esteemed Paragons among the best knights in the world, whereby it may clearly be perceived, that by means of thy captivity there is much more mischief happened unto me then sorrow to thy person. While Arcabonne made this long discourse, the king that still beheld her in the face, remembered well it was she to whom he spoke in the pavilion, wherefore he said unto her, In good faith madame I now believe you better than at the first, yet me thinketh you do me wrong to make me bear the burden of another man's offence. Thinkest thou so (said she?) No truly, for thy imprisonment only had wrought great damage unto divers men, but to me and mine great profit and advantage. It might be so (answered the king) notwithstanding I will not cease to do you all the favour and pleasure that I can. In the mean time I pray you take your adversity with as great constancy as you may. By my soul (said she) thou speakest at thy pleasure, and therewith in a great fury (she went into Matrocos chamber) leaving the king that had not eaten all that day, wherefore he called master Elizabeth and the other company, that mean time had prepared his meat, and sitting down to supper, they discoursed of the talk he and Arcabonne had together, till it was time to go to rest, when the king went to bed, leaving Libee to guard the castle.   

CHAP. VII. How the Giant Matroco died, whereat Arcabonne was in such a fury, that having failed to kill King Luisart, she threw herself headlong out of a window into the sea.  
KIng Luisart was not fully asleep, but he was forced to awake by means of a cry of women that he heard, making great lamentation, wherefore starting up, and calling master Elizabeth and the rest of his company, he took a hatchet which he had laid under the bolster of his bed, and went to see what it meant, and as he passed through the hall, he perceived Arcabonne coming towards him (covered only with a mantle) wring her hands & tearing her hair, making great sorrow. Wherewith the king went to her, ask her what she meant? Alas (said she) that which I most feared, and ever sithence yesterday most assuredly expected is fallen out: and as she uttered those words she pulled out a naked sword that she bore under her arm, wherewith she meant to kill the king. But as fortune would, he perceived the blow coming, and stepped aside, and with the force of the blow the sword hitting upon the pavement, fell out of the old woman's hands, wherewith the king stepped upon it, and when he stooped to take up, Arcabonne perceiving the chamber door where master Elizabeth was, to be open, she ran thither, and threw herself out at a window into the sea: the king followed her not, but went into the chamber where Matroco lay, and perceiving him to be dead, came forth again into the hall, where he met master Elizabeth, that told him news of Arcabonnes' death. In good truth (said he) there is no extremity like to that of a woman, behold I pray you with what fury she was possessed, for as I issued out of the chamber, I met her, and thinking with fair speeches and good persuasions to comfort her, she failed not much to kill me with this sword that I have in my hand: and as they beheld it, the king knew it to be the same he wore when he was enchanted, which pleased him so well, that he said, Ha good sword, the best and faithfullest companion that ever man had, how many victories have I had by thy means, and what combats and adventures have I brought to an end with thy help? And by great misfortune having lost thee, thou knewest me, for being in a mad woman's hands, that with thee would have slain me, thou hast not only denied her that favour, but hast fallen out of her hands to return again unto him that never (while his arm is able to weld thee) will forsake thee. Now (said he to Libee) if we chance to be assaulted, we have wherewith to defend us. Truly (said master Elizabeth) I believe all those that could hurt us in this place, are either dead or fled away, wherefore I am of opinion in the morning to bury them that are slain, mean time expecting some means whereby we may return into your grace's country, we will inquire what is become of the black knight that you so much desire to know. You shall do well (said the king) & therewith each man went to rest till the morning, the master Elizabeth & others of his company went to bury the Porter and the rest of the dead knights, among the which they knew Arcalaus the enchanter, that not fifteen days before had arrived in the castle, for at his delivery out of prison, being advertised of king Luisarts sudden departure, he suspected his sister Arcabonne had stolen him away, and therefore came expressly to the castle armed in green as you have heard, and although master Elizabeth had seen him oftentimes before, yet at the first sight he doubted it was he, considering where not long before he had left him, wherefore he sent to tell the king, that presently came to see him, who knew him well, yet I thought (said he) he had still been prisoner in the Farm isle, and it pleaseth your grace (said master Elizabeth) he was delivered from thence before my departure, and therewith showed him the means how, as it is at large declared in the end of our fourth book. Behold (said the king) how great are the judgements of God: let his body be put into some cold place, for I am well assured that his soul shall endure much more heat than ever it had in this world.   

CHAP. VIII. How master Elizabeth went to find the black knight in the Hermitage, and what conference they had.  
ARcalaus and the rest being buried, king Luisart went into his chamber, and as he looked into the sea, he could not see the ships that Matroco brought with him, wherefore enquiring which way they went, he was certified, that when Arcabonne threw herself out of the window into the sea, they took up her dead body, and laying it in their vessels, hoist sails, and put to sea. Let them go to the devil (said the king) and we to dinner if there be any thing to eat, your dinner is ready (said master Elizabeth) when it pleaseth your grace to sit down: wherewith the meat was brought in, and the king eat with a good appetite, but he had taken so little rest the night before, that as he sat at the table he fell asleep. Wherefore rissng up, he laid him down on his bed, commanding his men not to wake him, wherewith master Elizabeth was well pleased, knowing that in the mean time he might have convenient leisure to go unto Esplandian as he had promised, whereupon he departed secretly out of the castle, and going down the hill, went so long, that he came to the Hermitage, where he found the Hermit and the dumb man sitting at the door, & he saluting them, asked if the black knight were there, the Hermit said no, but the dumb man made signs that he should go into the chamber, which he did, where he found him very melancholy lying upon a bed▪ But when he perceived master Elizabeth he took him by the hand and said, My good friend master Elizabeth you are welcome hither, tell me I pray you how you left the Farm Isle in this manner to serve Matroco & his barbarous companions? Wherewith he laughed, for the Giant had tied him to a chain●, and ●ade him row in his Galleys as other slaves did. My lord (said master Elizabeth) when you received the order of knighthood, and that king B●uneo, quadragant, and all our company that were as then with your father Amadis de Gaul, slept by means of the melodious noise of nine trumpets that sounded on the shore, Grasinde my mistress sent me on a message to the marquess Saluder her brother, to certify him of her marriage with the Prince of Sansuegue: wherefore I embarked myself, and had so good a wind, that in short time after I arrived at Constantinople, where I found the Emperor, that took great pleasure to hear me discourse what had happened since the return of Gastilles his nephew. And the next day when I meant to return, the Princess Leonorine who in my mind is the beautifullest Princess living at this time, sent for me, most instantly desiring me that in the presence of queen Minoresse with diverse other ladies and Gentlewomen, I would show her what I had heard touching the knight with the green sword. For (said she) although that now we understand he is named Amadis de Gaul, yet will we not change his other name, till such time he sendeth us some other of his lineage, or else return himself to do us service, according to his promise. Then I showed them of the strangeness of the Ark of lovers, the singularities of the Isle, whereof they never had heard, the loss of king Luisart, the manner how you received the order of knighthood, the ceremonies that at the same time Vrganda commanded to be used, the commandment that your father Amadis de Gaul gave you to come and serve them in this place, and lastly how in the end we fell asleep in the great serpent, from whence we were carried, (not knowing thereof) to the palace of Apolidon, where when we awaked we found all our company together, (only you,) Manely, the king of Denmark, Ambor, and Talanque, not knowing what was become of you. And while I made this long discourse, the Princess Leonorine would not suffer me to make an end, qut interrupting me in my tale, said unto me: Master Elizabeth, when my cousin Gastilles returned from thence, I remember that among other things by him declared, he said something touching the young gentleman whereof you speak; wherefore I pray you show us what you know of him: wherein seeking to fulfil her request, I began to show her the manner of your nativity, how king Luisart found you in the forest with the lions, of the letters he received that day, what letters you had on your body when you were borne, whereof some were as white as Snow, signifying your own name, the rest as red as blood, showing the name of your love, as yet unknown, by reason the characters cannot be understood. Then smilingly she asked me how you would know it, and I answered her, that love in time would learn, and that for certain she should be of royal blood, and one that should be the beautifullest lady living in her time. Truly (said she) he deserveth no less, wherefore I pray you heartily when you see him, persuade him to come hither and fulfil the promise that his father made us, for I have great desire to see him, that he might be as much at our commandment, as heretofore his father Amadis hath been, which I promised her to do, although I said I doubted it would not be so soon as I could wish. So my lord I stayed certain days at Constantinople, speaking continually of you, that done, I embarked myself again, where by evil fortune we fell into the hands of the Giant Matroco, who as then was upon the sea. While master Elizabeth showed the black knight of the beauty of the Princess Leonorine, and what she had inquired of him, love entered so far into his heart, that oftentimes he changed colour, but for the time he covered his intent as much as he could: and entering into another matter, asked master Elizabeth how he found the means to leave king Luisart, As well as I would wish (said he) for as soon as he had dined, he lay down to sleep, in the mean time I came hither to you. I pray you (said the knight) let him know nothing touching me. And wherefore (said master Elizabeth) will you hide yourself from him, Seeing there is no Prince living in the world, worthier than he to be honoured and served of all good knights? It is true (said the knight) but I have done so little as yet, that I am ashamed he should bear no better news of me, seeing I am in hope, that in time I shall do great matters, which of themselves will set forth my renown, without the praise of other men. Seeing it is your pleasure (said master Elizabeth) I will do so, although it would rejoice him much, to hear that such unexpected aid should come unto him only by your means. That shall be at another time (said the knight) and not now: Wherefore least he should miss you when he a maketh, I pray you return unto the castle, and when you see convenient time, come hither again to visit me. Wherewith master Elizabeth took his leave, bidding him farewell, and went the same way he came towards the castle.   

CHAP. IX. How Carmelle the hermits daughter found the black Knight sleeping in the Hermitage, and thinking to kill him, perceiving him so fair, she fell in love with him.  
Master Elizabeth gone from the Hermitage where he left the black knight, went so fast and made such haste, that he came again unto the castle, not miss of any, yet the king was awake before he came, who leaning in a window, and seeing him below in the court, asked him if he had slept, No, and it liketh your grace (said he) I have been abroad, walking along the country, which I find environed with the goodliest meadows that ever were seen, come up hither (said the king) and we will talk with you, but he was no sooner entered into the chamber, when Carmelle the hermits daughter came to the king, and kneeling down before him, said, May it please your grace to entertain me into your service, that am one of your natural subjects, and will be during life: wherewith the king took her up and said, Gentlewoman, if you desire any thing at my hands, assure yourself it shall not be denied, for I did never during my life but honour and pleasure such as you are, and although such savours have oftentimes turned to my great trouble, therein do I blame no man but myself, for that God justly sendeth hat● g●●● and evil, when, where, and to whom it pleaseth him, wherefore I pray you show me who you are. Then Carmelle made a long discourse, how from her youth upwards she had served her mistress Arcabonne, and what occasion moved her father to become an Hermit, as you heard before. Truly Gentlewoman (said the king) if you will return into great Britain, I will take you with me. I will do (said she) what your grace commandeth: in the mean time I pray you grant me leave to give my father intelligence who you are, for he will be most ready and glad to do your grace service. With a good will (said the king) and tell him I desire to see him, wherewith Carmelle thanked his grace, and because it was late, she went again into her chamber till the next morning that she rose, and issuing out of the castle, about break of the day went down a certain path she ordinarily used to go, whereby she came into the Hermitage at such time as the Hermit and the dumb man were gone to the bark to fetch such necessaries as the black knight wanted, who in the mean time slept in his bed, for after that master Elizabeth had given him intelligence what the Princess Leonorine had said, he could not rest, till the very same time when she entered into her father's cell, wherein she found him, and not doubting any thing went into the chamber, where she heard the black knight snort, wherewith being abashed she opened the window and perceived him asleep, his sword hanging at his bed's head, which she ●●●e down, and softly drew out of the scabbard, finding it freshly posted with blood, whereupon she suspected it was he that had slain Frerion, Matroco, and others in the castle, and as she looked about her she knew his black armour, wherewith she was in such a fear, that she had almost fallen down, and let the swor● fall out of her hands, but taking courage, she went nearer to the b●d, to know him better, being fully determined if it were he skill him as he lay, & therewith began by little and little to uncover his face, but he showed so fair, that suddenly the fury she had, changed into so burning a love, that during her life it was never quenched, in such manner that the more she beheld him, the more did her love increase, and as he fell on sleep when his ●●nd was busied with the imagination conceived of Leonorine, after Carmelle had beheld him long he turned towards her, & without waking, cast forth a great sigh, saying in his sleep, Alas poor wretch what shall become of me? The Gentlewoman knew well he had not seen her, wherefore she emboldened herself to kiss him, and found his face all wet with tears, whereby she feared he had some melancholy humour that troubled him, and although she esteemed not thereof, feeling her new disease much more than his grief, taking all to her advantage, she hoped from that time forwards to find the means to obtain his love, yet did she fail thereof, for that love (to show his power) had wounded them both diversly in one place, and at one time, a thing almost incredible, for who would ever think that little god would enter into such a place? Where a poor Hermit lived all alone in most strict manner, with a few cold roots, and not his belly full of bread: yet did he overcome them both, in the most unfit time (as it may be thought) that could be found, for the black knight had endured so great travail in fight, and the Gentlewoman seen so many of her friends s●ine at one time, that the one had not so much need of comfort, b●● the other as much cause to rest. If then it be so (as it is montrue) that we are all subject to th● Tyrant, he that hath passed the flower of his youth, not tasting of h●● fury, may not think himself in any thing more happy, seeing it is his manner to constrain young men to love, and oftentimes old fools to dote. In that sort the Gentlewoman 〈◊〉 penance for the evil she conceived against the black knight, and had continued longer there, had it not been for fear to be discovered. Wherefore with the sword in her hand she returned back again towards the castle, & without being once perceived, entered at a postern door, whereof she had the key, and so went up into her chamber, departing from the hermitage not long before her father and the dumb man returned from the bark, and found the knight sleeping, who presently awaked, and missing his sword, asked them if they had taken it away. No truly (said the Hermit) for we came but now from the sea side. Wherewith Esplandian esteeming it lost, made account, that as he had conque● 〈◊〉 after a strange manner, so he had lost it by a stranger means, but the Hermit and the dumb man sought it about the house, and could not find it.   

CHAP. X. How King Luisart being advertised by Carmelle where the black knight was, departed with her alone to find him out.  
CArmelle returned to the castle (as it is said before) went to the king, who at the same time was talking with master Elizabeth touching the wrong he thought the black knight did him, in departing thence without being known, seeking by that means if it were possible to draw from him what he knew as touching the knight: but all in vain, for the king was not so subtle to undermine him, but master Elizabeth was as crafty to prevent him, not intending to falsify the trust reposed in him: and although the Gentlewoman had determined to show the king what she had learned of the knight, hoping thereby to obtain her purpose. Nevertheless, seeing master Elizabeth in presence, she held her peace till he went away, and perceiving the king alone, said unto him. My lord, if it pleaseth your grace to show me so much favour, as to assist me in a thing, that importeth as much as my life, in behalf of the knight, that you so much desire to see, before to morrow at night I will show him unto you, if you think good, in such a place, where you may easily speak with him: and to the end you shall not suspect me of untruth▪ I will show you a certain token, that when you see it, I am assured you will easily believe me. Gentlewoman (said the king) if you do so, I will not fail if it be possible to satisfy your request. I beseech your grace (said she) when you are both together, it would please you to be a mean unto him in my behalf to grant me a gift that I shall ask him. By the faith of a Prince (said he) I will not fail to do it, nor a greater matter than that, if it lieth in my power. Then follow me (said the Gentlewoman) bringing him where she had laid the sword, and showing it unto him, asked if he had never seen it. That I have (said the king) and I would to God the knight that knoweth so well how to handle it, were as near unto me as it is. You shall see him in the morning (said she) if it pleaseth you to follow me. That will I do (said the king) armed or unarmed I esteem not whether, so I may see him. Then be you ready (said she) when I shall call, and let no man go with you. Content (said the king) wherewith he went out of the chamber, and passing through the court, he met Libee and others, to whom he said, that in the morning he meant to walk along the rock (because master Elizabeth had certified him, it was so goodly a country) and that none but Carmelle should bear him company, and falling into other speeches, they passed the time till they went to rest, but the king could not sleep for the great desire he had to see the knight, whereby he was hardly fallen asleep, when Carmelle came to awake him, saying: My lord, may it please your grace to remember your promise? Let us go (said he) and there with making himself ready, commanded two horses to be saddled, one for himself, the other for Carmelle, and issuing out of the castle, road towards the Hermitage. And they had not traveled far, but they perceived a man coming towards them in great haste, and as he came nearer the Gentlewoman knew him, ask what he meant to make such haste, and whether he road. I ride to the castle (said he) to fetch Matroco and his brother Frerian, with all speed to help their uncle Lindoraque, who coming to see them hath met with two knights armed all in white, that have slain his men, and (as I think) I left him in as great danger as possible may be. When the king heard him, he thought them to be of the black knight's company, and said unto the Gentlewoman, I pray you stay here with this man, and I will ride to see them, and with that he set spurs to his horse, and taking the same way the other came, he perceived a far off the two knights fight with the Giant, that defended himself most valiantly with his mare, forcing them oftentimes to recoil, but the two knights as bold and nimble, handled him in such sort, that he knew not how to defend himself, and if he had not slain one of their horses, it had gone worse with him. Nevertheless the knight on horseback seeking to revenge his companion, was nothing abashed, but when the other rose up, set fiercelier upon the Giant then before, in such manner, that they closed, and striving together, sought by all means to unhorsed each other. Mean time the knight on foot, went unto the Giant, and taking him by the left leg, pulled him by such force, that both he and the other knight fell off their horses, and holding each other fast, the Giant fell under with his face upwards, wherewith the knight that threw him down, thrust him into the face, that he was constrained to let go his hold, nevertheless rising up again with great force, and laying hold upon the knight that had so wounded him, he threw him on the ground, mean time the other gave the Giant such a blow upon the head, that he began to reel, and therewith stretching out his legs, yielded up the ghost. With that the king road somewhat nearer, and perceived the two knights to bear black crosses, that showed them to be Christians, wherefore riding boldly unto them, he went so near that they knew him, whereupon they went to do him honour, much abashed to see him. But the king perceiving the honour they did him, was no less abashed, and said unto them: My good friends, I know you not, I pray you put off your ●●●●ets that I may see your faces, which they did, whereby he knew the one to be Talanque son of Galaor, the other Ambor de G●●el, son of Angriote destravaulx; whom he friendly embraced, & said unto them, In faith my good friends, it is not without cause if it liketh you well to see me here, for all my life have I desired the companies of your fathers, the like do I of their children, wherefore for the love of God I pray you show me what strange adventure hath brought you into this country. And it pleaseth your grace (said Talanque) we seek after a knight armed all in black, of whom as yet we can hear no news. Do you know his name (said the king?) That we do (said Ambor) for it is your nephew Esplandian: that contents me (said the king) do but follow me, and I will bring you where he is. With that Ambor, who before was alighted to honour the king, mounted again on horseback, and Talanque on the Giant's horse, for his own was slain, and all three together road the way the king came thither, till such time they espied the Gentlewoman, that stayed for him: who perceiving them to ride in such haste towards her, was in mind to have fled away, fearing they had taken the king, and forcibly had him with them, but perceiving them by their gestures to be his friends, she stayed till they came unto her, saying to the king. My lord, where hath your grace gotten company so soon? Gentlewoman (said he) you shall know it all in good time, but what have you done (said he) with the man that I left with you? Let us know what news he hath told you. Truly (said she) I had no sooner assured him of the death of Matroco and the rest of the castle, but he fled over this hill, as if all the devils in hell had been behind him: yet he told me that the Giant his master had heard some rumour thereof, and for the same cause was coming to the castle to know the truth, accompanied only with two knights, that he caused to ride before him, but to their hard fortunes, for he found them both slain, not knowing who had done it, but only that not long after he met with two strange knights, that assailed him, and left them fight (as he said) together. By God (said the king) if the first two knights sped hardly, their master that followed after them had little better entertainment, for they are all slain ●pon the way, and here are the knights that did it, whom I pray you let us take with us, for they are friends and companion unto the knight you have promised to show me. Let us go then (said she) seeing it is your grace's pleasure: and therewith they road unto the Hermitage, at the entry whereof, they found the Hermit set upon a stone, who being abashed to see his daughter in such company, asked whether she went. Father (said she) here is king Luisart your Prince and mine, whom I have brought to see you. And although the Hermit had not seen him in long time before, yet he presently knew him, where with he stepped to kiss his feet, which the king would not suffer him to do, but embraced him, and lighting off his horse, followed the Gentlewoman, till he met the dumb man, that hearing the noise and trampling of horses, came to see who they were, and perceiving the king, he bowed his head before him. Nevertheless the king went forward, not staying to speak unto him, entering presently after Carmelle into the chamber, where he found the knight set upon the bed's side. Wherewith Esplandian presently known him, and kneeled down before him, but the king taking him up, weeping for joy embraced him. With that Talanque and Ambor entered in, and perceiving their companion (that they so long had sought) were marvelous glad, and coming to embrace him, the king said to Esplandian: My son, although you have sought by all means to hide yourself from us, yet God hath so wrought, that at one instant we have all three found you out: wherefore I pray you let us departed hence, and go with us unto the castle, where you shall be better at your ease then in this simple Hermitage. My lord (said he) I am at your commandment, with that he went to embrace Talanque and Ambor, ask them (and they him) what had happened unto them since Vrganda caused them to be dubbed knights. By God's help (said the king) you shall stay to he 〈◊〉 the sequel until we be in the castle, for than you shall have better leisure to declare the same. With that he called Carmelle, willing her to return with all diligence to th● 〈◊〉 and command Libee to bring one of Matrocos horses 〈◊〉 spla●●ian. My lord (said Ambor) it will be late before he common hither, he sha●● rather have my horse, and I will go on foot, but 〈◊〉 shall not (said the king) get you upon Carmelles horse, and let 〈◊〉 sit up behind you. In which manner they road unto the castle after whom the Hermit and the dumb man followed as fast as they could. But they scarce alighted off their horses, Ambor and Talanque being unarmed, but Carmelle moved with the extreme passions of love she bore unto the black knight, had almost slain herself with the sword that the day before she had stolen from him, the occasion whereof proceeded from a conceit that he would disdain her as unworthy of him, he being the son of Amadis de Gaul, as she understood: yet in the end she remembered the promise the king had made, wherefore she determined to desire so much of him, to be a means unto Esplandian, that he would grant she might never be absent from him, but would serve him during her life with all fidelity, and to the same end, putting her determination in effect, as they sat all together, she kneeled before the king, and said. My lord, now your grace seeth I have kept my promise. That is true (said he) and while I live I will not be unmindful of it. My lord (said she) than I trust your grace hath not forgotten the gift you promised me: and to perform your word, I pray you be a means to the black knight that he will grant me my request. Gentlewomen (said the king) be you assured I will do it with all my heart. Your grace (said she) as yesterday gave me leave to visit my father in the Hermitage, who as it fortuned when I came thither was gone forth, whereat I was abashed, because he never used to be far from thence: And finding the door open, I went into a chamber (that I caused to be furnished) wherein sometimes I use to lie, when time or foul weather would not permit me to return unto the castle, where I found this knight (pointing to Esplandian) which you all so much desired to see, fast sleeping, his sword hanging at his bed's head, where with not long sit hence he hath slain those, that from my infancy ha● brought the up, and being moved by reason of my no little loss, with a desire to revenge both myself and my friends, I though●●o kill him, ●●d was so near the point to execute my will, that as I held the 〈◊〉 drawn in my hand, and began to lift up mine arm to gi●e the blow, he seemed so fair within mine eye, that sudd●in●y I was surprised with love, and that so fervently, that were 〈◊〉 not for the promise you have made me, I had not been alive at th●● present time. Nevertheless having sithence understood, that he by whom I am in this extremity, in estate and degree▪ ●ot to be my equal, whereby I perceive myself unworthy ei●●er to be wife or companion unto him, I have somewhat moderated my first deliberation in such manner, that I will hold myself more then satisfied, if it please him I may only continue with him, to serve at his commandment during my life, which in reason he cannot well deny me, for let him do what he will, so long as life is in my body, I will never forsake him, if I be not constrained thereunto. Wherefore my lord, for the honour of God, I beseech your grace to find the means my poor request may once be granted, and you Gentlemen (said she to Ambor and Talanque) I pray you put to your helps, that by your favours the life of me poor lover, not beloved, may be prolonged. The king hearing the Gentlewoman (that while she spoke sometime blushed, and other whiles waxed pale) make this discourse, could hardly abstain to laugh, thinking how inconsiderately she had fallen into so great extremity, whereby he feared if he should make an answer other then pleased her, she would kill herself, but with courteous speech he said unto her: Gentlewoman, your request is so reasonable, that I am of opinion he will not deny it: and for my part, I will entreat him as much as possible I can. My lord (said Esplandian) I will do what your grace commandeth. Grant her than I pray you (said the king) what she craveth at your hands, that from henceforth she may be called your faithful servant, her honour always saved, as in knighthood you are bound. I will do it, answered Esplandian, and thereof I assure you (said he) speaking to Carmelle, who kneeling on the ground kissed his feet, and thanked the king and him most heartily, reputing he● self most happy, in obtaining so great favour.   

CHAP. XI How Talanque and Ambor showed the king what adventures they had found seeking for Esplandian their companion, after they had received the order of knighthood.  
YOu heard before in what sort king Luisart was delivered out of prison by his nephew Esplandian, but as yet he knew not the manner how he received the order of knighthood. Wherefore as they rose from dinner, the king desired him to tell him how he was made knight, as also what happened unto him since that time, to the end (said he) that Talanque and Ambor may do the like. Then Esplandian told how Vrganda came unto the Farm island in the great serpent, what speech she had with Amadis de Gaul, and others that were with him, the order she used to dub him knight, together with Talanque, Ambor, Manely, & the king of Denmark: The sleep wherein they fell, and that when he awaked, he found himself at the foot of the rock of the Enchantress, in company of Sergil his Squire and two dumb men, also how he conquered the sword, with his arrival at the mountain, where he found the Hermit, that dissuaded him from fight with the giants. By my head (said the king) I never heard stranger things, And now Ambor (said he) what became of you? My lord (said Ambor) my companion and I were likewise asleep, and when we awaked we found ourselves in a little bark with our two horses, in a Haven of the sea called Armata in the country of Norway (as then unknown to us) where we landed before a town, not only to know in what country we were, but also to seek for victuals. And as we went towards it, the watch of the town (by reason of certain dissension not long before moved between them and their neighbours) sent to know what we would have. Wherewith we made them answer, we were knights adventurous that came from the Farm Isle, cast upon that shore by tempest of weather. In good truth said he that spoke unto us, our king hath so great cause to use your helps, that if you go unto him, I am well assured he will bid you welcome. We asked him the king's name, and what country we were in. My lords (said he) the country is called Norway, whereof Adroni father in law to Agraies, son to the king of Scots, and one of the best knights in the world, is our king, I know not whether you know him. And what cause said we, hath your king to use our help? I will tell you (said he) he is so old, that one of his nephews, his sister's son, (procured thereunto by evil counsel) is risen in arms against him, seeking to have the government of the country, in respect (as he saith) his uncle is no more able to rule the same. And under that pretence hath already usurped a great part thereof, and now lieth in camp before one of the best cities in this land, which the king by no means can relieve, by reason that most of his trustiest friends have forsaken him, and hold with the young presumptuous fool, that winneth them by fair promises, a thing that oftentimes happeneth unto such as fortune favoureth not, and when men are fallen, they are not only abandoned of strangers, but by their own kindred and friends, that properly may be termed friends for the present time. In good faith said we, if the town will give us victuals, and one to guide us, we will gladly go and present our service unto him, not only for the love of Agraies, to whom we are companions, but for the right he hath, as you have told us. That shall be done (said he) and therewith desired us to stay till he came again from the city, where he stayed not long, but he brought what we desired, and a guide that conducted us so well, that the next day about dinner time we arrived where the king lay. Who being advertised of our coming, and that we were of Agraies companions, entertained us most courteously, commanding one of his Gentlemen to unarm us in one of his best chambers, whether he came, and after he had bidden us welcome, began in the same manner to show us all what the watch had before declared unto us, and what an unnatural part his nephew showed unto him, procured thereunto by two knights, in whom only he putteth his whole trust, because (said he) they are well assured, that not any of my knights dareth enter into combat with them, they are esteemed so valiant and hardy. But who hath moved them and your cousin (said we) to undertake so foul an action? Because (said the king) I have no issue male, and my cousin allegeth I am over old to govern the country, saying, it is fit for him then for me to do it: but if I can I will hold him from it, and keep it for my daughter Olinde and Agraies her husband: By my soul (said I) I am of this opinion, that seeing this war is begun only to try the title, you both pretend in one thing, It were good your quarrel shoule be ended by the combat of two knights of both parts, without the death and destruction of so many poor innocent people as daily perish by the same means, remitting the issue thereof to those whom it shall please God to make victorious: and if it pleaseth you, I and my companion will be the two knights that shall fight for you. But when he heard me speak in that manner, he paused a while, seeming very pensive, till in the end he answered me and said, Sir knights, I am not yet so well acquainted with you, that I should venture to hazard so great a kingdom as this is upon your valour, Nevertheless, if you will assure me for a truth that you are knights of the Farm Island, I am content to stand to it whatsoever may chance. For there can none but valiant knights come from thence, being assured (as I suppose) that otherwise the lord of the place would not give them entertainment. Then we swore unto him, that what we had said was true. Whereupon he presently dispatched a trumpet with message to his enemy, to offer him the combat, who hearing the news seemed very glad, making account that his two knights (so much esteemed) would easily overcome any two of the best knights the king had. So that returning the messenger again, he sent one of his trumpets with him to conclude the combat, with the day, time and place where it should be done, as also what pledges should on both sides be given for performance thereof, so that on the day appointed, after each party had solemnly taken their oaths, we entered into the lists, where we had a cruel and dangerous combat one against the other, but in the end right lying on our sides, we won the victory. And as we would have stricken off their heads, the king's nephew desired us most earnestly to grant him their lives, which we agreed unto, upon condition, that from that time forwards he should suffer his uncle to reign in peace, not molesting him any more, which he promised to perform. In this combat we were so wounded, that of force we continued in Norway longer than we meant to do, where during our abode, certain merchants arrived in the city, that had seen (as they told us) upon the sea, near unto the rock of the Enchantress, a Serpent greater than any vessel, which so much astonished them, that they knew not what to do, whereby we heard news of Esplandian. With that (although we were not altogether healed of our wounds) yet we besought the king to cause us to be conducted thither, which he willingly granted, and we took sea, with so good a wind, that within six days after we approached the rock where the serpent stayed, that at the first made us somewhat abashed, although we had seen it oftentimes before. Nevertheless, we found it flashing such flames of fire out of the mouth and nostrils thereof, that we feared the fire would fall into our ship, whereby not without much pain and trouble, we procured our master and mariners to approach it, and perceiving no creature aboard to speak unto, we began to hollow unto them with so loud a voice, that at the last Sergil appeared upon the hatches, and weeping, told us what had happened unto his master on the rock of the Enchantress, and how after that one of the dumb men had caused him to enter into a little bark, and there with put to sea, so that he knew not if he were dead or living, for he had heard no news of him, and there he stayed with another dumb man in the greatest care that might be. With that we willed him to call the dumb man unto us, and when he came, by signs we made unto him, we showed him what pleasure he might do us if he would bring us to the place where his fellow had carried Esplandian, which as it seemed he was content to do, for presently thereupon he entered into our vessels and sailed so well, that the tenth day after he set us on land, hard by the place where we slew the Giant and the two knights, ●nd so your grace hath heard what fortunes we have passed since we received the order of knighthood. Truly (said the king) if those of Manely & the king of Denmark be as strange, it may well be said, there never happened the like beginning unto six young knights.   

CHAP. XII. How one night as King Luisart was in his bed, thinking how he might return again into great Britain, he heard so pleasant a sound of instruments, that he rose up to see where it might be: and what happened after that.  
KIng Luisart continued so long in the castle on the mountain, that at the last he waxed weary, not so much for the desire he had to be in his own country, as for the grief he certainly knew the Queen would conceive, by reason of his long absence: in which kind of pensiveness he continued certain nights together, that by means thereof he could take no rest, till at the last one night among the rest about half an hour before day, he heard the sweetest music that ever played, wherewith he rose out of his bed, and without making any noise opened the window, to hear it better. But as than it was very dark, and the wind blew so hard, that the sea rising therewith, beat against the hollowness of the rock, in such sort that the noise thereof, and the sound of the music, made a new kind of harmony: wherewith he was so much delighted, that he awaked Esplandian, Ambor and Talanque, that slept sound, as young men without melancholy humours, are accustomed to do. But when they heard the music, they stayed not long in their beds, but went to the window to see who it might be, but they could see nothing till day began to appear. When they perceived the great Serpent surging on the shore, wherewith they were exceeding glad, making full account that the arrival thereof brought them some good news: Wherewith they made them ready, and without longer staying, issued out of the castle, to see who was in the same, and as they stood on the shore, they perceived a small boat, and a Gentlewoman coming out of it, bearing in her arms a packet covered with Taffeta, who coming unto the king, with most humble reverence said unto him. My lord, and it pleaseth your grace, Vrganda recommendeth her unto your majesty, and hath commanded me to give you intelligence, that being busied to aid the Emperor and the Empress your daughter, in a certain thing of great importance, she hath not had the means to come and visit you. Then presenting the packet to Esplandian, said unto him, Gentle knight, My mistress that loveth and favoureth you, as it is well known, giveth you these arms, and sendeth you word by me, that as she gave you the black arms, that hitherto you have borne (to testify thereby the sorrow for the loss of the king, that as then was common among all his true subjects and friends) So in these you shall find the devise of the lady, that in beauty and comeliness of person surpasseth all the ladies in the world, as Amadis your father in time passed well proved, when she set the crown upon her head, in remembrance whereof she hath ever sithence borne the like devise. Who from henceforth shall be so strongly fixed in your heart, that you shall never give stroke with sword nor lance, but you will remember her. Which she said in respect of the princess Leonorine, daughter to the Emperor of Constantinople, that by destiny was appointed only unto him. And opening the pack she pulled out a helmet, shield, Haubert, and a Caparisson for a horse all of white, embroidered with crowns of gold, and set with Diamonds and Pearls, which he most willingly received, saying to the Gentlewoman: I pray you in my behalf give Vrganda hearty thanks for the great honour and much good she hath continually done unto me, assuring her, that wheresoever I become, she hath a knight of me ready to obey her, and that for the love of her will bear these arms as long as it pleaseth her. be it so in the name of God (said she) but before long time be past, you shall have another mistress, that will constrain you to do greater matters, for she shall ravish both your heart and liberty in such manner, that you should lose overmuch, if at sometimes you lose not yourself for her. And to conclude, I tell you that my mistress feeleth herself as yet so much bound, and beholding to my lord Amadis your father, because that by his means, she recovered her friend, that during her life she will use all the means she can to do him plasure, and you likewise for his sake. And as she delivered the message unto him, Carmelle came thither, and hearing her speak in that manner, answered her and said, Gentlewoman, I pray you tell your mistress from me, that she hath great cause to recompense them well, by whom she enjoyeth her friend she loveth so entirely: and tell her I know many, to whom if such chance should happen, that would not fail to acknowledge it with the price of their dearest blood, and their souls likewise if need were. In faith (said the gentlewoman) I know not in whose behalf you speak it, but I know assuredly you touch me at the quick, which she uttered with so good a grace, that the king could not refrain to smile, having in times past felt the fury of love, when he first saw the Queen in the country of Denmark. Yet be changed his countenance, ask the Gentlewoman from whence that music came that he heard in the morning before break of day. My lord (said she) being sometimes in greater passions then willingly I would, I pass my melancholy humours with a Lute that I have, especially when I cannot sleep, which as I think, was it you heard. What company have you in the Serpent (said the king?) None (said she) but Esplandians Squire, that I found in a manner dead, for the desire he had to hear news of his master, to whom also I have brought the goodliest white horse, and the best harnaised that ever was seen, which my mistress sendeth him likewise. Did she command you to say nothing else unto me (said the king?) Yes my lord (said she) she sendeth you word, that at my arrival here, you and he should enter into this ship, that of itself will bring you into great Britain, and that the fortunes that not long since happened unto you, are snares the world setteth to entrap those it seeketh to deceive, seeming to join green and flourishing age with that which already is dried up and withered. And further willeth you to put in effect, that which in yourself you have determined to do: (which was to forsake his kingly estate, and live a solitary life) but he wondered much that Vrganda knew it, yet he made no show thereof, but speaking to the Gentlewoman, he said. Your mistress bindeth me daily more and more unto her, being well assured, that without her help I could hardly have found any to have brought me into my country. Wherefore I pray you tell her, that whatsoever I have, is at her commandment, and as touching my determination, which (as soon as I conceived in my mind, I perceived it was known to her) being at home, if God giveth me life, I mean to put in execution. My lord (said she) she prayeth you to commend the keeping of this castle to Talanque and Ambor, (not taking any with you but Esplandian, Sergil, & master Elizabeth) knowing for certain that hereafter they shall do such things, that their renown will spread throughout the world. Wherewith my lord I will take my leave, and return again to her with the dumb men, that shall guide me in this little bark. God have you in his keeping (said the king.) Then the Gentlewoman with her two Mariners entered into the bark that brought Esplandian thither, and setting sail, put to sea.   

CHAP. XIII. How King Luisart embarked himself in the great Serpent, and of the message Esplandian sent by Carmelle, unto the Princess Leonorine, daughter to the Emperor of Constantinople.  
THe Gentlewoman that brought the message with the two dumb men, embarked and put to sea, far from the rock: king Luisart and the rest went unto the castle, where he stayed not long, for according to the advise Vrganda had given him, he desired Ambor & Talanque with Libee and the rest of the company to keep the castle, promising with all speed to send them provision of all things necessary, whereof they wanted. But when Esplandian saw there was no remedy, but of force he must obey the king (much displeased to departed so far from the borders of Constantinople, where he hoped to find her whereof master Elizabeth had brought him the first news) he took his faithful servant Carmelle aside, and said unto her: My good friend, I was in mind never to falsify the promise I have made you, nor the gift you required at my hands, nevertheless, trusting more in you then any other, I pray you take it not in evil part, if (to save my life) I send you to a place, whether I thought to have gone myself in person, but it pleaseth the king (as you well know) that I shall bear him company. My lord (said she) I most humbly thank you for the honour it pleaseth you to show me, swearing unto you by the living God, that I take no pleasure but in fulfilling your desire, wherefore I pray you fear not to command me what you think good, for whatsoever may happen thereby, I will be obedient unto you during my life. My good friend (said Esplandian) embracing her, I will one day recompense your good will, & seeing you are minded to do me so much favour, you must then take your journey to Constantinople, on message to the Princess Leonorine, the emperors daughter, to whom (having presented my most humble and hearty commendations) you shall on my behalf say, How that at such time as I received the order of knighthood, I was commanded by my lord Amadis my father to repair to her father's court, there to discharge him of the promise he made unto her (which was either to return again to do her service, or to send one of his lineage thither in his place) Nevertheless, considering with myself his great valour and Prowess, and the great beauty that is reported to be in her, which my small desert in regard of him that gave me the commandment, I am afraid to undertake the same. Notwithstanding, it hath pleased her (by maistee Elizabeth) to put me in mind thereof, although while breath is in my body I will never fail to be her knight. And to the end she may give credit to your message, you shall present this ring unto her, which she knoweth well, as being the same she gave unto my father, to put him in remembrance of his promise. My lord (said she) I will fulfil your commandment, but if you go so far from hence, where shall I find you, when I come back again? In this place (said Esplandian) whether I will return as soon as I have brought the king into great Britain. Then calling Libee, he commanded him, that presently after he had set sail, he should cause a ship to be prepared for Carmelle, to go on message where he would send her, that done, he went to find the king and master Elizabeth, that stayed for him in the Serpent, the which presently upon his entering therein, of herself began to set forwards with such speed, that in short space they left the coast of Turkey, and the twentieth day after, they discovered the Farm Isle, where she stayed, which those of the country perceiving, advertised Amadis and the rest of the company, who in great haste ran unto the Haven, but they were no sooner come thither, when they espied the king, Esplandian, master Elizabeth, and Sergil, landing out of a little boat. Wherewith being all abashed, but much more pleasod, stepped forwards to receive than, and after many embracings and salutations on either part, Amadis presented the Giant Balan to the king, whom as yet he had never seen, and therewith set forward towards the palace of Apolidon, whereof Oriane and the rest of the ladies having intelligence, the great sorrow that so long time they had used for his absence, was converted into joy, which much more increased, when the king in presence of them all, rehearsed the manner how Esplandian delivered him out of Arcabonnes' hands, and the great Prowess he showed against Matroco, Frerion, and Arcalaus their uncle. Oriane knew well the great desire and much grief the Queen had, because she heard no news of the king, wherefore the same day she sent her danish Gentlewoman to advertise her of his arrival, who made such haste, that within six days after she arrived at London, at such time the Queen sat down to dinner.   

CHAP. XIIII. How King Luisart departed from the Farm Isle, accompanied of divers knights, Ladies, and Gentlewomen, and being near London, in a forest they met with four knights, that sent to ask four courses with their lances against Esplandian.  
Three days king Luisart continued in the Farm Isle, and the fourth day he determined to go see the Queen, and to the same end, with all the company of knights, ladies, and gentlewomen, he set forwards towards London, and travailed so fast, that they were within a days journey of the city. And as they entered into a forest, where they used commonly to chase the Hart, they saw in the high way four knights, well mounted & armed at all points, each his Esquire by his side, bearing their shield and lances, for they had their helmets on their heads. And with that they perceived a Gentlewoman coming towards them, riding on a palfrey, and being near them, speaking to Esplandian, she said, Sir knight with the white arms, those four knights you see in the high way before you, send you word by me, that they would gladly know the cause why you bear the devise of crowns, wherein if you satisfy their desire, in such sort that their honours be not stained, they will from henceforth refrain to inquire the same any more: otherwise, they give you by me to understand, it were best for you to leave them, or else that you defend them well, as being the most honourable devise that is in all the world. When Esplandian heard her speak in that manner, in courteous sort he answered her and said. Gentlewoman, to satisfy their request I pray you tell them, that the devise and the arms I bear was given me by Vrganda, but for what cause I know not, nevertheless I bear them for the love of her, as also that they like me well: and if this content them not, tell them, me thinketh the occasion of combat between me and them is so small, that for this time I would desire them to forbear the same. In good faith (said she) smiling, you speak with reason, for they are knights that seem to have much need of your counsel, but notwithstanding good sir, I pray you be not unprovided, for your excuses will not be received. Gentlewoman (said Esplandian) if they assail me, it shall be against my wil Truly (said she) as far as I perceive, the great beauty that is in you, together with the rich arms and goodly horse you ride upon are worse bestowed then ever was any, when you are not ashamed ●● make an answer so little to your credit. Nevertheless, either you must forsake the way to London, and this good company, or defend the brave devise you bear, as they have sent you word. The way (said Esplandian) is common to all men, and out of it (for them) I will not go, wherefore if they assail me, I must of force defend myself. And because the Gentlewoman was not known among them, they all mused who she might me, as also who the four knights were that sent her, to whom she returned again. Mean time Esplandian laced on his helmet, taking his lance in his hand, ready to fight if occasion served. Wherewith Amadis and the rest of the company were exceeding glad, doubting lest the king had spoken in favour of him, when he showed what he had done, but they had not ridden long, but one of the four knights came riding softly towards them, and about a carriers length from them, called to Esplandian and said, You sir knight that would not satisfy our desires, defend yourself from me. Wherewith he set spurs to his horse and Esplandian likewise, who at the first encounter cast him so strongly out of his saddle, that in long time after he could not rise again, and therewith his lance broke: with that the second knight came forwards, willing Esplandian to take another lance, for he meant to revenge his companion. Which Amadis hearing, sent him his lance, that he willingly received, and being in a rage to see himself assailed without cause, he ran against the knight, and struck him so surely on the breast, that he overthrew him both horse and man. Well (said the king) to the standers by, judge you if it be possible to do better? My lord (said Agraies) I never saw two fairer strokes given with a lance, the rest I will leave to consider of till I know those that ran against him. Let us see the end (said the king) and calling a Squire, he sent his lance unto Esplandian, for as then the third knight prepared himself to run, and spurring their horses, set forwards so fiercely, that breaking their lances, they met so strongly, body and shields, and heads together, that Esplandian had much ado to sit upon his horse, and the other had such a fall, that he lay still upon the ground. Whereat the fourth knight being abashed, said unto himself, Truly, both the king and Vrgan●● ●●ue good reason (as they do) to assure the valour and Prowess of this knight, seeing it is much more than they warrant it to be: Nevertheless, I must of force try him, otherwise I should do both myself and him wrong. And with that he called Esplandian and said, Knight, Although I well know the small courtesy, that I and my companions have showed unto you, yet I must not refuse to do the same that they have done before me, wherefore I pray you send to some of your company for another lance, that we may see who shall bear the honour of this enterprise. I will do it (said he) seeing you constrain me thereunto, upon condition that if I can, I will serve you in the like sort I have done your companions. With that Gransador that heard them speak, gave him his lance, which he presently charging, they met together with such force, that their lances broke close unto their hands, neither of them removing out his saddle, wherefore the knight of the forest turned to Esplandian and said, Sir Knight; let us yet try one blow more, and I will quite you for this time. You might content yourself (said he) with that is done, but seeing you are so void of reason, I am content to try it with you, till one of us be beaten off his horse. Then he sent Sergil to fetch another lance, and he brought him one some what bigger and shorter than those he had before, wherewith he struck the knight of the forest so valiantly, that he overthrew him, himself being constrained to embrace his horse about the neck, or else he had fallen as the other did that lay on the ground, yet he rose before Esplandian had run out his course and as he returned bark, he stayed him by the armour and said unto him, Before God sir knight, you have sufficiently showed that in valour and Prowess you are second to none but to yourself: but he answered not a word, but holding down his head (ashamed of that had happened unto him) passed forth. With that the king came thither to know what knights they were that had been overthrown, among the which he knew Galaor, for he had put off his helmet to do him honour when he saw him come, whereat the king was so well pleased, that he alighted of his horse and ran to embrace him, the like did Amadis, saying unto him, with a smiling countenance, How now brother Galaor, how long have you used to be a keeper of the high ways? You see (said he) that I and my companions have sought to try whether this knight be of such force as we have found him, and what hath happened you may well judge, when Esplandian understood his uncle Galaor (fearing to have offended) he lighted off his horse, and kneeling down before him, asked pardon for his fault. Nephew (said he) it is I that have done the wrong, and therefore I told the king that you are a better knight than I, and marvel not if I sought to prove it, Because I thought to do it with mine honour, but I found the contrary, which from henceforth shall make me think the things foreshowed of you will be accomplished so well, that the glory of your father, and the reputation by many knights in times past obtained, shall from henceforth be extinguished, you having so easily overthrown three of the best knights in great Britain, and myself the fourth. What are they (said the king?) My lord (said Galaor) the first that ran was Sandal of Gonaste, the second Galuanes, the third Angriote d'estrauaulx, and myself hath done worse than they. Whereat the king and all the company began to laugh: And embracing them, caused them to mount on horseback, riding towards London, where in the way the King prayed them to tell him how this enterprise was devised. My Lord (said Galaor) having understood by the danish Gentlewoman (that my lady Oriane not long since sent unto the Queen, to bring her news of your return, and what had happened unto you during your imprisonment) the valiant acts by you declared of my nephew Esplandian, we conceived such a jealousy against him, esteeming the honour you did him thereby, to proceed rather of fatherly love then otherwise, that we determined secretly to departed out of London to prove his force, as now you have well seen: and to move him thereunto, we sent the gentlewoman with the message you have heard. Of my faith (said the king) the devise was good, and hath fallen out well. In this manner devising of sundry things, he came to Mirefleur, where the Queen met him, praising God for his unexpected return, and considering his trouble past, with the grief she had for his long absence, seeing him there safe and in good health, she thought herself well recompensed with his presence. The next day in the morning they set forwards towards London, where the people received him with such signs of gladness, that most part of them wept for joy to see him, for there was never Prince better loved of his subjects than he. Being there, Esplandian begins to be weary of the place, longing to hear news of Carmelle, that he had sent to Constantinople, as you have heard before. And therefore every day he devised means to get licence to departed from thence, pretending a cause of returning to the castle called La montaigne defendu, showing the king what promise he had made to his companions, which if he did not perform, they should have cause to complain of him, but the king would not in any sort grant to his request, yet in the end, overcome with much importunity, he was content, wherewith he took his leave of all the court, and upon a monday in the morning taking horse, accompanied only of master Elizabeth, and Sergil his squire, he took his way towards the Farm Isle, hoping to find the great Serpent there, wherein they might embark themselves.   

CHAP. XV. How Esplandian riding towards the Farm Isle, was assailed by a strange knight that watched him in the forest.  
ESplandian departed from the king, and having taken his leave of all the court, as you heard before, took the crookeddest way he could, through woods and forests towards the Farm Icy, thinking not to be perceived of any, that might hinder his enterprise. And having ridden three miles, he entered into a forest, which having almost passed, he came unto a great river▪ whereupon the king had built a house, called Bellerose, where oftentimes being on hunting, he used to resort. And as he thought to pass the bridge, he perceived on the other side a knight armed at all points ready to fight, that cried unto him with a loud voice, and said: Sir knight, you must ask me leave if you will come over, for according to my promise, I have taken upon me to keep this bridge, for the space of one whole year, wherefore if you think good, you may take some other way. With that Esplandian was much grieved, perceiving that either of force he must fight, or seek another passage, wherefore he would willingly have excused himself, & said: Sir knight, I pray you then show me which way I were best to go, for by me you shall have no cause at this time to trouble yourself. You must return again to London (said he) for other passage is there none, unless you will lose your horse and go on foot. Rather the I would do so (said Esplandian) I will prove if I can win yours, and therewith lacing his helmet, took his lance and road unto the knight, who no sooner perceived him coming, but setting spurs to his horse, ran towards him, whereby they met so fiercely together, that both the knights fell off their horses, in such manner, that master Elizabeth and Sergil, thought verily they had slain each other, but they stayed not long before they rose again, and laying hand on their sword, there began between them the cruelest and most dangerous battle that ever was seen: whereat master Elizabeth much abashed, said unto himself, Good God, what may this mean, I believe for certain that some devil of hell hath transformed himself into human shape, to destroy us all. Mean time the two knights continued in most cruel fight, still increasing their mights, cleaving shields and armours, in such sort, that all the field was covered with pieces of the harness, and died with blood that issued from their bodies, till at the last the knight of the bridge stepped back & said unto Esplandian, Sir knight, take another way, and I am content to quite you of the combat, for you are the valiantest knight that ever I dealt withal, and it should displease me much, if by your wilfulness you would be cause of your own death. In good faith (said he) I had done it at the first, had it not been, the fear I had, that you would esteem me a coward, but knowing very well that the honour of this combat cannot be had, but only by the death of one of us, or both together, I will try my fortune, till I be no longer able to wield a sword. Is that true (said the knight?) Then let us see to whom fortune will be favourable. And therewith covering themselves with that little of their shields that rested in their hands, they began the combat crueler than before, as though all the day they had not given a stroke, so that after many cruel blows with their swords, they closed together, and wrestling long time, they sought to cast each other to the ground. But seeing the little advantage gotten thereby, they began again to lay on with their swords with such fury, that Sergil looked for no other but when they should fall dead upon the ground, not being able to judge who would have the victory. Whereat master Elizabeth was so much displeased, that he could not abstain from weeping, saying unto himself, Alas what fortune is this, must the best knight living in the world, and in the flower of his age lose his life at that time by so hard a chance? Cursed be the day that ever he met with him, that is the cause of so great loss. And to say truth, if God had not provided for them, the father had slain the son, and the son the father, for the knight of the bridge was Amadis de Gaul, who being over curious of his sons glory would prove his force, and the better to do it, the day before Esplandian took his leave, he departed secretly from the court, and stayed for him at the bridge, bearing an unknown armour, where after many attempts on either part given, Amadis perceiving both their dangers, said unto Esplandian: Knight, you see well you cannot overcome me, and I assure you, I never had to do with any knight, that ever put me to so great extremity, wherefore I am content to let you pass. But not I you (said he) unless you tell me your name. I will not deny you that (said Amadis) wherefore cause master Elizabeth to come hither, for I think we have both need of his help. Then Esplandian called him unto them, mean time Amadis put off his helmet, so faint and weary, that he was constrained to lean unto a tree. But when Esplandian known him and perceiving the fault he had committed, he cast forth a grea● cry, and said: Alas wicked wretch that I am, and therewith he fell upon the ground, whereat master Elizabeth and Amadis thinking him to be in a sound, ran to lift him up, but it was not so, only that it grieved him he had dealt in such manner with his father, who said unto him, son, although I am as sore wounded as possible may be, without death, yet have I not received so much hurt, as conceived pleasure, perceiving the valour I find to be in you, wherefore be not discomforted. Notwithstanding he could not content himself, but cursed his own life, being (as he said) the most unhappy man that ever was borne of woman. And continuing in that grief, the blood in divers places ran out of his body, whereby he waxed faint, which master Elizabeth perceiving, and knowing assuredly, if remedy were not speedily had, they were both in danger of their lives, he said unto them: I pray you for this time leave off your sorrow, and let us presently go to Mirefleur, not far from hence, for you both have greater need of rest, then of longer staying in this place, wherewith he and Sergil set them on their horses, and with great pain brought them to the castle, where their wounds were dressed. Such was the combat between the two knights as you have heard, yet some writ, that Amadis was so wounded by Esplandian, that in the end with a thrust of a lance into the right shoulder, and other blows with his sword, he was slain in the field, which Oriane hearing, threw herself out of a window, and broke her neck. But it is not true, for they reigned after that both in France and great Britain, and had another son named Perion, and a daughter no less beautiful than her mother, that married Arquisil son to the Emperor of Rome. But I cannot conceive from whence those liars could invent such a thing, if they understand not by (death) the shadows that Esplandian caused his father's valiant acts to be covered withal, by the light and pleasant shining of his own, whereby his fathers were so much had in oblivion, that there was no more brute of them, then if they had never been done. But to return again unto our matter, you must note that news went presently unto the court, what had chanced to the two knights. Wherewith the king and Oriane much displeased, departed from London, & came to Mirefleur, when master Elizabeth began the second time to dress their wounds. Whereby he perceived them out of danger, and cured them so well, that within seven days after they could walk about the chamber, which put Oriane in better comfort than before, and it fell out well for her, for if her melancholy had longer endured she had for certain died at that time. And because the king had not as yet understood the reason that moved them to fight, one day when he found Amadis in good disposition, he prayed him to tell him. In faith my lord (said he) I was desirous to have the difference of our two forces known, being assured, that whatsoever chanced thereby, it could not be but to mine honour: for if my son be a better knight than myself, his honour for the present time, will increase my glory past. Before God (said the king) your enterprise was but rashly undertaken, I pray you another time let us leave such youthful parts for those that are but entering into arms. Believe me, and it pleaseth your grace (said he) I was never better beaten in all my life. It is no matter (said the king) seeing you have both escaped with your lives, now seek means to be healed of your wounds with as much speed as you may, and from henceforth let us war only against Hearts and other wild beasts that are within this forest, as my huntsmen have showed me this day.   

CHAP. XVI. How the King of Denmark, Garinter, and Manely, succoured Vrganda, that certain knights would have slain, because she aided the Emperor's son of Rome.  
YOu heard before of the adventures of Esplandian, Ambor and Talanque, after they had received the order of knighthood, now you shall hear what became of Garinter king of Denmark, and Manely, who sleeping as others did by the sound of six trumpets that played on the shore, the next night they found themselves with their squires in a little bark, so far out of all knowledge, that although they had landed they knew not where they were, and it was so dark, that they could not see each other, till at the last they perceived a fire not far from thence, that moved them to go thither, to see if they could find any that would show them in what country they were, therefore leaving their squires to keep their bark, they took their shields, and mounting up a little hill, they perceived a fire burning circle wise, in the middle whereof they saw a woman holding a young child in her arms, and about the fire stood ten knights all armed, that sought to take her, but by no means they could come near her, she was so well defended by the fire. And as they went nearer unto it, they heard one among the rest that said unto her, Ha, thou false and accursed wretch, thy devilish spirits and familiars can now no longer help thee, but at this time thou shalt surely die. And although Manely and Garinter had their helmets on their heads, yet the woman they so threatened, knew them well, calling them and said: Help me my sons, and fail me not I pray you at this time. With that Manely and the king of Denmark knew her by her voice, wherefore laying hands on their swords, they marched towards the ten knights, whereof one of them stepped before the rest, ask them if they knew that wicked woman that had done him the greatest mischief that ever was. By God sir knight (said Manely) you lie in your throat, she is not wicked, but faithfuller for her part, than you for yours. Wherewith they ran each upon other, and there began the combat of ten knights against two, and although the match was not equal, Manely and the king of Denmark setting their backs together, laid valiantly upon them, yet in the end they could not have resisted, but Vrganda playing her part, put out the fire, and taking her two knights aside, left the rest in the dark, striking each other as if Manely and the king of Denmark had been with them. Mean time Vrganda and her company got into the thicket of the wood, and having travailed long, at the last the moon began to shine, when they were weary, whereby they determined to stay a while and rest themselves till day appeared. Mean time the two knights desired Vrganda to show them how she came thither, and whether she knew the country. My good friends (said she) having long since learned by my art, that this little child son to the Emperor of Rome, and of the Empress Leonor his wife, should be stolen away by the Traitor that assailed you, who is son to Garadan, that Amadis (as then called the knight of the green sword) put to death in the country of Bohemia, in defending the right of king Tafmor: As soon as you fell on sleep in the great Serpent, I made all the hast I could unto this place to secure it, according to my promise made (being in the Farm Isle) in presence of Amadis and divers other knights, where I arrived at so good a time when the villains which you saw, came to a shepherds house, where a poor nurse dwelled, to whom they delivered this little child to give it suck. And seeing it was time to put my enterprise in practice, I went out of my bark, and making as if I had been rob by certain thieves, ran towards them, crying out and weeping bitterly, wherewith they all came forth to see what it might be, and perceiving me in that manner, asked the cause of my grief. Ha my lords (said I) It is so, that as my husband & I passed through this wood, we met eight thieves, that slew him, and not content therewith, have taken away my horse and my budget, wherein there is a great sum of money. Which they believing to be true, (not that they were moved with compassion for my loss) but respecting their own particular benefit, hoping to get a booty by them that had rob me, scattered themselves in companies to find them out, where they stayed so long, that the shepherd and his wife went out of the house, and thinking to have their parts, left me alone with the child, that not long after I took in mine arms, and went away. But as it fell out, the nurse came in, and missing the child, called to them for help, who running in great haste, followed me so fast, (that had it not been for night that overtook them) and the great fire you found about me, I had never escaped their hands. And what would they have done with this poor infant (said Manely?) You shall understand (said she) that the son of Garadan having conceived a mortal hatred against the Emperor, either because he could not have the entertainment he thought he had deserved, or else grieved (as I think) that he could not attain unto the Empire, as he pretended: determined not only to revenge himself upon this little child, but to kill the Emperor likewise if ever he have the means. By God (said the king of Denmark) he is a wicked and cruel hearted man, but assure yourself that God will not permit it to be so. Nevertheless I am in doubt this child will endure much woe, seeing you have no means to give it suck. Let me alone with that (said Vrganda) for I have certain herbs about me, with the juice whereof I will nourish it, if need be eight days together. What (said he) will you then stay here so long? No (said Vrganda) for as soon as it is day I will return unto my boat that stayeth here at the shore. But madame (said they) what shall become of us? for we are arrived here, not knowing who brought us hither. But for God's sake, if you have heard any news of our companions, let us knew it, and where we may go to find them. My friends (said she) you must first let destiny have his course, and endure many hard adventures, & when time serveth you shall have your desires. And in that manner sometimes talking and sometimes sleeping, they passed the time away till day began to appear, when they three together went to the sea side, where they entered into Urganda's boat, wherein four Gentlewomen and two dwarves stayed for her.   

CHAP. XVII. How Vrganda departed from the two knights, and being guarded by two dragons went unto the emperors court, to deliver them their young son, for the loss whereof all the court was in an uproar.  
FOr a time Vrganda stayed with the two knights, not minding presently to ease the emperors mind with the recovery of his son, in the end she caused them to return unto their bark, willing them from that time forwards to arm themselves against the assaults of fortune, although she seemed never so variable and unconstant. For (said she) therefore was the order of knighthood instituted & appointed, that thereby it might appear more excellent. And they were no sooner departed, but she set foot on land, and mounted on a palfrey with the child in her lap, she rude forward, with two dragons to guard her, one upon her right hand, the other upon the left, that bore her company till she came to Triol, where the Emperor held his court. And approaching the Town, she met great companies of knights that went to seek the child, who seeing those horrible beasts casting fire out of their mouths, for fear they began to fly, whereat Vrganda smiled. At the last Florestan king of Sardinia coming that way, (having ridden a great compass about to pursue Garadans' son) and returning as then all weary & sore travailed with his horse tired, perceiving the people to run so fast, asked them the cause, wherewith they showed him a far off what they had seen, but he not abashed, went towards the dragons, thinking if it were possible to fight with them, and as he came nearer unto them, he knew Vrganda, and spurring his horse, he thought to salute her, but the more he pricked him forwards, the more the horse gave back, whereby he was constrained to light down, and saluting her, he took her by the hand, but the dragons vanished away, whereat he was abashed, which Vrganda perceiving, said unto him: In faith sir knight, they have good cause to give you place, knowing well the magnanimity of your invincible courage. And for my part, I esteem myself better guarded (being in your company) than I did before, wherefore I pray you leave me not, till I have delivered this child unto his mother, which I have recovered from the villains that had stolen it from her. Is it possible madame (said Florestan) that the emperor should receive so great a pleasure by your means? Show me. I pray you (if it pleaseth you) how you procured the same? You shall know it (said she) when time serveth, till then content yourself, and mounting on horseback, I pray you bring me to the city of Triol. With that they road together till they came to the emperors court, where they found the Empress half dead for sorrow, but when she heard the good news Vrganda brought, her sorrow turned to exceeding joy. And for that the emperor being armed, was ridden out to seek the child, as others did, she sent men on all sides to certify him thereof, he having intelligence, thanked God with all his heart, and turned back to see Vrganda, that told him in what manner she found the child, as you have heard before. Where we leave her, and return to show you of Manely and the king of Denmark, who in the mean time were at sea in so horrible a tempest, that they thought to have been drowned.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of the strange adventures that the king of Denmark and Manely had, after they departed from Vrganda, and what pastime they had with two great apes in an Island, where by chance they arrived.  
AFter the king of Denmark and Manely departed from Vrganda, they entered into their bark, where their two Squires stayed for them, and so embarked, presently hoist sail and put to sea, the weather very peaceable and calm: but they had not sailed long, when a contrary wind began to rise, wherewith the waters grew so high, and the sea began to swell so big, that one while it seemed to mount unto the skies, and again to descend as low as the bottomless pit of hell, whereby their little bark, was oftentimes covered with water, having neither mast, sail, nor cable, but all rent in pieces. And that which abashed them most was, that night coming upon them, it was so dark, they could not see the length of their boat, in which torment they continued for the space of thirty days together, till at the length it cast them upon an Island, where (being arrived about sun setting) they landed. Then commanding one of their squires to keep their boat, being armed at all points, they went into the Island to see if they could find any fresh water or other victuals, for they had not sufficient in their bark to serve them for a week, at the last they found a goodly fountain, shadowed with many great trees, whereby they sat them down, and putting off their helmets for to drink, Argenton their squire that was with them, said unto them: if you think good, gone shall stay here while I go up this high rock, where (it may be) I shall find a house, or some country man that will show us in what place we are arrived? Go (said the king of Denmark) but take heed thou losest not thyself. With that the squire left them, and took his way through the wood, but he had not gone a long bows shot, when he perceived a great Bear coming towards him, wherewith he was in such fear, that with a loud voice he cried out for help, and finding no other remedy, he was constrained to climb into a high tree. The knights hearing their squire's cry, supposed he had need of them, and with that they ran in such haste to help him, that forgetting their helmets behind them, left them by the fountain, and they had not run far, but they espied the Bear climbing against the tree, wherein the Squire was defending himself as well as he could, but the beast forsaking her first pray, ran unto Manely, being next unto her, thinking at the first encounter to throw him on the ground, but he stepping aside, gave her such a blow with his sword, that therewith he cut off one of her ears with a piece of her jaw, but the Bear turned again, and taking him most fiercely about the body thought to strangle him, wherewith he had almost lost his breath, when the king of Denmark came unto her, and with one blow cut one of her legs clean from the body, whereby the beast in great anguish forsaking her prey, fled into the thicket of the wood, and the king after her, and longer had followed, had it not been for the weight of his armour, that wearied him overmuch, wherefore returning again unto his companion, they two help their Squire Argenton to come down the tree, who as yet for fear trembled like a leaf, whereat they both began to laugh, Manely ask him if he were a cold, no (said he) but I was in the greatest fear that ever I had in all my life, or ever I hope shall have again, and surely I believe there are no other people in this Island, than devils disguised in strange forms, or else such proper Gentlewomen, as she that of late embraced you so courteously, wherefore I am of this opinion, that for our better security, it were best for us to stay by the fountain, or in our bark till the sea be somewhat pacified. In truth thou sayest well (said the king of Denmark) but in the mean time be thou of a good courage and fear nothing, I know not what courage I should have (said he) but I pray you for God's sake let us be gone, unless you will see me die here. As far as I see (said Manely) thou wilt never die in fight, as long as thou findest means to run away. Not if I may (said Argenton) for if I should, it were done but like a fool. In which manner talking together, they came unto the fountain, where they espied two old apes casting their helmets (they had left behind them) one at the other, as lightly as if they had been at Tennis, whereat the two knights and Argenton laughed so heartily, that they were almost overcome with laughter: for the apes had no sooner spied them coming, but in great hast they put the helmets on their heads, and climbing up the trees, skipped from branch to branch, sometimes up and sometimes down, like two tumblers. As God help me (said Manely) I like these apes well, for they knew we were so melancholy on the sea, that they meant to make us merry on land, yet I trust they shall not carry away my arms without a combat. Wherewith they took up stones and threw at them, but they turning about, grinned with their teeth, making mouths and mows, sometimes scratching their arses. Wherewith the king of Denmark took such pleasure, that he desired Manely and Argenton to let the apes alone, and as than it began to be night. Wherefore they sent their squire to fetch his companion, with the rest of the victuals they had in their bark, because the sea rose so high, that they doubted their bark would be cast on shore, and break in pieces, who stayed not long before they came again, and after the knights had eaten of such victuals as they had, they put off their armour, and slept till the next morning, when they awaked, finding their helmets lying by them, but not their armour, for those new men of war had put them on so properly, that by their countenances it seemed they had some great combat to fight one against the other, in the top of the high elms, whereof there were great plenty. But that sport liked not the two knights, that were loath to die in that place for want of food, but made their account, either to put themselves again unto the mercy of the waves, or else go further into the Island to seek meat. Wherefore making bows of wood, which they stringed with their garters, and cutting arrows to them, sharp at the points, they shot at those woody champions so long, that at the last they compelled them to skip down, whereby they took them, and pulled off their armour, which done, they let them go, not doing them any hurt.   

CHAP. XIX. How Frandalo the Pirate sailing on the sea, was by tempest of weather, cast upon the Island where the king of Denmark and Manely were, against whom he fought, and what happened unto them.  
YOu heard before how the king of Denmark and Manely were by fortune cast upon the isle of apes, where their boat was cast away, they having not victuals longer than for two days, but God holp them, for the next day as they were upon the top of one of the highest rocks, they perceived a ship at sea, which being driven with the wind, not long after was cast upon the shore hard by the place where they were. Wherewith the two knights went down to speak with them that were aboard, and calling with a loud voice unto them, there appeared a man upon the hatches, that asked them what they would. We pray you in courtesy (said Manely) show us who is the master of your bark, it is (said the man) a great lord, that before you escape, will make you know how he useth to handle such youths as you are. And though he do so (said Manely) we are now in such necessity, that it shall please us well to endure the worst that he can do unto us, to be rid out of this hunger which we now endure, and still beginneth to assail us, wherefore cause us to speak with him, & if it please you, let us know his name. Those that have fallen into his hands ●saied the man) call him the devil of the sea, although he is well known by the name of Frandalo, for by his valour he hath brought in subjection the greatest part of all this sea, pilling and taking all he findeth, and by force of weather hath been constrained to put into this Island, his other vessels being scattered so far hear him named. Notwithstanding one thing overcometh him and vanquisheth his most courageous heart: which is your grace my good lady (said she) whom he loveth, honoureth, and desireth to serve while life endureth. But knowing not if his service would be accepted of, he durst not presume to come himself in person to offer you the same: although (by him that next after yourself, may most command him) he had express charge to present it unto you, as bound thereto by promise. And to the end you may give credit to my words, he sendeth you this ring, which is the very same you gave to Amadis, being in this Court, if your grace can call it to remembrance. With that Leonorine took it in her hand, and beholding it long time, she said unto the Gentlewoman: Truly this ring was sometimes mine, which I gave unto the best knight now living in the world. In faith (said the Gentlewoman) a better knight than he hath sent it you again, and that is my lord Esplandian his son. I never saw him, that I know off (said she:) True it is, master Elizabeth told me of a young Gentleman son to the knight with the green sword, that not long since was made knight in the Farm Isle, Vrganda being present, and the next day was carried away in a strange ship, of whom as then they could bear no news. Madam (said Carmelle) I know not who the knight with the green sword may be, but he whereof I show you hath had such a beginning in arms, that if it be your pleasure to hear it, you will be abashed thereat: tell it I pray you (said the Princess. But as the Gentlewoman began to speak, one brought the Princess news the Emperor her father was come from hunting, and asked for her: wherewith she knowing what pleasure her father would take to hear news, took Carmelle by the hand, and led her into the emperors chamber, and doing reverence unto him, she said: My lord, here is a strange Gentlewoman, (that can tell you news of the good knight with the green sword, and of his son likewise, of whom master Elizabeth made a long discourse and she hath been conducted hither by two knights of the Ferm Isle, whereof one of them hath fought with Frandalo, and hath presented him unto me, and staying your return, I have sent them into a chamber to refresh themselves. Daughter (said the Emperor) both they and the Gentlewoman are most heartily welcome. My lord (said Carmelle) God preserve your grace: & without further honour unto him, she stood still and held her peace, whereat all the company began to smile, thinking that want of civility caused her to forget herself. But not long after they changed their opinion, Carmelle beginning to speak in this manner. My lord, I have been nourished all my life among the best knights living in the world, yet let not your grace find it strange, if at the first (being in your majesties presence) I have used so little honour to your grace, whereby your Gentlemen should have cause to laugh at me: For that want of understanding how to behave myself in presence of so great a Prince is not the cause thereof, but only the joy I conceive in myself, to be a servant unto him, whom I more esteem than any man living: and I only hold for my lord and master, not knowing any worthier than he. And if it pleaseth your grace to know who it is, together with the cause of my arrival in this country, I pray you send for the two knights that brought me hither, & I will show such things, whereat (it may be) your grace will be abashed. Gentlewoman (said the Emperor) you shall therein do me great pleasure. Wherewith he commanded a Gentleman to go fetch the two strange knights, who coming into the emperors presence, having kissed his hands, and he welcomed them in courteous manner, he willed two chairs to be brought, wherein he set them, being a Prince that always entertained strangers with great honour, especially if he knew them to be of foreign countries. That done, all the knights, Gentlewomen, and ladies went near to hear the Gentlewoman's speech, when she turning unto the Emperor, said in this manner: My lord, I think your grace hath long before this time known the castle, called La montaigne defendu, the which (during the life of valiant Chartadaque, and since that time) you and the king of Turkey have divers time assailed to win, although in vain, it hath always been so well defended by the Giants Matroco and Frerion, yet in one day a knight alone hath conquered it, & slain the two giants whereof I spoke, with their uncle Arcalaus and Argantes the Porter of the same. And which is more, hath delivered king Luisart, that lay prisoner therein, no man knowing it, for he had been surprised in great Britain, and secretly brought from thence by Arcabonne lady of the castle: The which lady falling in despair, threw herself out of a window into the sea. And to the end your grace may know how all hath happened: it is so (said she) that Arcabonne (who as then I served) having intelligence of her brother's imprisonment in the Farm Isle, departed expressly from the castle, hoping to deliver him, but before she got thither, he was set at liberty. Notwithstanding (she being loath to lose her labour) to be revenged thereof, did so much by her art, that she got king Luisart (as then hunting in the forest) into her tent, the king thinking to secure a Gentlewoman, that as he thought a knight would have deflowered: where he was so cruelly enchanted, that losing all his senses, he was transported without any man's knowledge into the dungeon of the castle, where my lord and master found him. And continuing her discourse, she showed in what manner Esplandian was made knight, and seeking to find the king, he was carried by the boat of the great serpent into the Isle of the Enchantress, where he conquered the shining sword, and after that brought in a little bark to the foot of the rock called La montaigne defendu, the speech he had with the Hermit, the combats with Argantes, Matroco, and Frerion, the desperateness of Arcabonne, the determination she had to kill him, when she found him sleeping in the hermitage, the love wherewith she was suddenly surprised. And lastly, the means how king Luisart knew him: for my lord (said she) he is son of Amadis his son, and of the Princess Oriane. And because at his departure from his father, he gave him in commandment to come & serve the Princes Leonorine your daughter, with the other ladies, according to his promise, he hath expressly sent me hither, humbly beseeching them to pardon the slow performance of his father's will: but to amend his fault committed, he will shortly be here to fulfil his charge as long as pleaseth them. Gentlewoman (said the Emperor) I knew his father for one of the best knights living in the world: notwithstanding you have showed such strange things of his son, that I certainly believe he far surpasseth him. He shall be heartily welcome when he cometh, but if my daughter will follow my counsel, she shall not pardon his long absence till he come in person to desire the same: and let him be assured he shall not departed so soon from hence as Amadis hath done. At the least, we will make him so good cheer, and my daughter likewise, to whom I give express commandment to do it, that he shall not have occasion to dislike our company. Mean time the two knights shall remain with us for pledges, assuring you I will give them all the honour and good entertainment that I can devise. My lord (said she) the desire they had to understand the things declared to your grace, hath caused them for to come hither, with whom by great good fortune I met, for Frandalo, whom he (pointing to Manely) hath most valiantly conquered, had taken me prisoner, not far off from the place where I first embarked: but as fortune would, there rose so great a storm at sea, that all his vessels separated one from the other, his ship was cast upon an Island, wherein (by the same tempest) these two knights not long before arrived. And with that she showed what speech they had with Frandalo, and what passed between them: Wherefore my lord, acquitting my promise made unto them, I have at large declared the adventures of the good knight their companion. In faith (said the Emperor) they have showed themselves right valiant knights, and made a worthy present unto my daughter, for which I give them thanks. My Lord (said Manely) we humbly beseech your grace, that from henceforth you will accept his service, for it is his only desire, as he hath promised us. Is that possible (said the Emperor?) For he is the vildest villain that ever lived on earth, and hath more wronged my subjects then ever any did. My lord (said the king of Denmark) he will become a new man, and therefore my companion did present him to your daughter, which promised for to save his life, which we beseech your grace likewise to perform. I am content to do it (said the Emperor) at your requests, though he deserves it not. While they sat talking, Gastilles that stayed in the forest to look unto the hounds, entered into the hall, and presently knew Manely & the king of Denmark, having seen them in great Britain before they were made knights, where with he asked when they came thither, and being made acquainted with the Gentlewoman's message, he asked her if she knew the names of the other two that stayed in the castle: for seeing they are armed (said he unto Manely) in the like arms, it is certain they are of your company. That is true (said the Gentlewoman) for they were all made knights together, the one called Ambor, the other Talanque, I know them well (said Gastilles) for Ambor is the son of Angriote d'estrauaulx, one of the best knights in the country of great Britain. In truth (said Manely) we were in great care how to find them out, but seeing they are in the castle called La montaigne defendu, if it pleaseth the Emperor, we will go unto them. I am content (said he) so you promise me not to departed before eight days are past. My lord (said they) we are at your commandment. Being dinner time, the Emperor rose up and went into the hall with the two knights, and the Princess Leonorine took the Gentlewoman with her as desirous to hear further n●●es of the knight Esplandian.   

CHAP. XXII. What passed between the Princess Leonorine and Carmelle, touching the message she had brought.  
YOu heard before how Carmelle in presence of the Emperor, showed the great desire she had to slay Esplandian, and when she thought to do it, she was so overcome with love, that during her life, she determined not to love any other, which the Princess Leonorine (that already pretended part in him) had not forgotten, but returned with Carmelle into her chamber: with a smiling countenance she said unto her. Is it possible Gentlewoman (said she) you loving the knight with the black arms so w●l as you report, that you could leave his company so soon? Madam (said she) I was presently given to understand he loveth another: wherewith I comforted myself, judging his heart like unto mine own, that he could not choose but sometimes feel the like sweet passion he caused me endure. What hope then resteth (said the Princess) unto you? The same (said she) I know to be far different between him and me, for when I am in presence, beholding the excellency of his person, I then receive some comfort, which to him is utterly denied, seeing that already he endureth for her sake, that as yet he never saw, and the (madame said she) is your own person, as I said before. Surely (said the Princess) his love is very strange, the foundation whereof I cannot well conceive. Madam (said Carmelle) I fear ere it be long, he will not be able to endure the great extremity wherein he now is fallen, only for your sake specially, if at his arrival here, he find himself rejected of your grace, having no desire, but to fulfil your pleasure, whereby he may account himself your own, esteeming it the greatest favour that ever he can have. In good faith (said she) I will not refuse him to small a thing, nor a greater, as occasion serves, but I pray you tell me why he calleth himself the black knight. That can I not well do (said Carmelle) only that upon a night as king Luisart ●●e, Talanque and Ambor, were all asleep in one chamber, they heard so pleasant a sound of music from the sea, that they rose out of their beds to hear it, and it was so dark the● could not s●e, but when day appeared, they espied the great Serpent at the Haven, whereat they were so glad, that descending down the hill, they went unto the shore, where they perceived a Gentlewoman in a little boat coming to land, bearing in her arms a pack covered with blue Taffeta: which from her mistress Vrganda she presented to Esplandian, saying unto him, Sir Knight, my mistress sendeth you these arms, and willeth you by me to leave the same she gave you, when you were in sadness, and to arm yourself with these, that bear the devise of her, which at this day is the beautifullest creature living in the world (as Amadis your father well did witness, when he set the crown upon her head.) And for the love of her your power and courage shall so much increase, that your renown shall spread throughout the world, your mind moved with so amorous a passion, that many times you shall desire death. And opening the packet, she took forth a white armour all set with crowns of gold, enriched with Pearls and Diamonds most sumptuous to behold. Which Esplandian (with hearty thanks unto Vrganda and the messenger) received willingly. This as I think madame (said Carmelle) is the cause why he hath been called the black knight, but I suppose seeing he hath changed his devise, he will likewise change his name. The Princess Leonorine knew thereby, that all these things were said as touching her, wherewith she felt an alteration in her mind, for that love by little and little began to burn her heart, which she had willingly covered, but Carmelle by the changing of her colour, which sometimes waxed pale and sometimes red● the sundry motions wherewith sweet love did prick her 〈◊〉 heart, perceived it ●ull well in such manner, that being no longer able to abstain from sighing, as if she had spoken to herself, she said, I pray God his beginning may prove a happy end. Wherewith Carmelle perceiving her masters su●●● prospe● with effect, the better to increase the desire of the lady, 〈◊〉 said unto her: madame, he hath commanded me not to stay long here, for till my return he doth continue in exceeding pain, and never shall be free if he receive no comfortable answer from your ●race. Gentlewoman (said ●he Princess) I were the most ungrateful Princess living on ●he earth if I should do so, but tell him. I pray you from me, that I give him hearty thanks for the courtesies he offereth me by you, and when he once arriveth here, he shall soon know the great good will I bear him. As also that I hold him for my knight, for proof whereof, you shall on my behalf present him with this hairlace, as being the first present that Grimanaise my grandfather gave to his Appolidon, being but her lover. Wherewith taking a cloth of tissue from her head, she unbound her hair, and delivered the hairlace unto her, and sending for a gown embroidered all with crowns of gold, gave it her likewise. But (said she) because the two knights have promised the Emperor not ●o departed from hence till eight days are past, you shall stay for them, and all together return unto the castle called La montaigne defendu, which she willingly granted.   

CHAP. XXIII. How news was brought unto the Emperor, that Armato king of Turkey had besieged the castle of La montaigne defendu, and of the charge he gave Frandalo with Manely and the king of Denmark to go secure it.  
IN manner as you heard before, the two knights of the Farm Isle and Carmelle, stayed at Constantinople, where there arrived a certain ship, that brought a Squire on message from Talanque and Ambor to certify the Emperor, that Armat● king of Turkey, advertised of the death of Matroco had besieged the castle, Lafoy montaigne defendu both by land and sea, desiring him to send some aid, otherwise they should be constrained to yield the same, not having victuals nor men for to defend it. The Emperor hearing those news, and considering the truce between him and the king of Turks, as also that he had not any men prepared for to send, neither Galley, Galliace, ship nor Brigandine ready for the sea, stood somewhat in amaze. But considering with himself of what importance that Frontier castle might be unto him if the enemy should obtain it, he determined by all means to hinder him from the same. Wherefore calling for Frandalo, and taking him aside, he said unto him: Well Frandalo, you are now my prisoner, and it lieth in me either to hang you like a thief, or deliver you with greater riches than ever you possessed, which I promise you to do, if from this time forwards you swear to be my loyal subject, and faithfully to serve me when you are employed. My lord (said he) I beseech your grace wholly to forget the faults by me committed to your Majesty, swearing of my faith, (if it pleaseth you to pardon my offence) you shall from henceforth find a servant of me, that in time will make you know by effect how much I esteem this favour at your hands. Will you do it (said the Emperor?) I and it pleaseth your grace (said he.) What is become of your Navy (said the Emperor) that in times past you held upon the sea? My lord (said Frandalo) the winds & tempests that lately happened on the sea, hath so scattered them, that I can hear no news of them: Nevertheless, I am of opinion, they may easily be brought together, wherewith I will do your grace service, if you think good. Do it then (said the Emperor) and that with speed, for I have determined to raise the greatest army that ever hath been seen, therewith to drive Armato king of Turkey out of the Frontiers of my Empire, who not long since hath besieged La montaigne defendu. And while my forces are preparing, you with the two knights that of late came hither, shall go before, and using means to assemble your men, shall in the mean time give the Turks somewhat to do. My lord (said Frandalo) God give me grace to do you faithful service: then be you ready in the morning (said he) to departed from hence, wherewith he commanded Frand●●os ship to be rigged and prepared with all things necessary, and finding Manely and the king of Denmark, he told them that he had received news from Talanque and Ambor touching the ●astle of La montaigne defendu, and what he had determined to do as concerning their relief, showing them what had passed between him and Frandalo touching the same. Wherefore my good friends (said he) because I well perceive the great desire you have to see your companions, me thinketh it were good you embark yourselves with him, who goeth before to advertise them of the aid I mean to send them. My lord (said Manely) it is our whole desires. In the morning (said the king) you shall have your bark ready and furnished with all things necessary, and some other of my ships likewise to second you, attending the great army myself doth mean to bring. But before their departure he gave them divers rich presents, which they refused, contenting themselves with the honour and courteous entertainment he had already given them, and taking their leave of all the court, especially of the Princess Leonorine, they took sea, and Carmelle with them, hoping to have her masters great good will for the good news she brought him. But before we pass further to show you what became of them, I think it not out of our history to leave Esplandian no longer at Miresleur, but show you what became of him, being healed of his wounds.   

CHAP. XXIIII. How Esplandian healed of his wounds, took leave of king Luisart and all the court to go unto the Farm Isle, where he left the great Serpent, wherein (accompanied only of master Elizabeth and Sergil) he embarked himself to return unto the castle of La montaigne defendu.  
MAny days and nights did Esplandian stay at Miref●eur, after the dangerous combat between him and Amadis his father, before h●● wounds were fully healed. But in the end having licence of the king & others that might command him, he took his way towards the Farm Isle, accompanied of ●ais●er Elizabeth & Sergil his squire. And traveling without any adventure worthy the rehearsing, at the last they arrived at the palace of Apolidon, at the foot whereof they found the great Serpent, wherein presently they embarked themselves, but she removed not from thence till midnight following, when she began to sail so swiftly, that the next day they were out of sight of any land, in which manner they continued for seven days together, the eight day they discovered a goodly country, & having a calm wind, the Serpent put a shore, which Esplandian perceiving, determined to land and walk along the coast, till he found some one or other, that could show him in what country he had arrived. And desiring master Elizabeth not to departed thence before he came again, he, Sergil, and their two horses entered into a little boat, and taking land, they entered so far into the country, that they came to a little hill, at the foot whereof they perceived a goodly meadow, and certain houses, whereunto they went. And they had not ridden far, but a lacquie that kept four horses, whereof one was a Bay, and greater than the rest, came unto Esplandian, and speaking to him in the Almain tongue, asked him why he went to his own mischief? Esplandian that in his youth had learned that language, asked him wherefore? Because (said the lacquie) that at the next house my master is newly alighted, and is at dinner, and if he see you, you die therefore? Thy master (said Esplandian) And what doth he? He useth (said he) to kill or put in prison far braver fellows than yourself: wherefore if you will believe me, you shall return again, if you mean not to speed as I have told you. But Esplandian staying not, passed forward till he came unto the door, where he espied a Giant set at dinner, and four squires all bareheaded waiting on the board. But as soon as the Giant saw him, he rose up, and leaning on the cloth, said unto him: Thou unhappy wretch, wh● hath sent thee ●●ther in my presence, armed as thou art? By my great go. Ia●●s, I m●st needs say thou art a fool, or else art weary 〈◊〉 thy life. Come hither to me, and put off thine armour because thou shal● not have so much pain to go on foot to thy lodging that is prepared for thee. Forwards you villains said he unto his Squires, throw him off his horse, and carry him to his fellows. Wherewith one of them (thinking to play the diligent servant) ran unto Esplandian, to serve him for a Squire: but (whether Esplandian was offended, or for that he held the left stirrup in stead of the right) he gave him such a blow on the face with his Gantelet, that he felled him to the ground: whereat the Giant was in such a rage, that he scarce had the patience to arm himself to be revenged. Wherefore sending to fetch his great Bay horse, mounted thereon. Mean time Esplandian lacing his helmet, took his sword in hand, staying for his enemy that ceased not to threaten him, who stayed not long before he came, bearing a great lance upon his thigh, and so great a cimitere hanging at his saddle bow, that a strange man would have much ado to lift it up. But as you see a Cock holding up his head, and standing ready to receive another Cock wherewith he fighteth, so Esplandian having felt the injury he had received at the Giants hands, seeing him approach, began to shake his leg, ready for to charge his enemy. But the Giant called him and said, Vassal, Content thyself with the honour thou hast already gotten, by putting me in so great choler, that without any regard I have taken arms against so vile and wretched a thing as thou art: Fly then from hence without constraining me to do thee any hurt, otherwise thou art most sure of death, for twenty knights hardy than thyself, cannot once remove me. Esplandian hearing his great brags, made no account thereof, but in mockery said unto him. Those thou hast already slain, can never hurt thee, but I that come for to revenge them, hope before that we depart to send thy soul unto the devil, to whom thou hast commended it so often, although it were much better for thee to take the counsel thou hast given me, and shun thine own misfortune, being well assured, that in thy great misshapen body there resteth nothing but a base an● servile heart, ●hat causeth thee to speak in such sort a● thou dost. That shalt thou presently see (said the Giant) and couching his lance, ran towards Esplandian, who did the like against him: But the Giant miss his blow, so did not Esplandian, for with the force of his blow he made the Giant double his body, in such sort, that his Gaul broke in his body, and ran out at his mouth, where with he presently died. They that beheld it were thereat abashed, specially the Giants Squires, who presently began to fly, but they had not run far, when Esplandian overtook them, threatening to slay them if they would not show him the place where their master kept his prisoners, which they promised to do. And leading him along by the foot of the hill from whence he had descended, they came into a narrow way full of stones, where stood a watch of twenty men all armed, each man with a hatchet in his hand to defend the passage. When the captain of that band perceived the giant's squires coming towards them, he asked them where they found that unhappy fellow, and saying so, thought to lay hands upon Esplandians bridle, but with a blow of his sword he cut his arm in sunder, wherewith the rest set all upon him. But in short time he dealt so well among them, that he laid most part of them dead upon the ground. But he had so many men about him, that in the end his horse was slain, and he in danger to be overthrown. Yet he behaved himself so valiantly, and with so great a courage, that he remained victor, his enemies flying as fast as possibly they might: and among the rest, the laquie that he found keeping the four horses, who saving himself in a vault, cried with a loud voice and said, Come forth my lord, come forth, your son Bramato is slain, and all our companions likewise. With that there appeared a great old Giant with a long white beard, who seeing Esplandian with his sword bloody in his hand, and most of his men lying dead about him, he cast out a great sigh and said, O immortal Gods, wherein have I so much offended you, that you should suffer my only son and all my men to be slain in such manner by this one knight? But I hope your wraths will not be so much increased against me, as that you will not give me leave to be revenged on him. And as he uttered those words, being covered with his shield, he went unto Esplandian, and holding his sword in hand, struck him flatl●ng with the same upon the arm, in such manner that he was astonished: and with the force of the blow the sword sliding down upon a stone, broke in three pieces, wherewith Esplandian stepped to him, and with great dexterity struck him so fiercely on the face, that the blood in great abundance ran out of his forehead. Whereat the Giant was in such a rage, that casting down his shield, took the piece of his sword in both his hands, and with all his force struck at Esplandian that stepped aside, and perceiving the Giants arm coming towards him, with one blow cut off his hand, whereby his sword fell down. Nevertheless he seemed not abashed, but embracing Esplandian with his left arm, thought to crush the breath out of his body, but it happened otherwise, for as he held him, Esplandian having his right arm at liberty, thrust his sword into the Giant's body, wherewith he died. Then calling Bramatos' three squires that he brought thither to show him the prisoners, he asked where they were: My lord said one of them, on that side the vault is the two Giants lodgings, that you have slain, and under it are the prisoners that you seek in a most dark prison above a hundred paces long, and but two paces broad, whereby the prisoners (in great number) have no means to rest themselves, being constrained to stand upright for the narrowness of the place. Go before (said Esplandian) with that the squire went forward, and Esplandian followed after, and they had not gone long, but they entered into a goodly palace, and going lower, he heard the lamentable voices of the poor prisoners dying for want of food, whereat he took such compassion, that the tears ran down his eyes, ask the squire for the keys? there they hang (said he) upon a nail. Open the door (said Esplandian) which he presently did, wherein they entered, and Esplandian calling the poor wretches that lamented, said unto them. My good friends, come all forth, and thank God for your liberties. You may well judge if they were glad to hear those news, for that some of them had remained therein above thirty years together, being in all twenty Gentlewomen, thirty squires, and fifty knights, among the which Esplandian knew Gandalin and Lazinde, who by evil fortune (after the conquest of Sansuegue) travailing the country, were met by the Giants, and kept in prison with the rest, where they endured great misery.   

CHAP. XXV. How Esplandian commanded the prisoners he had delivered to go unto Constantinople, there to thank the Princess Leonorine the emperors daughter, keeping only Gandalin and Lazinde with him.  
THe Giants slain, and the prisoners set at liberty, Esplandian that as yet had not taken off his helmet, not long after made himself known to Gandalin and Lazinde, that were no less abashed to see him in so strange a place, then wondered at the great Prowess he had showed for their delivery. It was then about sunnesetting, and Esplandian had neither eat nor drunk of all that day, wherefore he determined not to departed thence till the next day in the morning, for he found great store of victuals in the place: Commanding Sergil with one of the squires to go seek the Bay horse he left at the house where he slew Bramato, for his own was slain, which they presently brought unto him, passing the night in the Giant's house with the best victuals they could find. The next day in the morning Esplandian called the prisoners that he had delivered, ask them what they meant to do? Sir Knight (said they) we are wholly bend to do as pleaseth you. Then my friends (said he) you shall go to Constantinople, and there give thanks unto the Princess Leonorine for the grace it hath pleased G●d to give you by means of a knight that belongeth unto her. An● if she asketh you my name, tell her only what manner of arms I bear, showing her that I willed you to submit yourself unto her mercy. In faith (said Gandalin) my companion and I were determined not to leave your company so soon, but seeing it is your pleasure, we are content to do it. You and he (said Esplandian) shall keep me company till you mean to travail further, the rest shall do as I required them. Sir Knight (said he) that showed him the prison, they shall find within the house all the furnitures and other things that were taken from them: show them where they be (said Esplandian.) Whereunto he willingly obeyed, which done, they all left the Giant's house, the prisoners taking the way towards Constantinople, and Esplandian with Gandalin and Lazinde, armed at all points, went towards master Elizabeth that stayed for them in the great Serpent, and as they were about half a mile from the Giant's house, they met a knight all armed with two squires attending on him, who in courteous manner saluting Esplandian and his company, asked them what country men they were. Sir knight (said Esplandian) we are all of great Brittaigne. Alas (said he) can you tell me any news touching a thing that hath grieved me full sore? What is that (said Esplandian) can you tell me (said he) what is become of king Luisart? For I have been certified of a truth that he is lost, not knowing where, how, nor for what cause. And for my part I swear unto you, I have already sought for him in divers countries, and can hear no news at all, and I am determined never to leave travailing before he be found again, if it be possible for mortal man to do it. You are bound thereunto (said Esplandian) seeing he deserveth it, as you know right well: Nevertheless if it pleaseth you to put off your helmet, and make you known unto us, that have been bred and nourished in his house, I assure you we will satisfy your mind so well as touching him, that you cannot choose but like it. My lords (said he, putting off his helmet) I am Norandel his son. When Esplandian and the rest perceived that, they made themselves known unto him, embracing each other most courteously. Ha m● lord (said Norandel) I pray you for God's cause, if you know any thing touching the king, hide it not from me. Uncle (said Esplandian) about a month hence I left him at Mirefleur in good health God be thanked, making good cheer: showing him in what manner he had delivered him out of prison, with all that passed touching the same. I marvel then (said Norandel) what adventure brought you hither. By my soul (said Esplandian) that can I not well tell, only that I was brought hither by the great Serpent which I left at the sea side, wherein master Elizabeth stayeth for me. Then he showed him how he departed from the court, his arrival in the Farm Isle, his embarking to take sea, and what time they were at sea before they discovered any land, till in the end (said he) we espied this country, where Sergil and I took land, in good time for Gandalin and Lazinde, as hereafter they may show you. But you (said he to Norandel) tell me of your faith, how was it your chance in so good time to meet with us? In truth (said Norandel) the peace made between Amadis and the king, I departed from the court to seek some strange adventures that commonly are found in this country of Almaigne, where I had no sooner arrived, but I had certain news of my father's absence, whereat I was so grieved, that to find him out I have travailed the countries of Denmark, Poland, Russia, Sweathland, Hungary, and all this country even unto this place, where it is said there dwells two giants, who as they are all of one nature, exercise innumerable cruelties against those they meet, the younger of them waiting continually about this place for such as pass this way. And therefore when I saw you first, I thought one of you three to be the Giant, thinking to fight with him, or lose my life therefore: which I will yet do if you let me pass. By God (said Gandalin) you lost your labour seeking for the king, so shall you likewise do if you take this enterprise in hand? Wherefore (said Norandel,) Because (said he) you see him here in presence that easeth you of that burden. With that he showed him in what manner Esplandian had fought with the Giants, and how he, Lazinde, and diverse others were prisoners in their house, from whence Esplandian had delivered them. Before God (said Norandel) the news liketh me well, for I never thought in long time any such adventure would have happened unto him, not knowing he had received the order of knighhood. You see it is so (said Esplandian) and master Elizabeth can tell you more, if it pleaseth you to go with us. Let us go then (said Norandel) for I would gladly see him: With that they road towards the sea, till they espied the great Serpent, wherein they embarked themselves: where Norandel, Gandalin, and Lazinde, understood by master Elizabeth what had happened to Esplandian from the day he received the order of knighthood. And although Norandel determined with all speed to return into great Brittaigne, yet he changed his mind when he heard so strange and marvelous news of his nephew Esplandian, to whom he said: My lord, seeing fortune hath brought us so well together, I pray you let me not leave your company till some occasion be ministered unto us. Uncle (said Esplandian) I am content, and I pray you let it be so. In that manner they passed the rest of the day in the great Serpent, minding the next day because she stirred not to take land again to see if they could find any more adventures: And they had scarce fallen asleep, but the Serpent began of itself to sail forward so swiftly, that by sun rising they had lost the sight of any land, not ceasing for to sail six days together before they espied land: the seventh day when the sun began to shine, it stayed at the Isle Saint Mary, which master Elizabeth presently knew, as having been there before with Amadis de Gaul, when he fought with Landriaque: wherefore he said unto the knights. In good faith, I remember that once as I travailed on the sea with my lord Amadis, we were cast upon this Island by so great a tempest, that we thought verily to have been drowned. And if then at sea we had great fear of death, being landed, our fear did more increase, and that with so good cause, that I cannot choose but tremble to remember it. What (said Esplandian?) Can a danger so long time past breed so great a fear as you seem to have? Sir (said master Elizabeth) some men to hide the truth, make a great matter of a small, but if you had seen as much as I then saw, and that which as yet you may behold, if it pleaseth you to go where I was once, you shall find that I have no less occasion, and there is Gandalin that can witness it as well as I. I pray you bring us thither (said Esplandian) with that they caused the horses to be unshipt, and going to land, they mounted up the Island, till they came to the castle where Amadis stayed certain days to be healed of his wounds, where they found a knight that kept it forth Emperor, who being advertised by master Elizabeth what knights they were he had brought thither, bade them heartily welcome, offering them all the pleasure he could show, but they staying not there, went forwards to the place where Amadis fought with Landriaque, where the Emperor had erected both their Images so like unto them, that there wanted only life to express the same: Which master Elizabeth showed unto the knights, and to the end (said he) you believe me better another time, I pray you behold well the form of this great devil, who before my lord Amadis arrived had utterly destroyed this most fertile Island. And therewith he showed them from point to point what had passed touching the same, as you have heard at large set down in the third book of this our history, whereat they were all abashed, especially to think how Landriaque could be slain or overcome by one knight alone. For although this image were but a senseless thing, yet it made than abashed, which having long time beheld, and visiting other places worthy memory, they returned to the great Serpent, which presently departed from the Isle, and with a good wind, in five days after arrived within half a mile of Constantinople, where it began to cast forth fire in so furious manner, that the sailors and others that perceived it, fled all away, doubting the fury of that monster, wherewith the Citizens were in such a fear, that news was brought unto the Emperor, who as then was talking with the ladies, whom he led unto the towers of his palace to see what it might be, when they perceived the great Serpent, and the sea raging so sore about it, that it seemed a gulf of fire, wherewith they were in such a fear, and the Emperor likewise, that he commanded all men to be armed, fearing it would come into the Town, and so destroy them al. But Gastilles that had seen it oftentimes, assured the Emperor that it was the ship of the knight Esplandian, which Vrganda brought first into great Brittaigne. And to the end my lord (said he) you shall not doubt thereof, if it pleaseth you I will go see if the son of Amadis be there, and bring him unto you. Do so I pray you (said the Emperor.) With that G●stilles went unto the Haven, entering into a Galley that he found ready to put to sea, commanding the master thereof to row unto the great Serpent, but whatsoever he could say, the master would not stir one foot, till such time he threatened him with fear of being hanged. Wherefore hoisting up his anchor, the company began to row forward, but it was impossible for them to come near the Serpent by a good bow shot, and withal the sea it was so high, that the waves cast them back again into the Haven with so great a force, that the Galley was in danger to be cast away. Which the Princess Leonorine perceiving, (who till then thought assuredly Esplandian had expressly come thither for to see her) began to despair of her good hope, and making her complaint, said unto herself: Alas monster, ship, Galley, or what vessel soever thou art, wherefore art thou now so cruel unto me, in not suffering him that is within thee to land at this our Haven, to the end mine eyes might enjoy his presence, but rather as if thou hadst conceived a jealousy towards us, thou usest all means possible to hinder the ship wherein my cousin Gastilles saileth, not to approach near thee, that he might bring him hither, or at the least that we might hear some news of him. But in faith, all well weighed and considered, I think thee rather to have reason, and myself without consideration, for that so excellent a thing ought not to be so lightly set at liberty. Therefore it is no marvel if thou refuse him unto us, fearing lest thou shouldest lose him, seeing thou mayst well vaunt that in thee there resteth so valorous knight, as in regard of him all others may be nought esteemed. I would to God, that we being both together, might never departed out of thy body: for being with him, his only presence would breed in me so much contentment, that I should think myself to have attained unto the top of all felicity: and if his love be such as Carmelle hath assured me, it cannot be, but that he suffereth the like passion I now endure, by overmuch desire to see his person. Wherewith she remained in such an ecstasy, that by the changing of her colour, it might easily be judged her heart was not at ease, which in the end compelled her to sigh: and at the same instant to repent the speeches she had used unto Carmelle, as also of the rich gown that she gave unto her. For (said she unto herself) what know I, if my sweet friend seeing her appareled therein, would embrace her, not for the love of her, but for the gown that once belonged unto me. And if it be so, it is not to be doubted, but she will by all means seek to join her lips to his, yea and her body like wise: which would be worse, seeing she is neither so evil favoured nor of so bad behaviour, but it may be in a heat he would both forget himself and me. But out alas what said I? Truly I do him wrong to be so jealous of him, considering the chaste love that is between them both, and therefore if it so fall out, that in respect of me he shall embrace her body, beholding her appareled in a thing that sometimes served me, it will be much more glory unto me till I myself may once embrace his body, as in time I doubt not but I shall. But if Leonorine were in pain, Esplandian had no less, both solicited with like jealousy, for the great distrust of their not meeting at that time: and gladly would have approached nearer to each other, had it not been that the one was on land under the government of another man, the other at sea within a vessel which he could not command. In the mean time the great Serpent setting forwards, made such speed, that in very short space it passed the straits of Bosphore. Wherewith the Princess Leonorine was like to sound, but she refrained it as much as possible she might, fearing to manifest that, she most desired to keep secret. Whereby she withdrew herself half dead into her chamber, and making as if she desired to sleep, threw herself on her bed, commanding her Gentle women to departed the chamber: they being gone, she began again to renew her sorrow, and almost drowned in tears, said unto herself: Alas, now I surely see and well perceive my grief to be wholly without remedy, having seen the thing (that in all the world I most entirely love) so near unto me, and at one instant so suddenly to departed, that it is uncertain whether he is gone. Ha cruel torment that still increaseth in me so covertly, is it possible that from henceforth I can so well dissemble as yet I have done? Truly no, for if in time passed I enforced myself to esteem the desire I had a singular pleasure unto me, now seeing I well perceive my accursed fortune to approach, and my joy to fade, in manner as soon as it was conceived, I desire nought but death: which to me would be more acceptable, then live in so great pain, not hoping any ease. And leaving so, she gave so great a sigh, that Queen Minoresse heard it: Who fearing she had been sick, opened the chamber door, ask her how she did. Wherewith the Princess perceiving that discovery, to excuse herself the best she could, she told the Queen she dreamt. Madam (said the Queen) it is not long since the Empress sent to see what you were doing? Is it not your pleasure to rise and go unto her? Let us go (said she.) In the mean time Esplandian with his companions, sailed so long, that within two days after they perceived the rock of La montaigne defendu, and not far from them the vessels and men of war Frandalo had assembled, that stayed for a wind to surprise the Turkish Army on the sea: who perceiving the great Serpent making towards them, began to arm themselves, thinking that it had been some monster that came to devour them. But Manely and the King of Denmark that had seen it oftentimes before, were very glad, giving them to understand what succours they might have thereby, whereat they all rejoiced, specially when they perceived Esplandian, Gandalin, and the rest, that Manely and the king of Denmark knew, wherefore causing a boat to be made ready, they with Frandalo and Argenton, the king of Denmark's Squire (a very good mariner) entered into it, and rowing to the great Serpent, Esplandian received them with great joy, ask Manely what fortune had brought them thither. In faith (said he) it is not long since we departed from the city of Constantinople, to discover and to hinder the passage of victuals that are daily brought by sea from the Town of Norolia unto Armato king of Turks, who not long sithence hath besieged the castle of La montaigne defendu: expecting daily the coming of the Emperor with a great army to drive the Turk from thence. But we have had so contrary a wind, that it hath been impossible for us to effect our charge. In good truth (said Esplandian) I would never have sought you in these countries, neither do I know what became of you after we fell asleep in this vessel, I pray you tell it us. Then Manely began to show how he and the king of Denmark when they awaked found themselves in a bark upon the coast of Italy, where taking land they found Vrganda, and after that by cruel tempests they arrived in an Isle, where a Bear assailed them, in which Isle they saw two great apes that showed them much sport. But (said he) we thought to have starved therein for want of meat, for our victuals were clean consumed when by fortune Frandalo arrived in the same Isle, with whom I fought and overcame him. And because our bark was cast away, we entered into his, wherein we found a Gentlewoman that told us news of you, whom for your sake we conducted unto Constantinople, and from thence have brought her back again. As far as I understand (said Esplandian) you have not always slept, and I believe that never any knight had foe strange adventures at their first entering into arms unless it were my lord Amadis my father, which I would hardly have believed, had it not been for the signs and evident tokens that we saw in the Isle Saint Mary. What were they (said the king of Denmark?) We saw the Image of Landriaque (said Esplandian) with whom he had so long and perilous a combat. It is true (said Argenton) that such combats against monsters, do oftentimes strike the hardiest knights with fear, and the combat of our Apes made sorrowful knights rejoice. In good faith said Esplandian) thou hast reason, and I like thee well for thy mirth, but I pray thee heartily return again, and fetch the Gentlewoman that is in thy masters ship, and bring her hither, that I may speak with her, which he presently did: and as she entered into the great Serpent, Esplandian embracing her, asked if she had seen the emperor and the beautiful Princess Leonorine his daughter. I my lord (said she) both of them desiring your arrival in that country, especially the Princess Leonorine, with all the ladies and Gentlewomen, being fully determined not to pardon the great fault you have committed in their behalfs, to have deferred off so long before you come to serve them, according to the promise made by Amadis your father, as I assured them. Yet I think their displeasure is not so great, but ye may well find means to pacify the same. My good friend (said Esplandian) you are heartily welcome, we will talk together when better leisure serveth. Which he said, fearing she should have proceeded further, wherewith the standers by might have intelligence of the love he bore unto the Princess, wherefore leaving the Gentlewoman, and turning to Manely, he said: In faith I cannot well excuse myself, but that I do them wrong, for the first commandment my father gave me at such time I received the order of knighthood was, that in his place I should go and serve them, to quit the promise he had made. Nevertheless fortune hath ever sithence given me so many crosses thereby to hinder my intent, that I could neither fulfil his will, nor satisfy their expectations. While they were thus devising, two of Frandalos Brigantines', that by him were sent to espy the enemy's navy, brought news they had seen great numbers of their Foists and Galleys sailing to the East, to fetch victuals for the Navy, and that the rest that remained behind would easily be overcome, if it pleased them to set upon them: which the knight's understanding, were of opinion, that without longer delay they would assail them, and presently therewith hoist up their anchors, making as secretly as they could towards Armatos fleet, yet they determined not to set upon them before the break of day, hoping to take them sleeping, which in truth fell out. The first that set upon them was the great Serpent, that at her arrival, entering among the enemies, cast fire so fiercely at her mouth and nostrils, that when they awaked it put them in such fear, that losing courage without stroke given, they all began to fly: Nevertheless it could not save their lives, but that the greatest part of their vessels were drowned by means of a contrary wind, that rose so suddenly on the sea, whereby it raged in such sort, that neither mast, sail, board, nor oar could hold, but were broken all in pieces: yet did not Frandalo lose any of his fleet, neither did the camp once move thereat, for they were not seen of any other than the sentinel of the castle, that presently told Ambor and Talanque, whereat they received great pleasure, especially when they espied the great Serpent and Esplandian there 〈◊〉 with whom they talked long time before he came to land. At the last they concluded to avoid all danger, that the rampires they had made before the gate, should for that time not be broken, but they would let down a lather of cords, whereby they might mount up into the castle, Frandalo having given order for the safety of his ships, which was presently done.   

CHAP. XXVI. How Armato king of Turkey had intelligence of the overthrow of his army at sea by Frandalo and his company, and what enterprises happened on both parts.  
THat aid entered into the castle of La montaigne defendu, Esplandian desirous to see the enemy's camp, presently mounted upon the walls, accompanied only of Talanque and Ambor, that showed him the tents of Armato, the Bassias, Begberbeys, and Sangiaces, whereof some were lodged within the Base court, which they had conquered at their first coming thither, wherewith Esplandian was much grieved, and asked Talanque how he suffered them to come so near. Assure yourself (said he) it was not with our wills, but we defended it as long as possible we might, and the Portaile like wise, which at their first coming they assailed. But we defended it so well, that without their mine they had never won it, yet did it profit them but little, for that suddenly we destroyed all their mine, that had cost them fifteen days labour. Which Armato perceiving, sought to begin again, which we by divers sallies would not suffer him to do: but whatsoever we could do, in the end their force prevailed, and we constrained to forsake the same, and retire unto the castle, and that in good time, for we were scarce entered into the dungeon, but they fired it, whereby the portal fell down, giving us at that time one of the most cruel assaults that ever place sustained, being so meanly guarded as it was, and assure yourself, that there is neither loopehole nor window, but they raised ladders or some other engines against it, and with lances, fire, and sword, gave us so much to do, that we were in doubt to be overcome. Nevertheless they were as whotely repulsed, for Libee gave them such entertainment with a dram of powder, that he set on fire, as they began to cry out victory, but upon a sudden their cry became so pitiful, that nothing but sorrow and lamentation could be heard among them, where with there were so many of them burnt and singed, that never since they durst approach so near, although we have given them divers skirmishes, but for the space of eight days we never issued forth, by reason (as you know) if we should often issue forth, it is impossible but some of our men must of force be slain, and the death of one of ours would be more loss unto us then the slaying of a hundredth of their men would profit us. You have done well (said Esplandian) for all wise captains ought to content themselves with the sure defending of a hold committed unto them, not hazarding themselves to loss as long as possible they may. But for the further safety of this castle, I think it good we take counsel what were best to be done, lest we be surprised. Wherewith they went into the chamber where Matroco died, where they met together, and (among divers things propounded) it was concluded, that the next night they would issue forth to slay the enemies watch, which would easily be done, seeing they had not any alarm in long time before. Wherefore every man went to refresh himself, till about eleven of the clock at night, when Frandalo and the rest armed themselves. And as they were all assembled in the court, Esplandian standing in the middle, spoke unto them and said, My good friends, we are not now among the combats of great Brittaigne, where combats are fought more for fantasy, or vain glory, then upon any just occasion: But this war we make against the proper enemies of our faith, summoneth us not only to do our endeavours, but also to defend the honour and liberty of the name of Christians. Wherefore my good companions, I beseech you let every man cast fear aside, preferring virtue before any inconvenience whatsoever. Assuring you (if we do so) that before it be day, king Armato and his army shall well find, we are not so faint-hearted as he esteemeth us. Then calling Norandel unto him, he said: Uncle, you, Manely and the king of Denmark with a hundred men, shall issue first to flay the Sentinels, and if you could do the like unto their watch, our enterprise would be brought to pass as we desire. But whatsoever chanceth, set you upon them, and fear not the repulse, for Gandalin and Lazinde shall second you with two hundredth more, by which means you may easily retire if you be constrained thereunto. Nevertheless, let no man stir from hence, till Frandalo and I be first gone out, for that we two alone will go into their camp to see what countenance they make, and as fortune favoureth us, we will presently join with you. With that he sent for two gowns of cloth of gold, and two Turkish caps, whereof he gave one unto Frandalo, and kept the other for himself, and being armed under their apparel, were set down (by the ladder of oords) on the sea side, & fainting to be some of the sea captains, went strait unto the camp, where they were stayed by the Sentinels, but Frandalo speaking the Arabian tongue, could so well dissemble, that he made them believe, they went to advertise the great Turk of a thing of great importance, whereby they let them pass. Mean time Armato king of Turkey sat devising in his tent with his familiar friends, touching the loss of ships, whereof not above an hour before, he had received news by one of his mariners, that saved himself in a small Frigate: but the Turk could not by any means imagine how it came to pass, seeing his spies that were newly returned from Constantinople, had brought him news that the Emperor stirred not, neither made any preparation to assail him. And as Frandalo & Esplandian entered the tent, they heard the mariner tell how that cruel overthrow happened by means of a monster of the sea, that came with the enemy's fleet. That (said he) put us in such fear, with casting fire out of his mouth, nose, and eyes, that thereby the most part of our men were burnt to ashes. By all my gods (said Armato) it is some devil that envieth my prosperity. And it pleaseth your grace said one of his Bassas, (that had sailed in the mediterranean seas, and heard speaking of the great Serpent) there is nothing but art Magic used therein, whereof I am most sure, as having divers times been certified thereof. Wherewith they heard a great alarm, for Norandel and his company had issued out of the castle with white scarves about their heads for to be known, and had so well surprised the watch about the base court, that they had slain them all, whereof Armato had intelligence, as also that the enemies had gotten the issue of the portal, wherewith he was so moved, that in a great rage with very small company he went thither himself, Esplandian & Frandalo following after, as if they had been of his company. But before their arrival, Norandel had recovered the pallasadoes of the fortress, and there sustained the whole Turkish forces, staying Gandalins coming. Now the entry of the court was so narrow, that more than three men could not pass through it at once, whereby those of the castle had in manner as much advantage as their enemies. Which Ambor, Talanque, Gandalin, and Libee made them well feel, coming likewise upon them, for as the king arrived, they thrust them clean out of the place, whereby they fled in great haste, till the Turk himself caused them to stay, and seeing him, they took courage, turning their faces, whereby the skirmish began much hotter than before, Armato himself showing great Prowess, when Esplandian that was still behind him, took him by the middle, and in despite of them all, carried him unto the walls of the castle, crying with a loud voice, Be of good cheer my companions, we have taken the king. At the which cry the Turks set so fiercely on them, that had it not been for Frandalo (who as yet had not showed himself) they had recovered him again, but he joined himself with Manely, Norandel, and the rest that sustained the force of all the enemies so valiantly, that Esplandian had means to put Armato in sure keeping, and to return again unto the battle before it was ended. But it continued not long after, for that news was presently carried to the camp, that the king was prisoner with two of his chief captains, taken by Gandalin and the king of Denmark, wherewith they were so much abashed, that by little and little they began to retire, the like did they of the castle, contenting themselves with the booty they had gotten.   

CHAP. XXVII. How Armato king of Turkey was committed unto the custody of Gandalin, and what conference he had with Frandalo.  
THose of the castle retired, as you heard before, Esplandian called Gandalin and Libee praying them to look unto king Armato, as also to the two Turkish captains, and appointing the watch as time required, went and laid him down upon his bed, not ceasing all the night to think on the speech Carmelle used unto him touching the Princess Leonorine, whereby he could not sleep till day began to appear, when Frandalo and the rest of his knights entered into his chamber, to talk with him, not only as touching the entertainment of their prisoners, but of other things that much imported them. And as they were in counsel together, Gandalin came unto them, showing them that king Armato desired for to speak with them, whereupon they went out of the chamber to hear what he would say. Frandalo could speak the Arabian tongue better than the rest, for that he had served the king of Turkey, and he knew him very well, wherefore Esplandian desired him to speak for all the rest. And entering into the chamber, Frandalo went first, who kneeling on the ground, kissed the kings hand. With that Armato thinking he had been prisoner, asked him where he was taken. My lord (said he) I am now become a Christian, and a knight of jesus Christ, that hath done me so much grace, not long time since to call me to be one of his. A Christian (said the king) is that possible? By my soul it maketh me more abashed, than the cruel fortune that is now happened unto me: for that all knights following arms ought patiently to bear those hazards that they fall into, using necessity as a virtue. But thou unhappy wretch (that through fear and want of courage) hast forsaken our just and holy law, wherefore takest thou not a rope and hangest thyself, as unworthy to go upon the earth? My lord (said he) you may say what pleaseth you, as being privileged for the greatness of your estate, yet I can assure you, I never had so cowardly a heart as you esteem I have, but rather account myself happy to have done that I have done. Yet will I not refuse to do you service (my honour still reserved) in any thing I can. With that Armato remembered himself, and thought he did him wrong, wherefore moderating his choler, he said unto him: Friend Frandalo, If it grieveth me to have lost you, let it not seem strange unto you, seeing now I had greater hope than ever I have had to be served by your means. But seeing it is so, you know how I have used you heretofore, now I pray you (if you may do any thing for me) to find the means with your companions that I may be delivered from hence by some reasonable composition. My lord (said Frandalo, pointing to Esplandian) This is he that hath all power and authority in this place, both over you and me. With that Armato looked upon him, and perceiving him so young without a beard, thought Frandalo said it to excuse himself, wherefore he asked if he mocked him. God forbidden I should do so my lord (said Frandalo) but I pray you believe me, for it is true, that my lord Esplandian standing here before you is he and none other that slew Matroco, Frerion, Arcalaus the enchanter, and Argantes the Porter of the castle, which he conquered, as you have been advertised. By my head (said the king) I would hardly have esteemed him for so brave a man: but seeing it is so, I pray thee do somewhat with him touching the thing I told you of even now. Believe me my lord (said Frandalo) there shall want no good will in me: and with that he bade him God morrow, and leaving him with his guard, they went into the hall, where they found the tables ready covered for dinner, for it was about noon time. But as Esplandian rested ill that night, so he made but a mean dinner, not being able to withdraw his mind from thinking on the princess Leonorine, which was the cause that the Tables being uncovered, he went into his chamber, without any company, only the king of Denmark, whom he loved as himself, where being together, he began to show him the cause why he sent Carmelle to Constantinople, as also what affection he bore to the Princess Leonorine. And to the end (said he) you be participant of my joy, I pray you let us have her here, that she may show us what she learned in her voyage. My lord (said the king of Denmark) if you saw her appareled in the gown the Princess gave her, I am assured you will scarce know her at the first. Will you that I send her word to bring it hither? It is well said (said Esplandian) with that he called a Squire, sending him to Carmelle, that as then was in company of Arcabonnes' Gentlewomen: but understanding Esplandians pleasure, went presently to apparel herself as he had willed her, and having a mantle on her shoulders because she would not be seen, went to him in his chamber, where she found him and the king of Denmark talking together: but as soon as he espied her, he took her in his arms, and setting her in a chair covered with velvet, said unto her: My goodfriend, I mean to show my companion you see here, how much I love and esteem him, wherefore I pray you show me before him what entertainment the princess Leonorine gave you, knowing you came from me, and whether I find any favour in her sight. My lord (said she) as soon as I was arrived, and that she understood the cause of my coming unto her, I found her no less yours than you hers: whereby I may esteem you the happiest knight living in the world. And know you why? She is so fair, and of so comely parsonage, that unless it be herself none can resemble her, and of truth she doth far surpass all other ladies, for being alone in her private chamber playing on some instrument, or singing for her pleasure, she stealeth and ravisheth the hearts (separated from the bodies of such) as either hear or see her: and if at sometimes she attireth herself after the Italian manner, with a cap of that country fashion, than you may see her fair and glistering hair part giving a certain shadow on her vermilion cheeks, the rest knit up together, environing her head, showing with far better grace than any crown that she could wear, be it of stones, laurel, or the finest gold that may be found. But if that be a temptation unto man, her two humble and modest eyes (like two suns) give them as many deaths, as they at times behold the same, and again reviveth them better ●hen at the first, and all at one instant: whereat you must not 〈◊〉 abashed, seeing that love itself doth often skirmish and strive in them, thereby to yield both pain and pleasure unto those that do behold the same: and if he touch her, he feareth to hurt her, as being in most extreme passions of love. And not without a cause, for that nature having made her, broke the mould, that she might be the only perfect creature, accompanied with so many virtues, that love findeth nothing in her but bones to gnaw upon. And I assure you my lord, that speaking unto her of those things you had given me in charge, I plainly perceived her by the changing of her countenance to be charged with the like disease whereof you still complain: for sometimes she blushed, and again became pale, and otherwhiles was at such an exegent, that she could not answer me a ready word: especially when I presented her with the ring that she once gave to Am●di your father, as she told me afterwards: In recompense whereof she sendeth you this hairlace, which she most earnestly desireth you to keep for the love of her, and as the first jewel her Grandfather Grimanaise gave to the Empress Appolidon, being but her lover. Expressly sending you the same as an assured token of the love she beareth unto you, and the good will she will be ready always to show you during her mortal life. With that she took a little box out of her bosom wrapped in a piece of Taffeta, and gave it unto him, which Esplandian received, and taking it out of the box, he sighed tenderly and said: Ha most fortunate present, (the first witness of the perfect alliance that the most loyal lovers that ever lived had together, from whom is descended the Paragon of all beauty) happy to have approached so near her person: But I much happier that receiveth it, as more affectioned to serve her then any other living on the earth: and it pleaseth God, while life endureth, I trust thou never shalt departed from me, but I will keep thee as carefully, as I desire she should hold my heart. Yet this is not all (said Carmelle) but behold the recompense of my labour, and saying so, she cast the mantle from her shoulders, showing them her rich gown all covered with crowns of gold, which put Esplandian in mind of that Vrganda sent him word by her Gentlewoman, when she sent him the white armour set with the like devise, confirming in his mind the hope that until than he had holden doubtful: whereat he felt the greatest ease that possible he might. And as they beheld the great and excellent workmanship, with the great and costly imbrodery of Pearls and precious stones wherewith it was all covered, Gandalin came and knocked at the door, to show the that there were a great number of vessels discovered on the sea, and fearing them to be some new supply of Turks, was of advise they should be ready to receive them. Whereupon each man ran to arms, causing more men to go into their ships for their better safety: yet that alarm continued but a while, for that the Pennons and Banners of Constantinople were perceived on their ships, by such as they sent out for to descry them: some of them coming back again in great haste to show them that Gastilles as general of the army for the Emperor, was coming to secure them: whereof the Turks having intelligence, presently broke up their camp, being gone far from the castle before any of the vessels come near the shore: Nevertheless, those of the castle set upon their rear ward, and in the chase slew so great a number, that had not night come on (considering the evil order they held) there had not escaped a man of all their camp. In the mean time Gastilles with his army came unto the mountain, where Esplandian, the king of Denmark, and divers others stood ready to receive him: and after many courtesies and welcomes on all parts given, Gastilles asked them how they dealt with their enemies. As well as may be (said Esplandian,) but we could not by any means cause them to stay till your coming, but they are fled from hence as soon as they heard news thereof: Then he told him of the alarms and issues by them made during the siege, as also of the taking of king Armato. That is good news (said Gastilles) God be praised therefore, if mine uncle the Emperor had been advertised thereof before my departure from Constantinople, I had not found the means to come send to visit you, which would have displeased me much, neither would he have been at charge to furnish such a Navy: but he was in doubt you were in great necessity, that at my putting to sea he commanded me to make all the speed I could, till he came in person with four hundred sail that already are prepared if our forces should not be sufficient to sustain the Turkish army: but for this year he shall be excused, if there hap no other adventure. I pray you (said Esplandian) come to land, & go with us into the castle, where we will confer of all things with some better leisure: Which he agreed unto, wherewith he & some of the principal captains of his army, entered into the knight's boat, and with them went up into the castle: where being arrived, Gastilles that knew king Armato) desired Esplandian before he did any thing else, that he might see him, wherewith he brought him to the chamber, where he sat as pensive as any man could be, Gastiles did him honour, as to his estate appertained. But king Armato would hardly look upon him, but said unto him: Gastilles, I marvel much why the Emperor your master (contrary to his faith and promise) hath broken the peace agreed upon between us, and for a thing so little importing him as this place doth, whereunto he never had any right, as you well know. But I perceive from whence the same proceedeth: because he would every man should know the little faith and less loyalty that is in him, which I shall one day make him know full well, if ever I escape out of this prison. My lord (said Gastilles, your honour saved) the Emperor my master hath in him all the parts that belong unto a wise, virtuous, and hardy Prince, such as he is, and it seemeth unto me (under your correction) that by good and just cause he hath done no more than he might do: seeing it is evident that this castle hath been conquered by Christian knights, whom he is bound to favour with all the aid he can, not only to defend our law, or because they have desired his aid, as being the first and greatest monarch in the world, but to sustain the right that both he and his predecessors have always pretended to these marches. And where you threaten to make him feel the small loyalty whereof you accuse him, at other times heretofore you have met each other with your forces, where you sped so hardly, that I rather believe you speak in choler then with reason, specially considering the estate wherein you are at this present. Gastilles (said Armato,) Although I were dead, I have sufficient number of Captains and good Soldiers in my country to revenge my cause, and a son likewise, that is not borne to endure the injury done unto his father: and thus much I assure thee, that if I thought him to be other, I would slay him with mine own hands as soon as I should see him. My lord (said Espl●ndian) that Prince, Knight, or Gentleman that useth such unfit speech as you do now, is commonly holden for a man of no capacity, especially when he is in a place where humility rather than threatenings would become him better: Have you already forgotten the prison wherein you are, and in the hands of those that have so small occasion to wish you well? My lord, virtue is never better known to be in man, but then when he is in most distress: Wherefore if until this time you have not known what constancy doth mean, learn hereafter to discern the same, using words worthy your estate, and not such nor so injurious as you have uttered unto my lord Gastilles, who in this place representeth the person of an emperor, (a greater lord than you) in whose mercy your life or death consisteth: for we are all his soldiers, ready to do him service. The king perceiving well that he had done them wrong, and fearing to be hardlier used than he was accustomed to be, said unto Esplandian, Sir Knight, I pray you pardon my impatience, considering with yourself the great grief and melancholy humour wherein I am, when I (that was wont to be feared and redoubted of all the princes in Asia) am now constrained to obey the will and pleasure of my greatest enemies, which unto me is so extreme grief, that I die each day a hundred times, because I cannot die. But Esplandian answered not one word, but leaving him with his guard, taking Gastilles by the hand, led him into one of his best chambers, where they supped. The next day they assembled all together, and after many matters propounded, it was agreed among them, (according to Frandalos advise) that they should enter into Turkey, being as then in great perplexity, as well for the taking of king Armato, as for the overthrow of his army, as it shall be showed unto you hereafter, for at this time we will cease to speak thereof: returning to show you of king Luisart, that during this time, for the most part held his court in the city of London.   

CHAP. XXVIII. How the greatest part of the knights that used to be at king Luisarts court, returned unto their own houses, and of the coronation of Amadis and Oriane at London.  
YOu have heard before of the combat between Esplandian and Amadis his father, and how after long time of their abode at Mirefleur, staying the healing of their wounds, Esplandian desiring to return unto the castle La montaigne defendu, took his leave of king Luisart, the like did divers of the knights, that as then were at the Court: as Galaor king of Sobradise, Agraies, Gransador, Balan, Galuanes, and Angriotte d'estrauaulx, some to see their wives, others to taste the ease and pleasant rest of their mansion houses: whereby it happened the court was less replenished with knights than it had been in long time before, especially by reason of the news they heard from the castle La montaigne defendu, whether divers young knights travailed to aid Esplandian. King Luisart therefore so meanly accompanied as I said before, being very old and decrepit, began to be melancholy and to have the palsy, setting aside all Hunting, Hawking, Arms, and Chivalry, or any other pleasure whatsoever: And with a remembrance of death, so much abhorred all things past, present and to come, that he esteemed them vain and altogether transitory: whereby he determined to depose himself of all kingly estate and government of his realm, to pass the rest of his time in a solitary and religious manner, specially when he called to mind the great perils from whence he had escaped, and above all his last most dangerous and cruel imprisonment. Nevertheless, for a time he kept it secret, until one night he being a bed with the Queen, where they lay talking of the fickleness of this world, he discovered his whole mind unto her, and how he determined to make Amadis his son king and governor of his country: to the end he might freely and without any interruption withdraw himself to his castle of Mirefleur, where (by God's help) he meant to live a solitary life. The Queen that was one of the wisest and devoutest ladies in her time, confirmed him so well in his opinion, that they agreed to return to London, there to accomplish their pretence. And the next day they departed from Mirefleur, accompanied of Amadis, Gransador, and others, and coming to London, after they had remained there a certain time, the Queen sent for all the nobility: who being arrived at the court, caused a scaffold to be made in the principal place of all the city where the people might repair. And as he and the Queen both appareled in their royal robes, each set in a chair of estate, Amadis sitting somewhat lower on his right hand, and Oriane on the left, were come thither a Herald crying thrice, that all the people should keep silence ● the king with a stately countenance and Princely magnanimity turning to the people, said unto them. My good friends and loyal subjects, before I begin to show you the cause why I have made you to repair unto this place, I will put you in mind of part of the dangers and great hazards wherein I have often fallen since the death of my brother of famous memory king Falangris, when it pleased God to call me unto the government of this land, and as I think there are yet many of you living that can well remember the danger wherein both I and my country thought to fall, when by the means and subtlety of Arcalaus the enchanter, I was delivered into their hands that long time before had conspired my death, from whence my son Amadis delivered me: Yet not long after by evil counsel, I made war against him, which ended as all men know, fortune envious of my felicity, afterward prepared me such a banquet, that without his help I had been prisoner with king Arauigne, and utterly overthrown. And that which hath yet more astonished me was, that when I thought myself sure and out of danger of all mishaps, a worse than all the former suddenly chanced unto me, the which (considering the place wherein I was) I thought verily to have been the end and consummation of my days. Nevertheless the Lord God regarding me in pity, sent my young son Esplandian to my sorrowful prison, from whence he hath delivered me, as no doubt you have heard. Now my good subjects you all see me to be very old and white haired, having already attained to the threescore and tenth year of mine age, which maketh me think it time now to forget all worldly pleasures, and to serve God to whom I am so much bound: And for this cause I have determined from henceforth to forsake all royal dignity, and leave you my son Amadis for your king, to whom at this time I yield both my Crown, Sceptre, and all the right I have unto the government of this land: praying you all as much as possibly I may, that hereafter you will be faithful and true subjects unto him, as you have always been to me. And although he be but my son in law, if I knew him unworthy of the place, believe me my good friends, I would sooner choose a mere stranger for my successor, than I would do him: but there is not one among you but knoweth well his great deserts, and of what race he cometh: that at this day may well be called one of the most noble and happiest lineages in all the word, as being descended from the valiant Trojans, whereof the memory shall endure for ever. He is a king's son, heir unto the crown of France, & now your Prince and Governor, and so I leave him unto you, with my daughter your Queen and lawful Princess: holding to myself only the castle of Mirefleur, where (with God's help) the Queen and I will end our days religiously, serving God, as we are bound to do. Then calling Amadis, giving him his royal mantle, he willed him presently to put it on, the like did the queen to Oriane. Mean time the silence was so great, that nothing could be heard among the people but cries and lamentations, moved with pity & compassion to see the determination of their Prince: who being appareled in a simple rob of black cloth, took his son and the Queen his daughter, set them in their regal seats, and in presence of all the people, set each of them a crown of gold upon their heads, causing them to be proclaimed by the Heralds, King and Queen of great Brittaigne: That done, every man departed, some weeping, and others glad, for the advancement they hoped from the new king, who from thenceforth began so wisely to govern his country, that never was any prince better beloved nor obeyed of his subjects. King Luisart within short time after (accompanied of the Queen and Grumedan) went unto Mirefleur as he had determined to do, where they lived so austerely, helping and being present at every hour when service was to be said as readily as the poorest of the old men that remained there, for the administration and service to the religious women in the monaster of the devout Abbess Adalasta. But when king Amadis perceived his means to recompense those of whom in his young years he had received great pleasure and service, he began to exalt Arban de Norgales, giving him one of the fairest Islands in his country, to Gandales the lands of the duke of Bristol, to Gandalin (as then absent) he gave the lands of A●calaus the enchanter, he made Angriotte destravaulx great master of his horse, Guilan le pensive high steward of his house, Ardan le nain his chief carver, and married the Gentlewoman of Denmark very richly. Not long after the Queen was brought to bed of a goodly son and a fair daughter both at one birth, the son named Perion, and the daughter Brisenne: At whose nativity great joy was made throughout all the country, especially at London, where the same day one of norandel's Squires arrived, that told king Amadis how Esplandian and his master met together in Almaigne, where the day before he had slain two Giants, and delivered Gandalin with divers other knights, Squires, Ladies, and Gentlewomen out of prison. Knowest thou (said the King) what way they took afterward? My lord (said the Squire) they made account io go unto the castle called La montaigne defendu, to help them that are therein, being in great necessity: Which the king understanding, sent presently for all the Pilots that might be found, and in all hast caused to rig and arm the greatest ship he had to sail into the East to his son, who in the mean time (moved thereunto by Frandalo) departed from the castle of Matroco with the emperors army to invade the Turks country, as in the next chapter you shall hear.   

CHAP. XXIX. How the town of Alfarin in Turkey being assaulted, was taken by Esplandian and the rest of his company.  
NOt long after the siege of La montaigne defendu was raised, and Gastilles arrived at the castle as you heard before: Frandalo had advise by Belleris his nephew, (that returned out of Turkey, where he had been to see what news in the country) that Alforax son to king Armato, and governor of the great City of Tasifant, understanding the imprisonment of his father, with the overthrow of the Turkish army, was departed from the town of Alfarin: where he had left the beautiful Princess Heliaxa his wife, daughter to Amphirion king of Medea, to go with all diligence to set order in his own government, and raise more men, thereby to resist the Christians power if they entered further into the country. Which understood by Esplandian, Gastilles, Ambor, Manely, and the king of Denmark, they determined to enter into Turkey, whereunto by many reasons Frandalo persuaded them, showing them what means they had to besiege the town of Alfarin, not above two days journey from them, being hardly provided of victuals, and no Garrison therein: Wherefore it was agreed among them, that Gastilles with his Navy of ships should departed the next evening in as secret manner as he could, to see if he might surprise their Haven, and that they on the other side would travail all night, whereby they might besiege the Town both by land and sea, entering therein before the Turks should hear news thereof. And as they agreed, they put the same in execution: in such manner that Gastilles (giving forth that he would return again unto Constantinople) about sun setting took ship, when he put to sea, the moon shone bright, wherefore hoisting up their anchors, they set sail: And they had not sailed long, but he called his chief Captains together, discovering his enterprise unto them, wherewith presently leaving the way to Constantinople, they made towards the town of Alfarin. On the other side, Frandalo slept not, when he perceived his time, (all the company being already advertised that he meant to go by night) they issued out of the castle, every man carrying victuals with him for the space of four days: And they travailed so long, that about the break of day they came unto a great forest, where they stayed in ambushment till the nert night following, when they issued forth, and about three of the clock at night they came unto a path that went two ways, where Frandalo caused them to stay, and calling Esplandian, said unto him: My lord, I pray you let us two and no more take the way that leadeth on the left hand, and Belleris my nephew shall guide the rest of our company to the mountain of Yarebreh, from whence they may easily see if our Navy be near the city of Alfarin: and then as they find the enterprise go forward, they may assail the place, or else remain in ambush till occasion serveth. You and I will follow on this way, that will bring us to the adventurous fountain, by the which lieth the great way that leadeth to Tesifant, where most commonly are found divers strange adventures, and if by fortune we might meet the Princess Heliaxe, that as to morrow should departed from Alfarin to go unto her husband, we shall not lose our labours. Let us go (said Esplandian:) with that Belleris and his company went their way, and Frandalo, Esplandian, Sergil, with the Gentlewoman of Denmark took the other way, who about the break of day arrived at the adventurous fountain, where there stood four great copper pillars all gilded, and at each pillar hung a table with certain writings therein, the contents whereof when time serveth you shall hear declared, as also the occasion why they were set up. Being arrived there, not far off they perceived a light that issued out of a Taffeta pavilion that stood upon the side of the fountain, whereunto they approached as covertly as they could, where they perceived a most beautiful Gentlewoman combing of her hair, and not far from thence twenty knights all armed keeping watch about her, among the which was a squire holding a horse all trapped with cloth of gold. But Frandalo and Esplandian were no sooner arrived, but they were discovered, yet they fearing a greater ambush, the most part of them losing courage, began to fly away: which the two knights perceiving, entered among them, and at their first coming overthrew four or five of them unto the ground, forcing them that were behind to return again, wherewith there began a fierce and cruel battle, for those that first began to run away (looking back and perceiving only two knights that set upon their fellows) were so ashamed, that they turned again to help them: nevertheless without the force of three Giants that held against the knights, they could not have endured so long against Esplandian and Frandalo, but they three fought so valiantly with them, that the two knights were in the greatest danger than ever they were before. And as you see a Boar foaming at the mouth (followed of a troup of dogs) set his tail against a tree, and with his tusks tear and rend the flesh of the boldest dogs that do assail him, so were Frandalo and Esplandian among the knights they had assailed, striking both on the right hand and the left with so great fury, that at one instant two of their principal enemies were slain, so that there remained but one Giant to fight with them, with whom Frandalo made his party good, while Esplandian followed the rest, that as then began to fly. But when the Giant perceived Esplandian return, being in fear of death, he stepped aside and said unto Frandalo, Sir Knight, you and I have often been companions in many haulty enterprises, I pray you therefore show me the favour to receive me unto mercy, otherwise you might be blamed of those that know us both, for I am your cousin Foron. Whereat Frandalo was much abashed, & could hardly be persuaded thereunto, wherefore he prayed him to put off his helmet, and if it be true (said he) that thou art Foron, I will use thee both like a friend and kinsman. Wherewith the Giant disarmed his head, whereby Frandalo knew him and embraced him, whereat Esplandian was much abashed, not knowing what had passed between them, with that he went nearer unto them, ask upon what cause that salutation proceeded. Then Frandalo told what the Giant was, desiring him likewise to take pity on him: which Esplandian agreed unto, than they three together went unto the pavilion, at the entry whereof they found the gentlewoman talking with Carmelle, no more abashed at the overthrow of her men, then if she had seen them justle for their pleasures. She was appareled in a gown of Damask all embroidered and set with Pearls and precious stones, Frandalo presently knew her, as having seen her oftentimes, especially the same day she was married to Alphorax where he justled and did so valiantly, that she entertained him for her knight, wherefore lighting on foot, and pulling off his helmet, he saluted her in most humble manner. Wherewith she being abashed to see him that she esteemed wholly to be hers, so to have behaved himself against her guard, said unto him: How now Frandalo, is this the service I looked for at your hands, having received you for my knight? The devil take such servants, seeing you are so faint-hearted unto her, that hitherto hath reputed you one of the most courteous knights that ever was girl with sword: but now I find I am deceived, for I should rather have suspected any other than you to be a doer in this enterprise, whereby I cannot but be much abashed. Madam (said Frandalo) since the time I became your knight, at the last tourney that I ran, a lord of greater power hath entertained me into his service, whom I will serve during my mortal life, seeing it hath pleased him to show me so great favour, being well assured, that when you know him as I do, you will esteem me happy, how cowardly or villainous soever you account me now. What is he (said she) tell me of your faith? it is jesus Christ (said Frandalo:) yet will I never fail to do you all the honour and service that I can, as also now at this time, so my companion be content, for without him I cannot do it. Frandalo (said Esplandian) you may command me, for I am ready to do what pleaseth you: Wherefore delay not to do all the pleasure & service you can unto this lady if it be your will. Wherewith Frandalo thanked him most heartily, and said to Heliaxe: Madam, seeing he will have it so, I pray you from henceforth put all your trust in me, and I will not fail to be careful for you: Mean time I pray you get upon your palfrey, that I may bring you to a place where you may see far better tourneys than any at your wedding: afterward (if it pleaseth God to favour us) you shall easily perceive how much I esteem and have in remembrance the favours you have heretofore showed unto me, being but a simple knight, and you a great Princes to command far better than myself: for never was Princess more honoured and esteemed among her own subjects than you shall be of them, to whom I mean to bring you, which may be an example unto kings and mighty Princes, to whom God hath given power and authority, who being advertised of the honourable and good entertainment made to you by us, they may be moved hereafter to take pleasure in entertaining the meaner as well as the greater, considering the mutability of fortune, as by yourself it well appeareth. Frandalo (said she) you may make as many excuses and fair promises as you list, yet can you not deny but you have done me wrong, yet in doing as you say you will, your reputation will be better to the world, although your faith hath failed to our gods: wherefore let us go where it pleaseth you. With that she got upon her palfrey, and Frandalo bareheaded leading her horse, till they came near unto the town, where they heard a great noise, that made the two knights think, either their enterprise to be discovered, or that their Soldiers assailed the Town. And fearing they had been repulsed, began to repent themselves of their long staying with the Princess, to whom Frandalo in most courteous manner said: Madam, Is it not your pleasure (mean time that I and my companion go unto the town) to stay here for us with this Gentlewoman and my cousin Foron? I truly (said Heliaxa) and I will not departed from hence before I hear of you again. With that Frandalo and Esplandian ran in great haste towards the Town, where they found their companions fight with those of Alfarin, among the which were Talanque, Ambor, the king of Denmark, Gandalin and Lazinde, that had given the town a hard skirmish on that side, thinking to give them so much to do, that in the mean time the army by sea might assail the water gate: but they were too soon discovered, whereby they found great resistance on all sides: Nevertheless Norandel and Belleris had gotten the Barriers, and repulsed the enemies unto the palisadoes. Which Esplandian and Frandalo perceiving, they lighted on foot, and being covered with their shields, their swords in their hands, passed through the press, and with bold courage, went so far, that they slew great number of the enemies: for the Alfarins to defend their city issued out of the gates, and the Christians to win it, did most valiantly, but the place was so narrow, they could not hurt their enemies so much as in the open field. Whereby it happened, that Frandalo and Esplandian minding either to win or lose, stepped so far forward, that the Alfarins flying into the town, and they after, found themselves alone within the same among their enemies, and that so far, that had it not been for Frandalo, Esplandian (that took no care but only to kill and overthrow the enemy) had been enclosed by them, but he pulled him back. Whereby the two knights perceived the danger they were in, wherefore by little and little they got unto the steps, that went upon the wall● where they sustained many hard assaults without being hurt, although the enemy ceased not to throw Lances, Stones, Darts, and all other weapons at them they could find, none of them daring come to handle strokes, for if any advanced himself to show his prows, it cost him his life, or else was thrown down headlong. Mean time Norandel and his company, that had seen Frandalo and Esplandian shut into the town, sought by all means to scale the walls, or else to break the gates: but all in vain, for they within defended it so well with Oil, scalding Water, Logs and Stones, that divers of them were overthrown, and ended their lives most miserably. And fight in that sort, a knight all armed came from the Haven, crying with a loud voice and said: Be of good courage my children, be of good courage, defend this quarter well, for our enemies on the sea side have not as yet found means to set one man on land, and yet have lost above two hundred of their men. By God (said one of them) I see not one that standeth idle, yet can we not overcome these two knights. Why so (said the other?) They are (said he) entered in among us, and we have been these two hours fight with them, but all in vain, for the youngest of them fighteth so valiantly, that we dare not approach them: And which is more, he and his companion in despite of us all have gotten those stairs, where they now defend themselves, and that so well that we can find no means to drive them thence, although many of our men have been slain by them, & others cruelly wounded. I am of opinion (said the knight) that we receive them unto mercy, for it may be they are such men, that for to have them again, the enemy will be glad to give king Armato in exchange, and return again into their country. Whereunto they all agéed, and therewith the knight that had given them that counsel, made signs unto Esplandian that they would parley with them, whereby the assault ceased for a time, and the knight spoke unto them in this manner, Sir knights, you see it is impossible for you to escape from hence, and it were great pity that two so valiant knights should die so young now in the flower of your ages. But this we will do, yield yourselves, and we will save your lives. Sir knight (said Esplandian) If we die at this time, we are quit for ever after, but so much there wanteth thereof, and we have so good hearts and so sure a confidence in jesus Christ, in whose quarrel we fight, that we hope he will give us means not only to escape this danger, but to spoil the Town and lead you prisoners with us: Wherefore take this counsel for yourselves, and yield you unto us before the wrath of God be further moved against you. When they that stood about them heard those words, both great and small began to cry with a loud voice, saying: Stay that villain, let him die, or we will die here at his feet: wherewith they assailed them so fiercely, that they were constrained to get upon the highest steps. But not long after they repulsed the enemy so valiantly with stones (whereof they found great quantity upon the portal) that from that time forwards they had no longer stomachs to assail them. But Norandel and the rest being without, understanding the noise and the voice of their companions, whom they esteemed dead or taken prisoners, determined to set fire on the gates, while the rest assailed the town: Wherewith every man ran to fetch wood, which the Alfarins perceived, but to conclude, they could not shun it, but whether they would or not, the drawbridge and the gates were set on fire: wherewith they were so abashed, that most part of them began to fly unto the great temple of jupiter, the principal place of strength within their city, the rest staying behind, with full determination rather to die then suffer the Christians to enter the Town. And seeing the gates burnt down, so many of them ran to fetch water, that not long after the Christians had means to assail the town on that side, which assault continued so long that day failed, yet could they not enter by reason of the great resistance the Alfarins made, but the two knights that were above did them so much hurt with blocks and stones, that not any of them durst appear, whereby the Christians became masters of the town. Wherein great number of people, both men, women, and children, were put to the sword, and more had died had it not been night, specially on the water side where G●stilles and his army entered with most great fury. Nevertheless fearing lest the Alfarins should assemble again, and in the night they might be repulsed, he commanded a retreat to be founded, being well assured the next day to have the town at their pleasure. And for the same cause he sent to the army on land that they should do the like: wherewith every man retired, setting watch in those places where most need required. The town in this sort being conquered, and the people gotten into the great temple of jupiter, Esplandian minding not to lose the Princess Heliaxe, nor the Giant Foron, that he and Frandalo left with Carmelle, desired Gandalin and Lazinde to go fetch them, and with them he sent Sergil his Squire to bring them to the place: which they presently did, and made such haste, that they found her sitting by a great fire that Foron had made, where lighting off their horses & saluting Heliaxe, Gandalin said: Madam, my lord Esplandian prayeth you to come unto the place where he stayeth for you. My friends (said she) I knew him not, true it is I was brought hither by two knights, whereof one is Frandalo, that I have known long time, but for the other I assure you as far as I remember I never saw him before. Madam (said Carmelle) he is son to the valiant knight Amadis de Gaul, whose fame is spread so far about the world. Truly (said Heliaxa) I have heard of him, so have you (as I think said Carmelle) of my lord Esplandian his son: for he alone conquered the castle La montaigne defendu, and now lately hath taken king Armato your father in law, and I can assure you he is one of the courteous knights living in the world. I am much abashed then (said she) how he showed himself so uncourteous in my behalf, not speaking unto me while I was in his company, yet me thinketh being his prisoner, he could have done no less then comfort me, either with good speeches or fair promises, whereof he hath used so few, that while I live I shall never think well of him. Madam (said Carmelle) you take the matter otherwise then it is, for if he refrained to speak unto you, it was by reason of the great acquaintance he perceived Frandalo to have with you, unto whom he is so great a friend, that he was not only content to give him leave to entertain you, but much greater favour would he do unto him if he can. You may say what you will (said she:) Nevertheless, if he have no other excuse then that you allege in his behalf, he shall never lose the disliking he hath gotten at my hands. Madam (said Gandalin) I am well assured he will amend that fault when it pleaseth you, wherefore I pray you determine what you mean to d●e, for he hath commanded us to do as pleaseth you: My friends (said Heliaxe) I would gladly sleep till it be day, than I will be ready to go where you think good, but I pray you tell me what noise it was I heard of late within the Town. Madam (said Lazinde) It is not yet three hours since the Town was taken by assault. Good God (said she) what miserable fortune was that for the poor inhabitants, I think they are all put unto the sword. No madame (said Lazinde) the greater part have saved themselves in the great Temple of jupiter, but they will hardly escape when it is day, for our Generals are determined to burn the Temple. If it be so (said she) that Frandalo hath any credit with his companions, and that he that sent you be so courteous as this Gentlewoman reporteth him to be, I hope they will take pity on the poor people: at least, if not for the love of them, I trust upon request for my sake they will not refuse it. And to the end I come not thither for late, I pray you when day appeareth, let us presently departed, wherewith laying her down upon a cloak, she passed the rest of the night, not greatly to her ease.   

CHAP. XXX. How Gandalin and Lazinde brought the Princess Heliaxe and the Giant Foron into the Town of Alfarin to Esplandian and Frandalo, and of the honourable entertainment they had.  
HEliaxe that had not slept all that night, being grieved for the loss of the town of Alfarin, the ordinary abiding place of Alphorax her husband, and withal the pleasantest and most delicious place of all Turkey, perceiving day to appear, waked the two knights, making her account if she might get into the town before the destruction of the temple, the people that were fled into it, (by her request and humble supplication to Esplandian and Frandalo) should be saved. With that they all mounted on their horses, and made such haste, that they entered into the town, as the Christians began to assault the fortress, and when Frandalo perceived the Princess Heliaxe, he road unto her, bidding her God morrow, and taking her palfry by the bridle bareheaded, brought her to Esplandian and his company that did her great honour, knowing her to be a king's daughter, and wife to so great a Prince. With that she asked Frandalo which of them was Esplandian, Madam (said he, pointing unto him) here he is ready to do you any service that he can, as he hath assured me. But when she perceived him to be so young and of so great beauty, she was abashed to think how nature had furnished him with so many good perfections, especially of so great and incomparable force, whereof he had the commendation among the most valorous knights: wherewith she said unto Frandalo, In good faith I have heard him commended in divers places for one of the best knights living in the world, and of mine own knowledge I have seen him do that which I would never have thought to be in him, considering his young years, so that if he abound as much in courtesy as he doth in valour and beauty, I think him to be the bravest Gentleman that may be found: which I shall presently see if he grant me one request. Madam (said Esplandian, blushing at the praises she used in respect of him) If I do it not, you shall be the first that ever I refused gift unto in all my life: and considering your great beauty and most courteous behaviour, how should it be possible for me to disobey your will? I pray you then sir knight (said she) to pardon the poor people that are within the Temple, and grant them unto me, with leave to send them where I shall think good, not hurting them any more. In good truth madame (said Esplandian) you shall not be refused for so small a matter, and I will do so much with the other knights, that they shall give consent, as also to your own liberty and the Giant Forons, to guide you where it pleaseth you, which Frandalo did most earnestly desire at our hands before you arrived here: And for his sake look what else you will command at our hands, we are ready to perform it with all our hearts. For the which the Princess Heliaxe thanked him most heartily, and turning to Frandalo, said unto him: Sir Knight, the good that you and your companions do unto me, shall never be forgotten on my part, but I will by all means seek to acknowledge the same, although presently I cannot do it: wherefore if it pleaseth you, cause your soldiers to retire, that these poor distressed people may come forth according to your promise: In the mean time I will go comfort them, for I am in doubt most part of them are rather dead than living: with that she desired Carmelle to bear her company, they two going to the Temple gate, which they found fast shut and rampired up: then she called so loud, that some of them spoke unto her: but never did men by pardon from their Prince, brought back again from the Gibbet, more rejoice, nor were better comforted than they when they knew her, thinking the prince Alphorax had made some agreement with their enemies. Wherefore they opened a little wicket, whereat she and the Gentlewoman entered into the Temple, they ask the Princess how it was her chance to come thither in so good a time to secure them, that looked for no other favour then most cruel death. My friends (said she) I have done so much with the Christians (by Frandalos means) whom I have known long time, that they are content to let you issue forth, your lives saved, and go where it pleaseth you, and myself likewise that had fallen into their hands as well as you: wherefore choose whether you will follow me to Tesifant where my lord Alphorax is, who for my sake will show you all the favour and courtesy he may. When the poor people understood the agreement made for them by the Princess Heliaxe, they all agreed to go with her, and not forsake her, giving her most hearty thanks for the good she had wrought them. Then (said Heliaxe) let those that have armour put it off, and come all forth with me. Then she being accompanied in that manner, came unto Esplandian, and showing him great numbers of women and little children that stood about her, said unto him: I pray you sir knight behold the good whereof you are the cause, and think what damage it had been if these poor s●lly souls had suffered death for no offence, wherein you are worthy great commendations. And yet (said she, smiling) while I live, I shall not forget the small account you made of me when Frandalo and you found me before my pavilion, after the overthrow of my knights. Wherefore madame (said Esplandian?) I marvel (said she) why you ask me such a question, seeing you might well conceive what grief I had in mind, yet did you not so much as once salute me, or use word unto me: in good truth it was but discourteously done of you. Madam (said he) I beseech you pardon me, for the fault I committed in your behalf, was not done for want of bringing up, but fearing to breed some jealousy in Frandalos mind, seeing him so much affected to do you service, together with the good countenance you showed unto him, although you had lost your men. This excuse (said Heliaxe) is not to be accepted, neither shall you escape so easily therewith: which she spoke with so good a countenance, that her seeming to be offended, contented all the company: wherefore Esplandian said unto her, Madam, I am content to make amends for this great fault, or to do what penance it pleaseth you. The penance (said she) that you shall have shall be, that according to the promise of mercy you have made unto these poor people, as also of favour in mine own behalf, you give us leave to go unto the city of Tesifant to my husband, that for the same we think the better of you. Madam (said Esplandian) you have already understood our minds, wherefore you may freely go whether it pleaseth you, and I myself will be your guide if it be your pleasure. With that Heliaxe gave them many thanks, and taking her leave, got upon her palfrey, and being accompanied of Foron with a great number of the poor people, took the way that went to Tesifant, Frandalo going with her above a league and more, and further would have gone although he were wounded in divers places of his body, but she desired him to go back again. For (said she) although like a good & courteous knight you have had the means not only to serve me, but also to save the life of me and mine, it may be I shall not have so the like to do the same for you if you fall into my lord Alphorax hands: who as I think ere now is advertised of my misfortune, whereby I am in doubt he is already in the field with great number of men to secure me. And if it should be so, I know him so impatient, that if he meet with you (being already moved with the loss of Alfarin, as also the injury my knights have received, and myself likewise as he will suppose) the pleasure that you do me would breed a danger to your person, and to me great grief, wherefore I pray you go no further, but turn back again. Frandalo knew her counsel to be good, wherewith he committed her to God: leaving her in the guard of his cousin Foron, and therewith returned the same way that he came. It was then somewhat late, wherefore Heliaxe having travailed unto the adventurous fountain, and finding her pavilion as yet standing up, determined not to departed from thence till the next day in the morning, that she took the way that led to Tesifant. And having ridden till noon, she met the Prince Alphorax, with a great number of knights that all night had stayed upon the way to the castle La montaigne defendu, thinking those that had taken his wife would lead her thither, to have her in safe keeping, and such was their opinion that brought him news thereof. But they met not any man in the way, wherefore they returned again to go unto the adventurous fountain, much grieved when they perceived the Princess Heliaxe coming towards them, to whom Alphorax ran, and embracing him with a loving kiss, asked her how she had escaped from the enemy. My lord (said she) when I shall have told you how, yet am I in doubt you will hardly believe it. And to say the truth, it seemeth fortune hath taken pleasure in one day to make me know both the good and evil she could do unto me. Then she showed him of the overthrow of her knights, the words that passed between Frandalo, Esplandian, and her: and lastly the honest entertainment they used in her behalf. Truly madame (said Alphorax) it is very strange, and I cannot imagine how these Christian dogs (having taken my Town of Alfarin by assault) have used so much humanity, not only to these people, but have saved your honour, being such and so beautiful a lady as you are. But it is to be thought, that our gods having compassion on me, have preserved you, as the thing I love and most esteem off in this world. Yet if I live but one year longer, I swear and promise unto you to assemble so many men together, that the city of Constantinople and her perjured Emperor shall suffer and endure much woe: in such manner, that the memory thereof shall not be extinct for one thousand years after my decease. Heliaxe that perceived him enter into choler, to pacify the same, answered vim and said: My lord, you may do it when it pleaseth you, but at this present you see here a great number of poor desolate people, I beseech you speak unto them and comfort them as well as you may, for their whole trust is in you, with that Alphorax going unto them, gave them many gracious and comfortable speeches, and with them returned to the city of Tesifant.   

CHAP. XXXI. How Gastilles took his leave of Esplandian, and sailed to Constantinople, and of the arrival of Palomir, Branfil, and other knights of great Brittaigne at the town of Alfarin.  
THe Town of Alfarin brought under the subjection of the knights of the castle La montaigne defendu, as you heard before, Gastilles having prepared himself to return to Constantinople, went unto Esplandian, and said unto him: My lord, when I departed from the Emperor, he gave me express commandment with all speed to advertise him what I had done, to the end he might determine either to come himself in person, if occasion served, with the army he is already preparing, or else wholly to break off his enterprise, for it now beginneth to be Winter, and seeing (as it is Gods will) that your affairs on this side are in good estate, I am determined as to morrow to departed hence to Constantinople, that the Emperor understanding by me what hath passed on this side the sea, he shall not be forced for this year to be at further charges, whereof before this time I had willingly certefieed him, had it not been the daily expectation I had to see the end of this our last enterprise, which God be thanked is fallen out as we desired. My lord (said Esplandian) seeing the Emperor (as you say) by your return may receive both, pleasure and profit, you shall do well to make hast thither: one thing I beseech you do for me, that is, most humbly to commend me unto his grace, assuring him, that not any subject he hath, is or shall be readier to obey him then myself: and as touching our proceed, for that you have personally both seen and been an actor in the same, you can advertise him at large. Show him likewise I pray you that I keep king Armato as his prisoner, attending his pleasure what shall be done with him, but not the castle of La montaigne defendu, for I have conquered the same in favour and under the protection of the Princess Leonorine, keeping the same at this present only to her use and as her servant, as I mean to continue during my life. But if it pleaseth his grace to give the Town of Alfarin to Frandalo, not only thereby to increase his will and desire to serve him, but also for that he deserveth a greater reward: so doing, me thinketh he shall therein show the part of a liberal Prince, considering the service and fidelity he hath done and showed in all places where he hath been employed: You shall tell the Emperor also, that according to my father's will and commandment, I hope shortly to be in Constantinople to present myself before his grace and the lady Leonorine, as by the Gentlewoman Carmelle I have given them to understand, wherewith I think you are not unacquainted, praying you in the mean time, to make my excuse to them, in that I have deferred it off so long; for in a manner, you are not ignorant what hath been the cause. My lord (said Gastilles) the Emperor my uncle so much desireth your company, that I never saw man more grieved, nor woman than the Princess my cousin, when they perceived the great serpent pass before Constantinople, to cross the straights of Bosphore. I will show them what you say, and in the morning about break of day, I mean, God willing, to set sail. Will you not (said Esplandian) first go visit Frandalo, Manely, and others, that lie wdunded in their beds, to know if they will send any message to the emperor? That I will (said Gastilles.) Go then (said Esplandian) and I will bear you company. With that they went to Frandalos lodging, where they were no sooner entered, but the watch that stood upon the tower over the water gate, discovered about three miles in the sea, a great ship that with full sail made towards the town: whereof they advertised Gastilles, who presently caused two Brigandines to go forth to see if they were friends or enemies: and they were not long before they returned again with the great ship in their company, wherein were Palomir, Branfil, Helian le delibere, Garuate du Val Craintif, Bravor son of the giant Balan that king Amadis had newly made knight, Imosel de Burgoigne, Ledarin de Faiarque, Listoran de la tour Blanch, Trion cousin to queen Briolanie, Tentilles le superb, Guilford le bien esteem Grodonan brother to Angriote Destravaux, and the two sons of Isamie governor of the firm Isle, with many others that had embarked themselves in great Britain to go to aid Esplandian: and coming to the castle La montaigne defendu, they had intelligence by the fishermen at sea, of the overthrow of Armatos navy, his captivity, with the taking of the city of Alfarin, whereat they much rejoiced, especially when they knew by Gastilles soldiers that not any of their companions were slain in the assault. They being arrived at the town, as they began to land, Esplandian with divers others went thither to receive them: where between them were many salutations and welcomes given: which done, Esplandian led them to his lodging, where they refreshed themselves about two hours, before they went to visit Frandalo, of whom Esplandian gave such commendations, that they desired him to bring them where he lay, which he presently did: but when Frandalo knew who they were (being ashamed to see them use such courtesy to him) could not well tell what to say: and as he entertained them, Palomir spoke unto him and said: Sir knight, I and my company have heard so great commendation of your valour, that there is not one of us but would be ready to obey and serve you as our chief commander: wherefore, we beseech you, use all diligence you may to be healed of your wounds, that we may presently go into the field under your conduction. My lords (said Frandalo) I pray you pardon me, I am well assured that my valour is none such as you report, whereby I deserve not the praise you give me, neither did I ever any thing worthy commendation, but only by my lord Esplandians means. Nevertheless I hope, if God spareth me life and health, so to behave myself, that all men shall know the desire I have to do service unto Christendom, and particularly unto every one of you. Companion (said Esplandian) I pray you take care to be cured of your grief: that done, we will take order for the rest: and for that these knights are weary with their long travail on the sea, I pray you give them leave for to departed, and in the morning we will visit you again. Which he said, fearing least too much talk might cause him fall into a fever, for Gastilles before that had been devising with him above two hours together, touching the conference between him and Esplandian as concerning his return unto the Emperor. With that the knights bade him farewell, and went out of the chamber: on the other side Gastilles made all the hast he could to departed from thence the next day in the morning, and taking leave of all his friends, the same night he entered into his ship: & when day began to appear, he set sail with so good wind, that within eight days he discovered the city of Constantinople, entering into the haven: which the Emperor understanding, went to receive him, & going with him to the palace, asked him what he had done in his voyage, & whether Armato were retired from the siege or not. My lord (said he,) The good knight Esplandian and his company most humbly commend themselves unto your grace, especially Frandalo, whom I can assure you to be one of the best servants that ever you had. With that the Empress accompanied with the Princess Leonorine, Queen Minoresse, and divers other ladies and Gentlewoman came thither, to whom Gastilles doing humble reverence, they bade him welcome, and because he stayed to do Esplandians commendations to the Princess Leonorine, the Emperor said unto him: Truly nephew, you shall make an end, to show us what hath happened in your voyage, then if it please you you may court the ladies. Wherefore I pray you tell from the beginning what you have done. My lord (said he) at our departure from hence we had so good a wind, that without any let we arrived at the castle La montaigne defendu, yet could we not make such haste, but that Esplandian with his great Serpent, and Frandalos ships had already drowned and overthrown certain of the enemy's ships, and made the rest to fly, and the next day after king Armato was taken prisoner, his army overthrown and put to flight: but the sport was when I saluted the Turk, and that he knew me, than he told the great rage the Turk was in, the threatenings and speeches he used unto him, the overthrow of the twenty knights at the adventurous fountain, the skirmishes and assaults at the Town of Alfarin, the danger wherein Esplandian and Frandalo found themselves, the taking of the Town and of Heliaxe, her delivery with the people's that fled to the temple of jupiter, and how that before he embarked himself to return, a great ship arrived there from great Brittaigne with divers knights therein, whose names and surnames he rehearsed, as having seen them with king Amadis. Further my lord (said he) the good knight Esplandian willed me to show you that he keepeth king Armato till your grace shall dispose of him, as also the city of Alfarin, but for the castle La montaigne defendu, he saith he mindeth not to yield the same to any other then to the Princess Leonorine, in whose name he hath conquered it, hoping as her servant and no other to defend the same. When will he be here (said the Emperor?) With all the speed he may (said Gastilles) as he hath promised me. In good faith (said the Emperor) I would it were this day before tomorrow, I have so great desire to know him by reason of the great chivalry that daily increaseth in him, in such manner, that if heretofore the knight with the Green Sword hath been esteemed the best in all the world, now his son diminisheth a great part of his glory. And all being well considered, I think that Amadis hath not done more in ten years time, than Esplandian hath accomplished in the space of ten weeks: But touching Frandalo, is he so well disposed to our service as you make report? My lord (said Gastilles,) It is not possible to do better than he hath done: wherefore, my lord Esplandian willed me to show you, that for the better entertaining him in his proceedings, he is of advise that your grace should give him the city of Alfarin, not knowing any man worthier than he to keep it. In good truth (said the Emperor) Esplandian and his companions have had the pains to conquer it, wherefore I am content they have the disposing thereof: Nevertheless, if they rest upon my consent therein, I am well content it shall be so, and I will not cease to show him greater favour, if he persever as he hath begun. And you daughter (said he to the Princess Leonorine) what say you to this that my cousin Gast●lles hath told you touching Esplandian, that sayeth he keepeth the castle La montaigne defendu for you only? My lord (said she) I know not how you and many others esteem so much of him, considering the small obedience he showeth to his father, for if he were such a knight as he is reported, he had long since come hither to acquit the promise whereunto he is bound: which maketh me verily think, the speech Carmelle used of him, and all that he hath sent you by word of mouth by my cousin Gastilles, are only but dissimulations. And I for my part am not yet determined (although he reporteth himself to be my knight) to accept him for the same, much less to pardon him before he comes in person to excuse his fault, than I will consider what I have to do. The emperor that perceived his daughter speak with such a choler, & therewith to blush more than ordinary, could not refrain laughter, and said unto her. What daughter, do you refuse the service of the best knight in all the world? I my lord (said she) and so should every master his servant, when he flieth from his presence, and obeyeth not his commandments no more than he hath done both yours and mine. Truly sweet heart (said the Emperor) I like you well, I would to God that nature had furnished you with a body like unto your heart, if she had, she had made you a perfect man, and not a woman as you are. Now nephew you hear my daughters answer, I pray you let Esplandian know it, that he may make haste hither, lest he lose not her good will. And although the Emperor spoke it as in jest, Esplandian took it otherwise when he heard the news by a squire that Gastilles sent unto him.   

CHAP. XXXII. How Frandalo accompanied of fourscore Knights, issued out of Alfarin towards Tesifant, and of the taking of Eiraca captain of the Town.  
THe knights of great Brittaigne arrived in the Town of Alfarin, (as you heard before) Frandalo and others that were hurt being healed of their wounds, Belleris that ceased not continually to hearken after Alphorax, was advertised by his spies, that he continued in the city of Tesifannt, which he and Branfil told unto the rest of their company, who therewith being somewhat encouraged, very earnestly desired Frandalo to lead them forth, and bring them to some place where they might lie in ambush to surprise Alphorax or some of his company if they chanced to stray abroad. Frandalo not willing to deny them any reasonable request, agreed (with the consent of Esplandian) to departed the next night following, and to take with them to the number of fourscore knights and no more, which Esplandian liked well, he minding to be one. Where upon those that were appointed for the journey prepared themselves, and about sun setting issued out of Alfarin, Frandalo and Belleris knowing the country so well, that they needed no other guides, but travailed straight towards Tesifant, and having ridden till eleven of the clock at night, they came unto a cross way, where Frandalo advised them to divide themselves in two companies, willing the knights (that before that time had never been in Turkey) to hold close together. For (said he) the wars in these countries are far otherwise then they are in great Brittaigne, where knights use most commonly to travail alone without company, and although they chance sometimes to ride in companies, the least occasion that happeneth maketh them separate themselves, but here those that use arms travail in great companies together, whereby the combats that are fought here most commonly are rather battles then encounters. And more than this, if three hundred Turks chance to surprise one hundred, thirty, twenty, or less number of their enemies, they take a pride to put them to death, preferring revenge before a certain kind of honour, that (as I have understood) is kept and observed in the West parts, where combats are in a manner equal. Wherefore my friends (said he) I pray you separate not yourselves, but march all in a company, assuring you that in the place whether we go, we shall not fail to find men sufficient against whom we may employ our forces, and show what valour is in us. I know that within half a mile of Tesifant Alphorax useth oftentimes to lie at a house that he hath caused to be made called Gruobinach, where if it be our good fortunes we may chance to find him, wherefore I am of advise that we divide ourselves in two companies, my nephew Belleris shall take the left hand, and lie in ambush near unto the village of jentinomele, from whence he may easily perceive when any man issueth out of Tesifant, and I with Esplandian and the other half of our company will follow this way that bringeth us unto a valley near to Gruobinach, where we will secretly stay if need require, to secure each other: whereunto they all agreed: but before they departed thence, they found their enterprise to be far more dangerous than they esteemed it, as hereafter you shall hear. Belleris and his company leaving Frandalo, travailed so long, that about two hours before day they met fix soldiers, whom Belleris saluted in the Arabian language, ask them of what place they were. My Lord, said they, we are going to the town of Srasse. My good friends (said he) we travail this night to Tesifante to advertise the prince Alphorax of the great damage and destruction the Christian dogs continually do and within short spade have done unto the country round about: for they are issued out of Alfarin, & have taken and carried away all they can find: and as yet are abroad, not ceasing to execute all tyranny they can devise: nevertheless, if it pleaseth him to give us aid, we know the place of their retreat, where we may easily enclose them, & not one of them shall escape. What are you, said the soldiers, that bring us these news? Friends (said Belleris) I am Roussan, cousin to Eiraca, ehiefe captain of Tesifant. We can tell you good news of him, said the soldiers, wherewith we think you will be well pleased: for he is not far from hence, being ridden out of Tesifant with two hundred knights to go unto Falandie, to see the same be not so lightly surprised as Alfarin was. But because he willed us to ride before, we will stay no longer: wherewith they had them farewell. Friends (said Belleris) the good fortune I wish you I pray God may happen unto you. With that the soldiers passed on their way, but they had not gone far when Belleris sent after them, and fearing they would discover his enterprise, caused them to be slain: and therewith presently dispatched one of his Squires on message to Frandalo, to advertise him of the enemies being abroad with a very strong and huge company: whereupon he wished him to join with them. The Squire made all the hast he could, but before the news came to Frandalo, Belleris met with Eiraca and his company about the village of jentinomele, being upon them before they had time to put on their helmets. There did the captain of Tesifant show himself to be no young beginner in arms, for that like a valiant and hardy knight he entered among the Christians, and being seconded by his men, did most valiantly defend themselves, and assailed the enemy, although at their first encounter ten of their bravest soldiers were unhorsed and overthrown. And as Eiraca entered into the press, Norandel and he met together with such force, that Norandel was wounded in the left shoulder, but not sore hurt, and the captain of Tesifant losing his stirrups, was thrown over his horse with so great a strength, that with the fall he was forced to lie upon the ground, and could remove neither hand nor foot, which the Turks perceiving, to relieve their captain, did so valiantly, that they overthrew four of the British knights, who nevertheless rose presently again, and with their swords in hand, thrust so many of the Turks horses into the sides and flanks, that in short space more than twenty of the Turks were overthrown likewise, and many slain outright: at that charge Enil and Gavarte were hurt, and the rest so hardly handled, that without Frandalos company that came to secure them, they had all been ourthrowne: and in truth they had almost strayed too long, but the Squire that Belleris sent unto them, could not overtake them before they were in the valley where they should have met. And although they had heard the sound of their blows, yet did they not suspect any such peril, until the squire had done his message, wherewith they ran with all the speed they could unto the place, where Belleris and his companions (being out of breath) did nothing but recoil, and defend themselves against their enemy's blows, that had slain divers of them, but that the captain of Tesifant would have them to be taken and presented to the Prince Alphorax: Nevertheless Frandalo, Esplandian, and the rest of their company, made them change opinion: for when they perceived their companions so hardly matched by the enemy, they entered among them with such fury, that had it not been for Eiraca (who at that time behaved himself most valiantly) they had overthrown the Turks at their first onset, but by reason of the great resistance he made, they continued fight half an hour after, wherein he maintained himself so well, that Esplandian could never take him before he had overthrown him, and pulled off his helmet, wherewith he yielded: mean time Frandalo and his companions being in the middle of the enemies, laid so well about them, slaying horses, pulling away shields, and doing so valiantly, that wonder it was to behold them, yet did not the Turks once seem abashed, but still fought most courageously, until such time they perceived their captain taken prisoner, which caused them to fly and turn their backs: but not all of them, for there lay more than one hundred and fifty of them dead upon the ground, the rest saved themselves by means of the dark night. It was then about an hour before day: and Frandalo fearing that those of Tesifant (hearing of the overthrow) would issue forth to cut off their passage, presently caused captain Eiraca to be remounted, and all the Christians that wanted horses, and with all speed road back again to Alfarin, not the same way they came, but another way somewhat farther about; wherein they travailed so long, that about sun rising they entered into a great wood, where they alighted to refresh both themselves and their horses: and staying not long there lest they should be surprised, they made such speed, that about sun setting they arrived in the town: mean time news came to Tesifant of the overthrow of their men, wherewith Alphorax was in such a rage, that in a manner he seemed desperate. But for this time we have sufficiently discoursed of martial affairs, now we mean to bring Love in place, who desiring to minister some comfort to the Princes Leonorine that lived in great pain, expecting the arrival of her friend Esplandian, caused him to departed from Alfarin to visit her in the city of Constantinople, as in the Chapters following you shall hear.   

CHAP. XXXIII. Of the great grief Esplandian had, understanding by the messenger that Gastilles sent unto him, what displeasure the Princess Leonorine had conceived against him.  
YOU heard before how Gastilles showed the Emperor what Esplandian had done, and what message he sent unto him, and to the Princess Leonorine, as also what answer she made, which Gastilles by his Squire writ and sent unto him, having charge from the Emperor so to do, thereby to procure his speedier arrival in Constantinople. The Squire with his leather made such haste, that he arrived at Alfarin about five days after the taking of Eiraca, and meeting Carmelle at the gate, asked her if he might find Esplandian at convenient leisour to deliver him a letter from Gastilles, but Carmelle being subtle, suspecting it to be some news from the Princess Leonorine, that might move Esplandian, who as then seemed discontent, answered him & said: My good friend, you can hardly speak with him at this time, but follow me and give me the letter, and I will present it unto him, and cause him to return you an answer. The Squire did as she willed him, and followed her to Esplandians lodging: where entering into his chamber, she found him sitting upon his bed talking with the king of Denmark, and delivered him Gastilles letter, which when he read, the tears ran out of his eyes, and therewith cast forth a great sigh, saying: O Lord? but Carmelle that beheld him, doubting the cause to be as she suspected, asked him if he were ill at ease. Ill? said he, I that I am, and so ill that I would to God I were dead: and look I pray you, said he, whether I have cause or not: wherewith stretching forth hish hand, he gave Carmelle the letter, and turning his face, began to make the greatest sorrow in the world: but when she had read the contents, she esteemed not thereof, but said unto Esplandian: What my Lord? are you abashed at so small a matter? By my soul I now perceive very well, that the affections and loves of men are far different and much unlike the passions that we simple women endure, when we fall into the like extremities: and know you how? you men do most commonly take pleasure to manifest and make known your love either by word of mouth or outward shows, and many times dissemble more than you mean to do: and which is worse, how much the more the Lady or Gentlewoman you love is of great desert, or high lineage, so much more glory do you take to make it known, not only that you bear her affection, but that you are beloved and favoured of her above all others: which is clean contrary to the nature of women (I mean such as may be termed wise and of good understanding) for how much the greater their parentage is, so much more fear they have to manifest their amorous passions, in such manner, that most commonly both in word, gesture, and countenance, they outwardly deny that which they have most deeply engraved in their hearts and minds: and not without good cause, for that the thing which redoundeth to your praise and commendations (as you think, which is the manifesting of your love) breedeth to them a certain spot in their honour, which often times they can not easily deface. Wherefore it is more than expedient, to observe this modesty and constancy in us, not that I mean to restrain myself unto this law, seeing that all my glory and felicity dependeth upon you, in such manner, that I desire no greater happiness in this world, then that the love and dutiful obedience I bear unto you, should be published and made known unto the world, to the end that all those that shall hear of your great valour and my mean estate, may know my great good fortune, to have the means to serve you as I do. Wherefore my Lord, in my opinion you ought to take the speeches Gastilles hath written unto you, to be used by the lady Leonorine in good part and greatly to your advantage, for I dare warrant you on mine honour, that your affections are both alike: and to say the truth, she hath behaved herself most wisely to dissemble the matter so well as she hath done in the Emperor's presence. I deny not but she hath some cause to be impatient, considering the message I delivered unto her in your behalf, but that is easy to be cured: & although the love she hath borne you so long time should be wholly extinguished (which I can hardly believe) even as a bone that is broken in two pieces & set together again, is stronger in that place than in any other part, so you being there and in her company, shall win that you find broken, and by that means make it stronger than ever it was before. Therefore I am of advise (that fulfilling her desire) you go unto her, and that as soon as possibly you may. Alas Carmelle (said Esplandian) what good or what service did I ever do unto her, thereby to have deserved at her hands the least favour among an infinite number I have received from her? specially by the report of your own mouth. If therefore she hath just occasion to be offended with me, having offended her so much, can I hope for any other at her hands than mere disdain and mortal hatred? My lord (said Carmelle) I am a woman and know the nature of women better than you do, or then all the men in the world beside, I pray you therefore believe me, and go and see her, and if so be she entertain you not according to your desire, than never give credit to my words again. In faith my good companion (said the king of Denmark) Carmelle giveth you so good and wise counsel, that either you ought to give credit to her speech, or else wholly drive this fantasy out of your mind, considering (as is most true) that sometimes, and very often, how much the more fervent and extreme the love of a woman is, so much the sooner is it dead and wholly extinguished, for that their inconstancy is such and so great, that for the least occasion in the world they are over ready to love, and much more inconsiderately do they forget the same again: not that I accuse the Princes Leonorine of so great lightness, but to say the truth as commonly we find, & for my part I know not upon what occasion you ground your love, whereby you should make so much account of her, seeing that she never saw you, nor you her, but are only content to conceive well of each other upon a certain renown that hath spread abroad, & set forth the great perfections that are reported to be in you both: which in truth may be compared to a fire made of straw, that is no sooner kindled but presently consumed: wherefore be not then so much abashed if the princes Leonorine show herself at this present so smally affected towards you, for those that love most dearly do oftentimes fall into discourtesies & coldness of affection, that they disdain, or (at the least) in the twinkling of an eye, wholly forget those that for a long time they have loved most entirely, & that for their sakes shall have hazarded their lives in most dangerous adventures. Did you never hear how Brisarde behaved herself in regard of Troilus, after the destruction of Troy, she loved him so well that she would needs die in his arms: when she was constrained to forsake him, the Greeks thinking verily she would have slain herself: & yet was she scarce issued out of Troy but she wholly forgot her love Troilus, & transported that vehement love she had borne him all her life, to Diomedes king of Thrace. O God? What inconstancy? what lightness? what foundation upon a sandy ground was that? This unconstant woman among other precious ornaments given her by Troilus her friend, had a pair of perfumed gloves, which within one hour after her captivity she gave unto her new friend Diomedes in token of the love & amity she bore unto him. What had Troilus said then if he had been present? would he have believed her? I think not. And what a point of honesty, I pray you, did Clytaemnestra show unto her husband, when in steed of welcoming him home at his coming from the siege of Troy, where he had remained ten years together? she caused him cruelly to be murdered by Aegisthus her ruffian. But will you hear more examples of the like matter? & as he began to proceed, Esplandian said unto him, My good friend, I pray you do not this wrong unto my lady Leonorine, but let me here your counsel how I may from henceforth govern myself to satisfy her desire. Go & see her, said the king, & if you think good I will bear you company. Shall we go & leave our companions? (said Esplandian) that will I never do: wherefore? said the king: are not Frandalo, Manely, & the rest of their company strong enough to defend the town in your absence? I am of advise that you send presently for them, & give them to understand that by reason of certain news you have of late received, you must be constrained to leave them for the space of eight or fifteen days: and in like sort dispatch Gastilles Squire, and write unto his master, that you thank him hearty for the good remembrance he hath had of you, and that with all speed you will send a messenger expressly unto the Emperor with an answer to that it hath pleased him to command to be written unto you: in the mean time, I will take order to prepare a ship to bring us to the castle La montaigne defendu, where we will embark ourselves in the great Serpent, that will not fail (as I think) to bring us unto Constantinople, and determine with yourself what company you mean to take with you. My good friend (said Esplandian) do as you think good, I am content to hazard my life in your hands. It sufficeth (said the king) but I pray you speak unto our companions, and dispatch the squire. With that Esplandian called for ink and paper, and wrote unto Gastilles as the king of Denmark had advised him. Next day in the morning Frandalo and the rest of the company came into his chamber as they used ordinarily to do, and being together devising of divers things, Esplandian said unto them: My good friends, I am constrained to leave your company for the space of fifteen days or three weeks, to go about certain urgent affairs that import me much: I will take with me my brother the king of Denmark, Gandalin, Enil, Carmelle, and no more. I pray you think it not strange, for if I were not constrained thereunto, I swear unto you of my faith, I would not do it. There was not any among them that once would ask him whether he went, but answering him, said: That he might go whither it pleased him, & that they for their parts would keep the place till he came again, although he stayed a whole year before he returned; by this means Esplandian by little & little framed himself to take his voyage while the king of Denmark caused the ship that brought the knights of great Britain thither, to be made ready, & upon a monday in the morning Esplandian & his company embarked themselves to sail unto the castle La montaigne defendu, but they were no sooner put to sea, but the wind falling contrary, the sea rose so high & so furious withal, that neither mast, sail, nor cord could hold, but broke all in pieces: in which manner they continued for the space of ten days and as many nights, so that neither master nor mariners could tell in what part they were, for that during that time, the clouds were so thick and the mist so great, that it made the air so dark and obscure, that those that were in the ship could scarce see one the other, expecting nothing else (without the mercy of God) than the overthrow of their ship: which they thought verily had happened, when they arrived at the rock of the Enchantress, whereupon they were driven about three of the clock after midnight: wherewith the sailors cast anchor, and going on land, stayed till day appeared.   

CHAP. XXXIII. How Esplandian and his company went up unto the broken palace of the Enchaunteresse, and of the strange things they found there.  
ESplandian and his company being on land, not knowing the place where they were arrived, caused a great fire to be made, about the which they thought to lie down and sleep, but they heard such a noise from the top of the rock, that they were all abashed: with that the wind began to cease, and the sea to wax calm, the sky showing full of stars, and withal the moan shone so bright, that it seemed as light as if it had been day: wherefore Esplandian desirous to know what the noise might be, determined to mount up the rock, but he was counseled by his company to stay till the next day in the morning. When Esplandian knew it certainly to be the rock of the Enchantress, and said unto the king of Denmark: In good truth I think I have been here before and take it to be the place whether the great Serpent brought me the same day I received the order of knighthood, which putteth me in better hope of our voyage than I had before: which he said, remembering the scroll with the prophesy that he found in the lion's paw. Then he told the king of Denmark how he conquered the sword he bore, the death of the serpent, & all that he had seen upon the rock, & it is called (said he) the rock of the Enchantress. By God (said Gandalin) you say true, for I remember, that pursuing after a knight that led a Gentlewoman away, I found your father king Amadis & Grandasor here, & the knight likewise that I sought that had hidden himself in the old palace upon this rock: them he told them from point to point what had happened unto him, & the great love the knight bare unto the gentilwoman he had carried away by force, but (said he) before we departed she agreed with him, & they promised marriage to each other, although before the time she hated him most deadly: nevertheless, understanding that the force he used unto her was only done for the love he bore her, she clean forgot her former hatred, changing it to a most exceeding love. In good faith (said Carmelle) as far as I perceive, no man ought to despair of any thing he taketh in hand, no more will I during my life: which she said in respect of Esplandian, who in time as she thought might love her, & wholly forget the Princes Leonorine. And so long they talked, that day began to appear, them Esplandian said to the king of Denmark: Companion, I pray you stay here form while I go up, for I will have no body with me but Gandalin & Enil, & they shall go with me, not that I fear any danger that may hap unto me, but only because they may help me to lift up the tomb whereof I told you even now. My lord (said the king) I pray you offer me not so much injury, for I will not leave you though it cost me my life, especially in this place where I have most great desire to see that I never saw before. Seeing it is your pleasure (said Esplandian) let us go, & let our squires bring some victuals with them, if we need to eat before we come back again: which the squires did, wherewith they began to mount up the rock, and traveled so long, that about sun setting they came unto the hermitage, where the great image was erected, whereof you heard before, where they stayed all night, the next day they traveled again, & came unto the lake that ran before the old palace, & because it began to be dark, they determined not to travel any further for the time, & to say the truth they were weary: but all night the serpents the issued out of their holes to drink of the water, ceased not to hiss and pass before & about them to assail them, which they had not failed to do, had it not been for the virtue of Esplandians sword, whereunto no venomous things might once approach or come near. Nevertheless they rested not, but as soon as they might see, rose up & went on their way: and passing by the ruinated monuments, they came unto the palace of the enchantress, where they found the gates shut, whereat Esplandian gave so great a blow with his foot, that they opened, & they entered into the place where the shining tomb stood with the lion upon it. Then Esplandian said unto the three knights: In good faith when I was here before, I could not lift up this plate, I pray you each man prove what you can do, than I will see if I be grown stronger in the back them I was at that time: wherewith the king of Denmark assailed to do it, but what strength so ever he used, it was impossible for him, the like did Gandalin & Enil, but they sped no better than the king, whereat Esplandian begins to laugh, & taking it by the two ends, lifted it up so easily as if it had been a piece of dry wood, yet was it a piece of crystal of three fingers thick, & about ten or twelve foot long: under it they found an azure stone, the fairest & most orient colour that ever was seen the covered a Ceader chest which smelled as sweet as any balm, the chest being shut with a loc●●● emerald stone, having a key of diamonds that hung by it at a cha●● of fine gold, all most artificially composed: the stone taken up & the chest opened, they found the image of jupiter lying therein all of massy gold, garnished with many pearls, rubies, & other inestimable rich jewels, especially a crown that he ware on his head, about that which were placed certain Carboncles inform of Greek letters, with these words.  
jupiter is great god of all gods, & in his right hand he bore a table containing this prophesy, When time shall come, that my art & knowledge shall fail, the heart of the Hind enclosed herein, & life restored by them that were the cause of death, the Grecian sheep long time nourished in pleasant pastures, shallbe constrained to feed on a herb bitterer than gall, by means of the extremity the hungry sea wolves shall put them unto, whose number shall be so great, that they shall cover the sea in divers places, in such wise, that the poor sheep enclosed in their great forest, & divers of their lambs being dead and torn in pieces, their shepherd (having in a manner lost all hope of restoring them again) with anguish of heart and mind, in abundance of tears shall lament their great misfortune. Then shall come the brave Lion's whelp, by whose means that great troup of wolves shall be driven away and destroyed. Nevertheless, he shall take from the shepherd his great power, and the best beloved of his sheep, whereupon he shall seize, in such sort, that his strong teeth and sharp claws shall enter into her heart, and the entrails of her body, the rest of the flock resting in the power and government of him and his fierce company, whereby not long after it shall come to pass, that the great deceitful Serpent, the enchanted sword, and this high rock, shall sink into the bottom of the sea, and shall never after be seen again of any man.  
But although Esplandian understood the Greek tongue, yet could he not give any interpretation or exposition to this prophesy, no more could any of his company: wherefore they determined not to stay long about the same, but were more busied to behold the stones and great riches they saw within the tomb, which they determined to take with them, and return unto their ships without staying any longer, for their victuals began to fail: wherefore Esplandi●● willed Carmelle to take the Lion, he and the king of Denmark took the plate of crystal, Gandalin and Enil the azure stone, and the Squires the Ceader chest with the Image of jupiter. And in that sort they issued out of the palace, descending down the rock, till about evening they came unto the hermitage, where they stayed all night: the next day they went on till they found their ship, wherein about sunsetting they embarked themselves: and because Esplandian would not be seen in Constantinople without the great Serpent, he commanded the master of the ship to direct his course to the castle called La montaigne defendu, which he did. But having sailed about two days & more, as the king of Denmark sat talking with Esplandian about the letter that was sent unto him, he asked him if he thought not good that he should make a voyage unto the princess Leonorine to understand the truth of her affection towards him. For (said he) it may be Gastilles hath mistaken her words, or the Emperor himself hath commanded him to write unto you in such sort, that thereby you should make the more hast to go thither: at the least I shall know of her what her pleasure is, and how you shall govern yourself in respect of her. Ha my good friend (said Esplandian) you have touched me now even at the quick, If you would do me so much favour, you shall bind me for ever unto you: mean time I will stay for you in the gulf where I found you with Frandalo, when we raised the siege of the castle La montaigne defendu, Assure yourself (said the king) I will do my good will. There was belonging to their ship a little Pinnace, which the master took with him (besides the boat) to save himself and his people if any tempest should happen, wherein the king with certain martiners to guide him entered, and taking their leave of Esplandian, sailed forwards with so good a wind, that in short space they lost the sight of the great ship. But the next night following there happened such a tempest, that at the break of day their Pilot knew not where he was, & without knowledge of the place he was constrained to abandon the Pinnace unto the mercy of the waves, which continued for the space of forty days together, in which time they endured so many fortunes, that it would be overtedious to recount them, and we should likewise digress from the matter whereinto we are entered, to bring our history unto an end. ●et it therefore suffice you to know, that their victuals being spent, they chanced to arrive in the Island of the Giant Drapheon, where the king of Denmark and his squire lost their wits and became mad, by force of a water that they drunk out of a fountain called The fountain of Forgetfelnesse, that sprang in that Isle, where they were taken & kept in a cruel prison, from whence in short time after they were delivered by the means of a Gentlewoman that fell in loud with the king, and caused him to recover his health, arms, horse, and a ship, with all things necessary for himself and his squire, and having done, she with them put to sea: and coasting the country of Trevisane, they came unto an Island where the people of the country would have burnt a Gentlewoman because she could not find a knight for to maintain her quarrel: but the king fought for her, and overcame him that accused her, & taking the Gentlewoman with him, put to sea again, & sailing six days together along the coast, he perceived a maid out of a tower, where in the lord of the country kept her prisoner, for the cause which she declared to the king out of a window that looked into the sea, for whose sake the king took land to fight with the lord till he delivered the poor gentle woman out of prison: such were the adventures of the king of Denmark, which are rehearsed at large in the great chronicles, that master Elizabeth wrote not long after the coronation of Esplandian: wherein the prowess & adventures of the British knights and others remaining at Alfarin, are likewise registered & orderly set down. For this time content yourselves to understand the manner how & in what sort Esplandian and the Princess Leonorine saw each other, how afterward Vrganda came to Constantinople, of the army's both ●y land & sea, of the cruel battle between the Turks & Christians: which ended, our history likewise shall be finished, but having many things to describe, before I come to that point, we will return to Esplandian, that was not smally abashed at the long absence of the King, expecting from day to day some news of him, that had left his company only for the cause you heard before.   

CHAP. XXXV. How Esplandian having stayed Garinter king of Denmark's return about two weeks space, and perceiving no news of him, determined (by the counsel of Carmelle) to go in person to the city of Constantinople.  
AFter that Garinter King of Denmark had set sail towards Constantinople as it is said before, Esplandians ship arrived at the gulf where he promised to stay, and there lay at anchor for the space of two weeks, not hearing any news of his desired message: wherewith he doubted either that the king of Denmark should be drowned, or that fortune had carried his vessel some other way: wherefore he thought to send one of his mariners to inquire of him. But before he did it, he determined first to speak with Carmelle, and taking her aside, said unto her: My great friend, you know for what cause the king of Denmark left us, & the reason of his voyage, as also the promise he made unto me to return again with all speed, but we can hear no news of him at all, which maketh me assuredly believe either he is dead, or that the storm he was in hath cast him in some country so far off, that he cannot by any means do as he hath promised, wherefore I pray you give me your advise what I were best to do: for those that are in the like mind that I am, although in some things they have their understandings whole and perfect, yet are they commonly to seek in that which concerneth them as touching those points. My lord (said she) seeing it is your pleasure to use my counsel, I will tell you truly what I think therein, and so much I can assure you, that if you should search throughout the world, you shall hardly find one that can come near me in judging the passion wherewith you are molested: for the same is in me that is in you, and I feel it as well as you do, and it may be more, but the ease and great contentment I receive by your presence, have given me so many remedies, that I delight in my grief and live not, but only to cause my sorrow to endure. To tell you truth, at such time as you began to use spéeche●●nto me of the king of Denmark, I thought upon his long ab●ente, and me thinketh it were best we sailed unto Constantinople, assuring you that I have devised a means to bring you unto the Princess Leonorine, whereby you may both see and speak with her, without being known of any other than herself, if you think it good. And to bring it to pass, (we being arrived there) it shall be necessary that all those of our ship be advertised (if any man asketh for you) to say, that you stayed in the castle La montaigne defendu, mean time you shall lie in the bottom of the ship, and I with Gandalin and Enil, will go unto the Emperor, to whom I will say that you sent me to the Princess Leonorine, to present unto her in your behalf, that which you have conquered in the rock of the Enchantress, and for the rest let me alone. When Esplandian heard her speak in that manner, he beheld her for a while, and at last said unto her: My good friend, I fear not death, neither can it be more bitter or sharper unto me then the life I now endure: but I fear the dishonour of my lady, & the injury that thereby I might do unto the Emperor, who by his courtesy hath so much bound my father unto him, as if I should wrong him, it would be a blemish to my honour while I live. Nevertheless, I am content to hazard myself in all the dangers you shall think convenient: that is sufficient (said Carmelle) I pray you then be merry & make good cheer: for if ever woman accomplished the thing she took in hand, I will bring this to pass. Wherewith leaving Esplandian, she called the Patron, & willed him to set sail for Constantinople, whereunto he obaied, & had so good a wind, the within three days after they entered into the haven: where being arrived, Esplandian told his men what (by the counsel of Carmelle) he had determined to do, commanding them expressly not to make it known to any man of his being there, but that they should say they left him in the castle La montaigne defendu. For (said he) I am not now in such estate as I would be to present myself before so great a prince as the Emperor is. And to the end you be not found liars, I will stay in the bottom of the ship till you return again: then he, Carmelle, Gandalin & Enil spoke together, where the gentlewoman showed them at large how she meant to bring her enterprise to pass, I will presently (said ●●e) cause the 〈◊〉 he we brought from the rock of the enchantress to be set up in the same sort we found it, upon the hatches of the ship them will I go tell the emperor that I have one of the singularest things aboard the ship that ever was seen, & we find means to bring him hither, where I will show him the lion with jupiter, & all the rest of the furniture, which having seen and peruse●, I will tell him that you send it to the Princess Leonorine, He being gone unto his palace, you shall go into the Ceader chest, and so will I cause you to be carried into the princess chamber lying in the arm, whereof I will secretly advertise her, and by this means ●he may speak to you; and you to her what you think good. I 〈◊〉 (said E●plandian) tell me how I shall come out again? I will desire her (said she) to give me the ceader theft, therein to be by the body of Marroco that died a Christian, wherein you shall had in closed, and tomorrow in the morning I will cause you to be brough●● 〈◊〉 again. By God (said Gandalin) it is the prettiest devise that ever I heard, & now I confess that I was never but a fool in regard of Carmelle. Meddle you not with any thing (said she) but rest content, let me alone to work my will, and to the same end let us presently begin: then Esplandian went down into the bottom of the ship, and the gentlewoman prepared the tomb as she had determined before: with that she, Gandalin, and Enil, landed and went unto the Emperor, whom they saluted most honourably, but Carmelle did him no reverence: for (as it is said before) she esteemed not of any man living how great a Prince soever he were, but only of Esplandian: she and Gandalin were known in Constantinople by reason of their being there before. Wherefore the Emperor received Gandalin very courteously, and with smiling countenance said unto him: Friend Gandalin, although your presence hath procured great melancholy in my mind, remembering I have often seen you here with the man, that in all Christendom I most entirely love, whom I am utterly persuaded I shall never see again, yet you are hearty welcome, and I pray you tell me how doth the knight with the Green Sword. My lord (said Gandalin) it is long since I left him to come into this country, nevertheless I am assured wheresoever he is, he is a Prince ready to do your grace any pleasure he can. In good faith (said the Emperor) I believe it well, and I am glad of the honour I understand he hath received at the hands of king Luisart, that voluntarily hath deposed himself of all princely dignity to invest him therewith. My lord (said Enil) that is true, I can assure your Grace thereof as one that was present as his Coronation: and although I could wish king Amadis the Monarch of all the world, Truly when I beheld the gesture and humble countenance of good king Luisart I could not refrain weeping; for compassion I had to see him, and not I only, but all the people that beheld him. I pray you, Sir Knight (said the Emperor) show me how it was, for that all wise men are bound not only to inquire of all virtuous actions, but also to imitate them as near as possibly they may: with that Enil showed him at large the whole order of the same, as you heard it before. Whereat the Emperor (holding down his head) mused for a while, and then said: I am certainly persuaded it will be long before we find a better prince than king Luisart is, or one that hath passed his young years with more wisdom and magnanimity of courage, and as I understand, both fortune and virtue have been favourable unto him: fortune in giving him force to overcome and obtain honour against divers misfortunes and hard adventures that she herself had prepared for him: and virtue, for that in the end of his days she hath set him in the way to enter into paradise. And leaving that discourse, he changed purpose and spoke to Carmelle, of whom ●niest he asked, if she were still tormented with the extreme passions of love towards Esplandian as she had been in times past. My Lord (said she) if there be any change since I spoke with you, it is, that the love, servitude, & affection I bear unto him, are augmented in me, and daily more and more increase. Whereat every man began to laugh. In good faith (said the Emperor) we may then very well persuade ourselves, that you came not to our Court to move any of our Gentlewomen to love the good knight your master, although he should expressly command you to do it. My lord (said she) you judge as in reason it ought to ●e, nevertheless I take so great a pleasure in serving him to his contentment, that I will except no service whatsoever: and to speak truth, my arrival here is to ask your Grace a gift, neither gold nor silver, but only that it would please you to go unto the haven, to see a Present that my Lord Esplandian sendeth to the princess Leonorine as her knight. In good truth (said the Emperor) you require a thing at our hands, that we should rather desire at yours. Come then my Lord (said she) for I may not stay long here. With that the Emperor (accompanied of divers Noblemen) went unto the haven, and being there, entered into Carmelles ship, she showed him the crystal tomb, then that of azure stone, and lastly the image of jupiter: whereat the Emperor stayed longer to behold it than the rest, not so much for the richness thereof, as to read the prophecy it held; and having read it, was not a little abashed: which Carmelle perceiving, spoke unto him and said: My lord, all this you see hath continued above two hundred years in the broken palace of the enchantress, yet in all that time not any knight (how valiant soever he were) could ever conquer the same, nor yet so much as see it, until my lord Esplandian arrived there, that is become Lord and possessor of the same, as you now behold. Truly (said the Emperor) it is the goodliest present that ever I saw, and worthy the greatest admiration: for although it be of incomparable riches, yet do I esteem it of no value in respect of the great science and wonderful knowledge that was in her to whom it first belonged, as she maketh it well appear by the threatenings she used against us in this table: God grant all may fall out better than I doubt it will. My lord (said Carmelle) although it be such as you esteem it, yet do I fear that my Lady your daughter will not make so much account thereof, that in recompense of the same she will acquit the good knight Amadis and the master that I serve, of the promise they have made unto her. I know not that (said the Emperor) but I am well assured, that no earthly treasure can be comparable unto the valour & virtue of your master: neither will I ever give my consent that Leonorine shall make that exchange, as desiring the company of Esplandian, much more than to have all the treasures in the world within my coffers: and with good reason, for that the wickedest person living on the earth may be rich of gold and silver, but not of virtue, which is not abundant unto any but to those that seek it: wherefore if you think good, carry your presents back again, for Esplandian can not be acquitted unto us but only by his presence. My Lord (said Carmelle) I am commanded to leave them with the Princes Leonorine, whether it be upon that condition or not and if it be your pleasure (seeing she is not come hither with you) I will cause it to be carried into her chamber. My daughter (〈◊〉 the Emperor) is with her mother the Empress about a mi●● hence ●●ake the air, when she cometh home you may present it unto her, and assure yourself she will not refuse it: not so much for the value thereof, as for the good I wish to him that sent it her, as she knoweth full well. Wherewith he departed out of the ship, and being a land walked towards his palace, not without much talk with his knights & noble men, touching the excellency of the tomb. Which the more they spoke of, the more they esteemed it, in such manner, that they all acknowledged never in their lives to have seen so rich nor so singular a present.   

CHAP. XXXVI. How Esplandian was put into the Cedar chest, and with the tomb carried into the Princess Leonorines' chamber, and what conference they had together.  
THe Emperor and his company gone as it is said before, Carmelle called Esplandian, that in the mean time lay in the bottom of the ship, and told him the manner of their proceedings, as also the speech the Emperor had with Gandalin and Enil, & all what had happened, as it is before rehearsed. By my soul (said Esplandian) I was never in the like pain, for hearing all you speak, only the lady Leonorine, I could not tell what to think: but when the Emperor told you she was not in the city, believe me, it comforted my heart. Did not I play my part well? said Carmelle. That you did, and as well as one could wish, (said Esplandian) and if it be true which is commonly said: That a good beginning makes a good ending, I hope I shall not fail to bring my purpose to pass. And while they devised together it waxed night, so that the Empress returned into the city which Carmelle understanding, caused Esplandian present●● to lie down in the Cedar chest, in such sort, that the air entered therein on all sides, and covering it with the Azure and Crystal stones, Gandalin, Enil, and their Squires took the tomb, and with the gentlewoman went out of the ship and came unto the palace, where they found the Lady Leonorine (being already advertised of the goodly Present sent her by Esplandian) in great devotion staying for Carmelle, for it had been told her, that in the evening she would bring it to her lodging: wherefore she had no sooner espied it, but she (with many other ladies and gentlewomen no less curious to behold the same) met her in the hall. With that Carmelle (perceiving her come) stepped forward, and doing reverence unto her, said: Madam, the good knight Esplandian sendeth you this Present, the not long since he conquered in the rock of the enchantress, according to the good fortune & happy destiny above a hundred years passed predestinated of him: which he sendeth unto you, expressly to give you to understand the great desire that daily more & more increaseth in him to be your faithful knight. But before you proceed further, it is convenient you grant me two requests: the one, that neither you nor any other shall look into the tomb until the morning that I return again with the key to open a Cedar chest, that you shall find therein: the other, that after you have opened it you shall give it me, to carry with me to the place, where my father keepeth his hermitage, therein to bury the bones of Matroco that died a christian, as you have understood. Carmelle my friend (said the princes) that am I content to do: nevertheless I am much abashed why Esplandian deferreth the time so long before he cometh to see the Emperor. Madam (said she) I will tell you that to morrow: mean time, I pray you, determine where you will have our men to set down their charge. In the great hall (said Leonorine) that my gentlewomen may see it at their ease. In faith madame, you shall pardon me (said Carmelle:) this place is too open and over common to leave so precious a thing standing therein: I deny not to let them have the pleasure to behold it, but having seen it, for the more safety it shall be set into your own chamber, whereof you and none other shall have the key. With that they that bore the tomb, entered into the hall and set it down till Leonorine and the rest of the gentlewomen had beheld it long: and if Carmelle had not been there; assure yourselves it had been better visited than it was: but she would not departed from thence till it was shut up. Which done, taking her leave, as she went out she took the Princes aside, and giving her the key of the chest wherein Esplandian lay, said unto her: Madam, I leave you in this tomb two inestimable treasures, although their difference be great, as you may will perceive you being alone: for it is sure, that under this key lieth the thing, that in all the world you most desire to see: & without staying Leonorines' answer, she went out of the chamber, and with Gandalin and his company returned to the ship, leaving the princes in a marvelous doubt by reason of the words she used unto her: & there with did so certainly persuade herself, that her friend Esplandian lay dead within the same, that she was constrained to cause all her gentlewomen to departed the chamber, only queen Minoresse that stayed to bear her company: with that she threw herself on her bed, & almost drowned in tears, began to make the greatest sorrow in the world. Queen Minoresse abashed at so sudden alteration, knew not what to think, but perceiving her grief to increase still more & more, went unto her and said: Madam, I pray you hide the cause of this sorrow from me no longer, for I swear unto you of my faith, if by any means I may relieve the same, I will deal therein as for myself. Leonorine that never ceased sighing, could not answer her one word, but with much importance at the last answered her and said: Alas my good friend, for God's cause let me be in rest, and let it suffice you that you know, that I never was so desirous for to live, as I am at this present to die. What Madam? (said the Queen) will you tell me nothing else? No, (said she.) In good faith then (said the Queen) you shall do me wrong, and I shall have good cause to think the love and favour that in times past you have shown unto me, to be altogether feigned: whereat I am much grieved, seeing I have borne such a mind to you, that I would never have failed to hazard not only my honour but my life and soul both for your sake. When the princes heard her speak with such affection, she was somewhat better assured, and thereupon said unto her: Seeing you are so desirous to know the cause, you shall hear it presently, upon condition you shall promise me to be a means rather to hinder my days than any ways to further them, seeing I am fully determined to die. You may yet well remember (said she) the first time that Carmelle came hither to bring us news of Esplandian, son to the good knight with the green Sword, that had commandment from his father (as she said) to come hither to serve us in his place, according to the promise he had made unto us being in this court: & Carmelle said, that for that cause only Esplandian had sent her unto Constantinople, to give the Emperor and us to understand thereof: but there were other matters in the wind, for she came expressly to entreat me to be good unto her master, who for the great love and affection he bore unto me, lived in the greatest pain that possible could be. Whereupon it happened, that being vanquished & overcome with an infinite number of reasons that she made unto me, I confirmed in my heart, that which his renown had already imprinted in my mind; and there with determined for to wish more good to him that to myself: not that I ever thought to commit any fault that might redound to my dishonour, but only for the glory to have so worthy a knight ready at my commandment: whereby this fire did so augment in me, that ever since I could not think on any other thing that upon Esplandian, with whose love my mind hath been to moved, that his long absence hath almost procured my death: yet the hope I had from day to day to see him, hath made me able to sustain my grief with so great patience, that neither you nor any other, as I think, could ever perceive it in me. But as the Sailor on the sea being in a tempest, thinking at length to arrive at some haven for to save himself, suddenly meeteth with a rock that breaketh his ship in pieces: so I (most unfortunate Lady) hoping by the presence of him I so much desire to see, to be at the end of my great sorrow, am now fallen into the gulf of desperation, considering the speech which Carmelle used to me, who speaking softly, said in this manner: Madam I leave you within this tomb two inestimable treasures: the one is the thing that in all the world you most desire to see: which maketh me verily think it can be no other thing than the dead body of Esplandian, and that (as it is very likely) he hath desired at his death to be brought unto me to weep and lament over him, as I mean to do during the term of my life: which if it pleaseth God shall not be very long. And saying so she cast forth a great sigh, swooning in Queen Minoresses arms: who being abashed to hear the princess use those words so far from the estimation she always had concevied of her, knew not at the ●c●● what counsel or comfort to minister unto her: nevertheless considering the extremity she was in, minding to provide for two accidents that both at one instant presented themselves, she ran in all haste to fetch cold water, which throwing in her face, she revived again. Where with the Queen said unto her, What Madam, will you throw the helve after she hatchet? will you be holden for a fool, and lose the reputation that is spread of you throughout the world? Where is the constancy, the modesty, and the wisdom wherewith you were wont to be adorned? Must you for one word (which you misunderstand) forget yourself so much? Suppose it were true that Esplandian should be dead, can you call him again by this tormenting yourself? For God's sake be patiented, and if the worst be, you may prove if it be so, and not fall into this kind of fantasy upon your own imaginations: Carmelle hath told you that the thing you most desire in all the world is enclosed in this tomb: is it therefore to be said Esplandian should not be alive? Think you he is the first man that hath done the like for his beloved's sake? This I assure you, that although I break the tomb and all that belongeth to it, I will presently see what may be in it. Alas cousin (said the Princes) I fear you will see it over soon for me, for if he be dead (as I think he is) assure yourself I will bear him company before it be day. I pray you (said the queen) be not unhappy before your time, but let me work the feat: hold then (said Leonorine) here is the key the Carmelle left me: which the Queen took in her hand, and entering into the chamber where the tomb stood, she lifted up the crystal plate; that done, she spoke aloud, and asked if any body were within the same: Esplandian (to whom one hour seemed a whole year) staying for that time, and hearing the Queen speak, answered presently, and said: I Madam. Who are you? (said Minoresse.) Madame, said he, I am the happy or unhappy knight Esplandian, that put myself into this tomb, ready to receive either death or life, as it shall please the princes Leonorine to dispose. Are you (said the Queen) Esplandian, son to the good knight with the Green Sword, that by messages hath so often times promised to come and serve us? I madame (said he) and that to accomplish my word, have caused myself to be brought hither in this manner. If you will promise me (said the Queen) and swear not to pass my commandment in that I shall appoint you to do, I will cause you both to see and speak to her you desire so much to serve? That will I promise you, (said he) and a greater matter likewise, so my lady be content. It is enough (said the Queen) wherewith she lifted up the second plate, and then opened the chest where in he lay, and coming out he used great reverence to the Queen, but as then he knew her not, till she said unto him: Sir Knight, it may be you have heard of me before this time, I am Minoresse, that to deliver my Lady and you from the great pain you both endure, hath taken you out of this your prison: Wherefore I pray you stay here a while, till I return again. With that she went unto the Princess Leonorine (that mean time for fear shook like an aspen leaf:) and with a merry countenance said unto her: Madam, when we have a long and hard Winter, it is commonly seen there followeth a pleasant Summer: and after great sorrow cometh exceeding joy. You have be wailed your knight Esplandian for dead, but never in all my life have I seen a dead creature buried that was so fair, and of so pleasant countenance, as the dead man I have found within the tomb: I pray you come and see it I be deceived or not. When the Princess heard the Queen use those words touching Esplandian, and to laugh withal with joy, her heart leapt in her body, and rising out of her bed, without speaking any word, she ran presently into the chamber, at the entry whereof, she espied him she had so much lamented: who presently kneeled down to kiss her hands. But Leonorine was not as then disposed to use ceremonies, but forgetting her accustomed modesty, and the gravity required in her sex, especially the shamefastness that commonly is seen to be in wise and virtuous Ladies, could not so much command her own affections, but cast herself into Esplandians arms, kissing him with so great affection, as if she had seen, loved, and known him all her life time. And assure yourself, if Queen Minoresse had not drawn her back, and reproved her lightness, that at that instant those two lovers had died in the place, for that both their spirits had abandoned all their vital parts to meet together at their mouths, & to embrace each other, even to the extremity of their lips, ready to pass further. I say not but the Queen Minoresse did them wrong: and likewise, if any man would accuse Leonorine of folly or inconstancy, I answer him again that she is most easily to be excused both of the one and the other, for although she had never seen Esplandian before that time, & that in reason she should have known him better before she showed herself so private unto him, you must suppose (as it is true) that love had of long time before so well engraven him in her mind, that she seized not to see him every day with her inward eyes. And as nature had studied to make her most perfect in all perfections whatsoever, love had likewise taken pleasure to make her the best beloved and the truest lover that ever was before her time. Wherefore it is not to be marveled, if at the first she showed so good a countenance to her friend, considering the pain & great grief she had endured since the time Carmelle brought her news. These two lovers being thus before each other (Esplandian still kneeling) seemed to be so ravished the queen Minoresse could not refrain to say to Leonorine: Madam, me thinketh you should do well to command the knight to rise up & lead him into your chamber, where you may talk together while the night endureth, if you think géed: but to let him kneel still on the ground, in good faith it is not well. My good friend (said Leonorine) he hath fled from us for almost two years together, now I mean to keep him so near me, that he shall not easily escape away: with that she took him by the hand to lift him up, but he would not stir but said unto her: Madam, Gastilles not long since sent me word being at Alfarin, that you were much offended with me, I pray you show me the cause: for if I ever committed fault against you, it hath been only in loving you with all my heart, as I am bound to do. Nevertheless, if in your advise I seem to have presumed overmuch, pardon me I pray you, & give me what punishment you shall think good. My friend (said she) your absence hath procured me so great cause of grief, that I both pray you & command you, from henceforth not to absent yourself from me long again. Madam (said Esplandian) having (with your leave) made another voyage to my companions, that may think ill of me, leaving them in their chiefest need to come hither for my pleasure: I swear unto you of my faith I will never offend you more in the manner, or any other way whatsoever. I am content to grant you that (said she) so you return as soon as possible you may: and for the rest I will that from henceforth you love me in such sort, that not any other but myself shall have power over you, & that you be my knight: Now I pray you stand up, & I will show you further of my mind. With the Esplandian rose up, and Leonorine taking him by the right hand, led him into her chamber, where she set him a chair, and she sat by him, there they began to show the pains each of them had endured, in what manner their love did first begin, who was the mean thereof, and the end whereunto they pretended, which was their future marriage. In which discourse, they grew into such alterations, that if queen Minoresse had not been there as witness to their talk, considering the heat they then were in, I think not, but in time they would have easily proceeded to a further matter. In that manner the two lovers passed the night till day began to appear: which queen Minoresse perceiving, went to Leonorine and said unto her: Madam, the secretest follies are always best, it is almost day, and it may be the Empress may send some one of her women, or come herself in person to visit you, for that yesternight very late it was told her you were not well. I pray you give this knight leave to departed, and let us shut him in the chest, as we found him at the first. Alas how hard were those words unto Esplandian, and no less unto the Princess, who foreseeing the danger that might fall out if they were found together, said unto him: My good friend, this happy night that hath favoured us so much, shall cause you if you think good, to remember the promise you have made unto me: I pray you let me see you again as soon as possible you may. And as she ended those words, the queen that stood as a stout watch, heard some body come up the stairs, wherewith being in great fear, she told the princes Leonorine, which made Esplandian presently go into the other chamber, & without having time to take any longer farewell, laid himself down into the Ceader chest, yet Leonorine could not abstain, but must of force kiss him before he was shut in, and as they had laid the crystal plate upon the tomb, Carmelle knocked at the door, and with her Gandalin and Enil, and the rest of the company that the night bafore had brought him thither. With that queen Minoresse opened the do●● and they entering into the chamber, Carmelle saw Leonorine that came unto her, to whom after she had done her reverence, she said: Madam, I am commanded by him that sent me unto you, not to stay any longer here, is it not your pleasure to give me leave to departed, and cause the chest to be delivered unto me, according to your promise? Gentlewoman (said the Princess) I have made you promise thereof, and I will keep it, although I had rather it should stay together as it is, then to separate it a sunder. Take it when you will, you shall find it in the same place where yester night you caused it to be set: with that the Ladies and gentlewomen being advertised of her rising, came into her chamber, which hindered Leonorine to speak so secretly with Carmelle as she would have done, but only gave her the key of the chest, which she caused to be taken out of the tomb: that done, Gandalin and Enil, and the two squires, took it up between them and carried it away, Leonorine saying to Carmelle: I pray you thank the knight (in my behalf) that hath had me in so good remembrance. And find the means, if it be possible that (according to the promise and messages he hath often sent unto the Emperor, part where of have been done by yourself) he will as soon as he can, come hither to see us. Madam (said she) I will do it with all my heart, as she that desireth to please, serve and obey you. Fail not then (said the Princess) and so God have you in his keeping. That done, Carmelle followed them that carried Esplandian, leaving Leonorine accompanied both with joy & sadness: with joy, to have seen him that she held dearer than herself, and with sadness, for his so sudden departure. But the hope she had of his speedy return, eased her grief much. Carmelle having brought her purpose to pass as you heard before, desiring not to omit any thing that seemed necessary to be done: and to avoid all suspicion, sent Gandalin and Enil before unto the ships, and went unto the Emperor, whom she found walking in the gallery, who no sooner perceived her, but he asked if the Present that Esplandian sent unto his daughter, were yet in her ship. No my lord, (said she) I caused it yesternight to be carried into her chamber as I promised you, and have left it all with her, only that which was given me for my part. What was that? (said the Emperor.) The Ceader chest: (said she) wherein (if it pleaseth God) I will cause the body of Matroco to be buried, that as yet lieth in my father's Hermitage. But my lord, because as this morning I determined to sail unto the castle La montaigne defendu, to him that sent me hither, I pray you give me leave to departed. Gentlewoman (said the Emperor) when you were last here, I sent him word by you, what joy & great pleasure it would be unto me for to see him here, I pray you once again show him what I said: Assuring him, that being here, he shall have of me all honour and good entertainment we can devise. My lord (said Carmelle) God preserve your grace and send you life: And therewith taking her leave, she returned into her ship, where Esplandian and his company stayed for her.   

CHAP. XXXVII. How Esplandian put to sea, thinking to arrive at the castle La montaigne defendu, and of the great adventures he found.  
ESplandian entered into his ship, and Carmelle being returned as it is said before, they determined not to stay longer, fearing to be discovered: wherefore they caused anchors to be hoist, & setting sail, made towards the castle La montaigne defendu, but fortune by a great storm and contrary wind carried them another way, driving them along the coast of Alfarin, where the wind ceased, they sailing almost hard by the shore, and at the same instant when they espied among the rocks certain horse and footmen fight together: whereat Esplandian marveled, and said unto Gandalin and Enil: I pray you, seeing we are arrived here at this instant, let us go see from whence the occasion of their combat proceedeth, and if we may, help them that have the justest quarrel. Let us go (said the two knights) wherewith they presently landed, and mounting on their horses, commanded the sailors to stay for them, and in great haste ran unto the place where the combat was, and approaching the same, they knew their companions by the white crosses they bore upon their armour, and seeing them in danger, and enclosed on all sides by great number of Turks, Esplandian spurred his horse over the stones, and entered into the press, but not very far, by reason the Turks kept a straight place, where he must pass, from whence at the first he was repulsed: Nevertheless in the end Gandalin and Enil seconded him so well with the help of those that fought on the other side, that notwithstanding the great resistance the Turks made, they enclosed them on all sides, and beat them down: yet some of them by the swiftness of their horses saved themselves, whereby the Christians remained victors, not losing one man. The knights that had been aided in the manner, could not imagine which way the other three knights came: but when they knew them, never were men gladder, praising God of his great mercy showed unto them. Wherewith Esplandian asked them how they came thither: My lord (said Elianle delibere,) I and my companions had so much entreated Belleris to lead us into the country, that all this night he hath been our guide: we being issued out of Alfarin, thinking to surprise the town of Galatia that lieth upon the sea side not far from hence, and to the same end we stayed in ambush, but perceiving our enterprise to be discovered, and thinking by little and little to retire, we were enclosed in such manner that if God had not holpen us by your means, without doubt we had all been overthrown and destroyed. By the faith of a knight (said Esplandian) if you had considered the country where we are, and that the loss of one of our men is greater to us then a thousand others, if we were in Christendom, you would not have hazarded yourselves so much: but what is past, cannot be undone. And to the end we spéedend worse, let us enter into my ship that stayeth for me. My lord Esplandian (said Belleris) Occasion is offered now unto us, and let him go that refuseth it, when time serveth. You see the overthrow of the Turks, which is such, that I certainly believe, there is not one man left within the Town. Wherefore I am of opinion, that we ride thither in as secret manner as we may, then if we see occasion, we will set upon the gates, and it may be shall enter the Town without resistance, mean time send one of your Squires to certify your sailors, that they sail unto Alfarin, or else that they stir not from thence before they hear news of us. This counsel liked them well, and they all agreed unto it: with that Belleris marched on before, Esplandian and the rest following after, riding close together upon a Causey, where not far from thence they espied one sitting upon a sharp rock most hideous to behold, whereat they spurred their horses thither to see what it might be, where they saw a woman so old, impotent, and withered, that her breasts hung down beneath her navel, appareled in a bears skin, whereon hung her long, white, and knotted hair, where she had lived among those rocks in all tempests and stormy weathers for the space of sixscore years together. By which means, her naked body showed like the bark of an Elm tree or some ancient Oak, whereby not one of them but began to laugh, ask Belleris if he had heard of her before. I truly (said he) for she is so near of lineage to king Armato, that she was his great Grandfather's sister. And although that in her young years she hath been endued with all the gifts of nature, yet would she never marry, what means soever her friends could use, but gave herself continually to study the Art of Magic, in such sort, that none could surpass her in the same, whereby she hath foreshown long time since, that before she died, the land of Turkey should be overthrown, and brought in subjection unto strangers. And for this cause thee hath caused this Rock to be hewn, wherein she hath made two chambers, where continually she abideth, appareled in the same manner you now behold her, and as it is commonly reported, she is very near ninescore years of age, and that you may know her better, it is she that caused the gilt pillars with the Tables hanging at them, to be set up at the adventurous fountain, which you my lord Esplandian (said he) might peradventure see, when you found the Princess Heliaxe, and overthrew her guard in that place. Truly (said Esplandian) I would gladly know how she passeth the time, being so solitary as she is. My lord (said Belleris) that could never be known, yet it is thought, that she hath carried great number of books into the cave, wherewith she delighteth herself. I marvel (said Esplandian) why no man ever adventured to go into the rock? so they have done: (said Belleris) but they returned again so well beaten and cruelly handled, that at their coming forth, some of them died. Let us speak unto her (said Esplandian) and it may be she will tell us no goodness: wherewith they went nearer unto her, but she presently rose up and fled into her cave, at the entry whereof she stayed, saying to Esplandian: Knight, Above a hundred years before thou wast borne, I did foreshow the destruction of this country by thy arrival here, therefore I choose rather to lead this miserable and cruel life, then to fall into thy hands, and live in miserable captivity. With that she went in, and could no more be seen, whereat they all began to laugh, and without longer staying went on their way, wherein they perceived coming towards them about sixty or fourscore knights, all armed ready to fight: whereupon doubting them to be enemies, they stood still, causing Enil and Belleris to ride forwards to know the truth, who crossing the field, and staying under a touffe of cork, they perceived one of the company to bear a red ancient with a white cross, & therewith they knew Frandalo that marched before them, whereupon they returned to their companions? who glad of those news, went to meet them, & coming in sight each of other, Frandalo thinking to be surprised, willed his companions to stand close, & the better to provoke his enemies to fight, he sent two or three of the best horses in his company to skirmish with them, but they perceiving their white crosses knew them presently to be Belleris and his company that they went to seek, which Frandalo knowing, spurred his horse forward, much abashed to see Esplandian, whom he verily thought to be in the castle La montaigne defendu: wherewith they embraced each other, talking of their adventures past.   

CHAP. XXXVIII. How Frandalo and his company of Christian knights, surprised the town of Galatie, and of their message sent unto the Emperor of Constantinople by Gandalin, to crave more aid.  
THe Christian knights being met together, Esplandian asked Frandalo wherefore he road abroad with so great a company: My lord, said he, this morning I was advertised, that Belleris my nephew had issued by night out of Alfarin with certain knights, to see if they could meet with our enemies, and fearing they should find some ambush laid for them that would be stronger than themselves, I told my lord Norandel your uncle, by whose advise we took this way to follow him, but for that neither we nor you have met with any company to provoke us to fight, I pray you let us return again the best way we can unto Alfarin: but you my lord said he, what adventure hath brought you hither in so good time to find us here? What adventure? (said he) Truly you may well term it so: for Gandalin, Enil, and I, thinking to sail unto the castle La montaigne defendu, fortune by tempest of weather, drove our ship so near this coast, that we might plainly behold Belleris and his company fight against a great number of the enemy, that had driven them among the rocks: whereupon we landed, and entered so far among the enemies, that in the end the victory was ours: after that by your nephews counsel we were riding towards Galatie, the which (as he assureth us) will be easily gotten without great resistance, considering the overthrow we have already given them. Truly (said Frandalo) it may well be so, and seeing fortune most commonly aideth all hardy adventurers, let us go forward, and follow me, for I know a way whereby I will bring you thither without being discovered. Let us go (said Esplandian) and with that they followed Frandalo that went softly before them, till they came unto a little hill within a mile of Galatie, from whence they might easily perceive who issued or entered the town: where they beheld great numbers of men as well horsemen as footmen, who being advertised of the overthrow of their men, went to secure them, thinking to find the christians in the place where they had fought, but they were behind them: which the two knights (they had sent out to discover) perceiving, ran to advertise Frandalo and his company, who being glad of the news, went forward in great haste, and suddenly set upon the gates, where slaying the watch, they entered and took the town, wherein there were none but impotent and weak people to defend the same: which done, they drew the Bridges, and went upon the walls to keep watch, and to behold the enemy's countenance at their return, when they understood thereof, which was not long after, for a country man leaping over the walls, ran presently to advertise them. If they were sorry it is not to be doubted, for that besides the loss of their goods, they lost their wives and children, thinking they should all be sent prisoners into a strange country, whereat they were much grieved: but one Knight among the rest being a man of some stomach, perceiving their sorrow, bad them be of good courage, animating them in such sort, that they all determined either to lose their lives or else to win the town again: and thereupon (more moved with rage than with reason) they returned to the town, and assailed it in such furious and indiscrete manner, that a great part of them lost their lives in the assault, being repulsed and driven away by Frandalo, Esplandian, Enil, Gandalin, Elian, Tiron, and ten other of the most principal Christian knights: who to increase more fear in the Galatians, issued out of the town and slew a great number of them: but as a Cat that is enclosed and assailed (before she beginneth to defend herself) seeketh by all means to shun and avoid the fury of the man, and finding herself out of her hole, and no means of succour left her, becometh so furious and bold, that she beginneth to assail him, from whom she first fled away, and often times doth him mischief: So these poor people, seeing nothing but present death before their eyes, by reason of the chase that the ten Christian Knights made after them, being wholly desperate and out of all hope of obtaining mercy, began to take courage again, and in such sort, that desiring to revenge their lives, they turned their faces towards the enemy with such courage, that having set upon the Christians, in the end Frandalo was stricken down, Esplandian and the rest being enclosed in such manner, that they had all lost their lives in that place, had they not been aided of their companions, and night that came upon them: which was the cause they left each other: whereupon the Christians returned into the town, and the Turks road towards Tesifante to the Prince Alphorax, who being advertised of their misfortune, to comfort them, spoke unto them and said: My friends, I am not a little sorry for your losses, whereunto (if our gods permit us) I will take such order, and be revenged in such sort, that it shall be spoken of so long as the world endureth. For I hope not only to drive these thieves out of my country, but to go in person to spoil and utterly destroy the city of Constantinople, with his wicked and accursed Emperor, and all the Christian Monarchy. Which to bring to pass, it is not long since I sent my Ambassadors unto my friends and allies, who have all given me their promise to aid and secure me with their forces and powers, whereof some are already arrived at Tenedo, where we (upon certain matters touching our countries) are to assemble together: and staying the time till I have means to do better for you, I will give order that certain money shall be given you to sustain your wants: For the which the citizens of Galatia thanking him most hearty, remaining in Tesifant, where they continually lamented their great losses: on the other side Esplandian, Frandalo, and the rest of the knights that had gotten the town, considering with themselves, that it would be impossible for them to keep & defend so many places with so few men, agreed among them to send Gandalin to Constantinople unto the Emperor, to show him what they had of late done to Alphorax, and won the town of Galatie, being one of the most famous havens in all those parts, and for that cause besought him to send them. Gastilles or some other of his captains, with some forces to aid them: otherwise they should be constrained either to leave Galatie or else Alfarin, considering their small number and the continual alarms that the enemies gave them, and the better to move him thereunto, they sent him the greatest part of the rich jewels they had conquered in the town. But they had neither Bark nor Pinnace ready to send, wherefore they were constrained to take that wherein Esplandian came thither: which at that time (as fortune would) lay still at anchor staying their pleasure. Wherewith Esplandian sent Sergil to cause the ship to come thither: which done, & Gandalin ready to embark himself, Esplandian took him aside, & said unto him: Friend Gandalin, you have always been faithful & trusty to my father, which giveth me cause to disclose my secret unto you before all others. When you come to Constantinople (said he) you shall see the Lady Leonorine, to whom you shall present my most humble commendations, showing her, that I will not fail very shortly to accomplish my promise and her commandment, and withal you shall present her the two slaves that were given me, which I send to wait upon her, that by their presence she may have me in remembrance: and knowing you are not to learn how to use your speeches in such cases, I pray you Gandalin let me find in you that which I expect. My Lord (said he) God give me grace to do you service. Then far you well (said Esplandian.) With that Gandalin with all his charge entered into the ship, and having set sail, had a good wind, that in short time after he arrived in Constantinople: where being landed, he caused two squires to bear the presents he had brought; and entering into the palace, he found the Emperor talking with divers of his Noble men: the Emperor perceiving him, went to embrace him, ask him where he had left the good knight Esplandian, and whether he meant not shortly to come and see him. My Lord, said Gandalin, he commendeth himself most humbly unto your Grace, and hath sent you word by me, that not above fifteen days past, he, Frandalo, and others of our company have taken the town of Galatie. Galatie? (said the Emperor) By the faith I bear to God, that is good news: for as I have been informed heretofore, it is one of the richest towns in all Turkey, but I know not well how they can keep it. Full well my lord (said Gandalin) so it be your pleasure to send them some aid: otherwise they shall be constrained in the end, either to abandon that to keep Alfarin, or Alfarin for that: which would be a shame for them, and great damage both to your Grace and all Christendom. Have they found great riches therein (said the Emperor) or have they lost any quantity of their men? My lord (said Gandalin) some of the enemies were slain in the taking thereof: and with that he began to show him the manner how it was done, and causing the cases wherein the presents were, to be opened, among other things he showed him the images of Nabuchodonosot king of Assiria, of Alexander the great, and that which he most esteemed, the true and lively representation of Hector of Troy, armed at all points, as he was when he fought against the Grecians: and surely the Emperor had reason to make so much account thereof, for that Agamemnon was content to receive it for his part, as being esteemed to be the richest jewel in all the city of Troy, for that Hector himself had caused it purposely to be made while the Grecians lay before the city, by one of the cunningest workmen that could be found, and set it upon the chief gate of the palace of Ilium, which long time after fell into the hands of the kings of Turkey, that had erected it in the market place of Galatie, placing it upon a high marble pillar, which Gandalin showed unto the Emperor, as he hard reported in the country: wherewith the Emperor was so well pleased, that he could not refrain to say: In good truth I should not be better pleased with the taking of the City of Tesifante, than I am at this time with this goodly Present, and I pray you tell the knights that sent it, that I thank them for it with all my heart. My lord (said Gandalin) so they did think it would be more acceptable unto your grace than all the vessels of gold and silver that they found within the Town, part whereof they have likewise sent unto you, that are in this other case, which he presently caused to be opened, and after they had perused them, Gandalin caused the two slaves that Esplandian scent, to come nearer, presenting them to the Princess Leonorine, saying unto her: Madam, the good knight Esplandian not knowing what greater Present to offer you (next unto himself) than these two young maids, he sendeth them unto you as your slaves, to the end every man may know, that as you are the goodliest lady that ever nature framed, so is there not any creature living on the earth, that better deserveth to command such as command others, than yourself: wherefore if you show him the courtesy to accept them at his hands, he will esteem it for one of the greatest favours that ever he received. Leonorine that knew as well how to dissemble her affections as any woman living on the earth: And desiring to have the same opinion, that always had run of her, to continue still, with a dissembled kind of anger, answered Gandalin and said: Sir knight, it seemeth by your words, that Esplandian is disposed to mock me, and that you esteem me to be a woman of light credit, could you of your faith think me so very a child, that I should not well perceive, (that if Esplandian were so much at my commandment as you say) he would not have deferred the time so long to come hither unto us, were it only but to acquit the promise king Amadis his Father made us above six or seven years past. But I know his mind full well, he means to content us with words, and many messages that from time to time he sendeth, together with an infinite number of excuses, but all to no purpose, whereof while I live I will not accept one of them for his discharge: let him therefore come himself, and then it may be I will believe that to be in him, I have so oftentimes heard reported. When the Emperor heard her speak in that sort, he showed by his countenance that he took great pleasure at his daughters choler, and said unto her: My sweet friend, what will Gandalin say to see you so uncourteous towards him, that honoureth you so much: I pray you sweet heart moderate your colour, and take that he sendeth, for if you refuse it, he shall have great occasion to dislike thereof: And you see that for your sake he doth so many valiant acts, that the good knight with the Green sword could never do the like. My lord (said she) I believe for valour he is not inferior unto his father, but for courtesy his father surpasseth him. In faith Madam (said Gandalin) if you knew him as well as I do, it may be you would commend him more than now you blaspheme him, seeing that if he hath deferred the time to come hither, it is only because he thinketh he hath not as yet done sufficient in arms, whereby he should deserve one spark of favour at your hands, considering your estate and the small valour that is in him, although at this day he is esteemed the best knight that ever bare arms for these hundred years. Nevertheless, seeing you accuse him of that, that aught most to excuse him, I promise you of mine honour, leaving all things apart, presently upon my return he shall come hither unto you, to do whatsoever it shall please you to command him. Gandalin (said the Princess Leonorine) think not (whatsoever I say) that I either take pleasure or displeasure at his presence or his absence, but only as my Father doth, and I for his sake, knowing the great love and affection he hath always born to King Amadis his Father, and continueth the same to his son. But hereof am I well assured, that he cannot so excuse himself, or make us think other, then that herein he hath done us wrong. Nevertheless, seeing it is the emperors pleasure, I will keep the Present he hath sent me, upon the promise and assurance you have made of his coming hither as soon as you shall be arrived at Galatia. Truly Leonorine played her part, very cunningly herein: for hardly would it have been thought or once imagined, that Esplandian and she had so faithfully given their hands and hearts as they had done in the presence of queen Minoresse, as you heard before, and Gandalin for his part knew not what to think, although he had borne Esplandian in the tomb, and set him in her chamber as you likewise heard. Then the Emperor asked him how long he meant to stay. My lord (said Gandalin) as little as I may, for it were not fit for me to line at rest, while my companions are in arms: Wherefore I most humbly beseech your grace to give me my dispatch as soon as possible you can. Gandalin, (said the Emperor) I will presently send for my admiral, & will cause men in all haste to be prepared, that within six or seven days they shall be ready to departed. With that he went into the Garden to recreate himself, and the Ladies with him: where when Gandalin perceived Leonorine in an arbour of Myrtle trees, walking pensively alone, he went unto her and said: Madam, my lord Esplandian commanded me to certify your grace, that since the time he departed from you, and that he received so great favour at your hands, his heart (that wholly is yours) hath so longed after you, that he hath thought to die a thousand times with grief, for the loss of your presence. And to say the truth, I have known many men troubled with the passions of love: but I certainly believe there was never his like, nor that more wisely could dissemble it, which maketh me greatly to doubt his person. For that it is impossible, considering the grief he still endureth, together with the small comfort he receiveth of his familiar friends, (not knowing his disease) but that he must in short time end his days: whereby great damage should then arise unto all Christendom, considering the strange beginning of Knighthood and great Prowess that is in him: which is such, as that if he continue as he hath begun, he will bring that order in greater estimation than ever it hath been before: wherefore Madam, seeing I have always (as it may be you are already advertised) been a servant to his father, and that I am acquainted with the nature of his son, and the danger wherein he is like to fall into, if you show him not some favour, I have presumed to show your Ladyship the hard case wherein he was when I left him, as also that he hath expressly commanded me to azure you, that his only intent and desire is to be in your presence. Yet perceiving the danger wherein his companions do remain, he knoweth not what excuse to make, whereby he might take occasion for to leave them: wherefore he be séecheth you to impute his long absence unto fortune, and not to him that is born only to love, serve, and obey you. In uttering whereof Gandalin showed so sorrowful a countenance, that he made Leonorine ready to weep, In which kind of office he had so well been exercised from his youth, that no man could surpass him in the same. Friend Gandalin (said the princess Leonorine) I know not what you mean I should do for him more than already I have done, nor yet for what cause you should imagine that I seek to be the means of his death: seeing that if he were but sick, I know myself so feeble and impatient, that with grief & sorrow I should not be able to live one hour after. Let it therefore be far from you, once to think that I would ever be any other man's then only his: and think it not strange, if in the Emperor's presence, or before the world, I dissemble as I do, for I would not in any case, that the least inkling of the burning love wherein my heart continually flameth towards him, should as yet be once perceived, chiefly for the great good I wish unto him. Madam (said Gandalin) I am well assured he will receive an extreme pleasure to hear these news, and that he will leave all things to come hither, if you think it good. That is my desire (said she) and I pray him so to do, and you to persuade him thereunto. While they were devising, Tartary the admiral (so called of the place of his birth) entered into the garden: being a man issued of a mean house, but advanced unto great authority by his great wit & valiant courage, so that he commanded over all the Grecian seas. The Emperor and he talked long time touching Gandalins message, concerning aid to be sent unto Galatia, and in the end he willed in all haste to prepare thirty galleys & Foists, with two thousand of the best soldiers he could find to man the same. The admiral Tartary according to his charge, executed his commission in such sort, that within six days after he was ready with his navy to set sail, and departed from thence.   

CHAP. XXXIX. How Vrganda arrived at Galatia, and of the danger wherein she was by the subtlety of Melie the Enchantress.  
THe admiral Tartary and Gandalin having taken their leaves of the Emperor, set sail, and passed the straits of Constantinople, and without any adventures, arrived at Galatia within one week after their departure: if they were well received by the Christian knights, it is not to be doubted, for their number was so small and so dispersed, that they were in doubt to be able to keep that Town, with Alfarin, and the castle La montaigne defendu. But when they saw such aid, they were in better hope, and having received the admiral, they divided their two thousand men, as need required. Mean time Esplandian had no small desire to know of Gandalin if he had spoken with the Princess Leonorine, & how she did: for the which cause being in his chamber, he sent for him. Where talking together, Gandalin showed him from point to point what speeches had passed between the Princess and him, not only before the Emperor, but also in the garden. And of my faith sir (said he) you do her wrong, considering the good means you have both to satisfy her and yourself: for what excuse soever you can make, you are not so sore charged on this side, that you may not spare some time to go and see her, which she craveth at your hands. That I will do (said Esplandian) but I must find the means; take you care for that (said Gandalin) and let me go sleep, for I never had more need: Go (said Esplandian) & be here again betimes in the morning. Wherewith Gandalin took his leave, leaving Esplandian alone in great care how he might find some convenient excuse to leave his companions in the extremity, but God provided for him: for the same night about an hour before day as he began to slumber, he heard a most pleasant sound of music, which you must understand, came out of the great serpent that he left in the castle La montaigne defendu, which at the time was arrived before the town of Galatia, but little did he think of any such thing, or that Vrganda had been therein, because he thought her to be in great Britain. This melody continued for the space of half an hour and more, which done, he heard such a noise of trumpet's Clarigals, Fifes, and tabor, that sounded so high, that the sentinels of the town thought verily the enemy's navy had been arrived before the same to lay siege unto it: whereupon they caused an alarm in the town, each man running to the walls, being all of that mind till day, when they might be hold the great serpent (wherein Vrganda was) all hung with long pennons and streamers: whereat Esplandian was so glad, that going down unto the Haven, he presently entered into a boat with Talanque, Manely, and diverse other of the principal captains to see who might be there. And rowing near unto it, they knew Vrganda that stayed for them on the hatches, & stretching forth her arms, spoke unto them & said: My good friends, you are most heartily welcome, I pray you come up into my ship, that I may embrace you. With that Esplandian entered, and as he meant to salute Vrganda, she kneeled on the ground to kiss his feet, whereat he being ashamed took her up, and said unto her: Madam, I never thought you would have taken pleasure to mock with me, seeing I account myself much more bound to you then to any creature living in the world. And therefore for God's cause, if at any time I chance to offend you, punish me I pray you in some sort or other. Most happy Knight, (said she) The aid I hope for at your hands before many days shall pass, moved me to do as I have done, wherefore I beseech you take it in good part. And with that she embraced him, and after him, Talanque, Manely, and all the rest, every man doing her great honour, desiring her to show them the cause of her so sudden coming thither. My good friends (said she) you shall know it at some other time when better leisure serveth: mean while I am to tell you that it is necessary for you shortly to go unto the city of Constantinople, where you shall enter all armed & appareled in the same armour I have brought hither for you, and thus must I tell you, that if you should defer it till another time, it would be prejudicial to you all. Wherefore I counsel you to do it upon the first day of the next week, assuring you to be as well received of the Emperor, as ever were any knights, which your ease and pleasure in his company, shall continue until the rolling wheel of Fortune turning about, shall bring with it many travels, passions, and adventures, which shall cause many griefs and sorrows both to you and others. And the better to make you believe that all I say is true, I tell you that I myself shall fall into two of the greatest dangers of my life that ever I had, whether it be here or in another place I know not. And which is worse, I cannot by any means avoid the same, not knowing any cause how nor wherefore it should be so, although it be in a manner ready to fall upon me. Madam (said Esplandian) before you shall receive any hurt in our presence, we will all lose our lives to secure you. My good child (said she) man's destiny of force must be accomplished. But I pray you let us enter into some other talk, for this maketh me melancholy. Madam (said Manely) Is it not your pleasure to go into the Town? I (said she) and I pray you send for Norandel, who at this present I know is at Alfarin, and I will give you as great cause to rejoice as ever you had: for that within my ship I have brought the king of Denmark, wounded in a combat that he fought against Garlante Lord of the Isle of Calafre, that by force would have taken two Gentlewomen from him. And although Garlante be esteemed a hardy and valiant knight, yet did the king bring him in such case, that unless he had craved mercy, the king would have stricken of his head: which he spared upon condition, that during his life he should never after injury any knight, which Garlante swore and vowed in my presence, for that by chance arriving there, during their combat, I heard what passed between tham. And because I perceived the King to be in danger of his person by reason of the great number of wounds he had upon his body, I would not leave him, but caused him to enter into my ship, and laid him in the best bed, where now he is almost healed. Ha (said Esplandian,) What good news are these, of my faith I thought verily he had been dead: wherefore madame, I pray you for God's cause let me crave the means to see him: with the Vrganda led him where he lay, but when they saw each other, Esplandian could not refrain weeping, with the great pleasure he took to see the king. Nevertheless, for that time they had no great speech together, neither would Vrganda permit them to do it, doubting lest the king (being yet but weak and feeble) might thereby be hindered of his health. Wherefore she caused Esplandian to go forth, and entering with her into the boat, they rowed to the shore, from whence they led Vrganda to the best lodging in the town, with as much honour as they could have done to the queens Brisenne or Oriane, if any of them had been there in presence. The next day Esplandian pitying the great number of women & little children that had been kept within the town from the time that it was taken, said to his companions, that it would be better to give them leave to departed from thence, then to hold them still, for the the longer they continued in the town, the more charge they put them to: & to keep them prisoners (said he) or in longer servitude, God may possible be offended with us. Wherefore if you will believe me, using rather mercy than rigour towards them, I am of opinion that we send them all to Tesifant to the Princess Heliaxe, who will thank us for it, & so shall we be ri● of so much charge. To this all the knights agreed, & Carmelle was appointed to execute the message, & he that had seen the great number of people that were about her, especially women, weeping most bitterly to behold themselves banished & driven from their own houses, surely he could not choose unless he were hard hearted, but have pitied their estate. But let them go, & let us hear what danger fell unto Vrganda the next day after, who being welcome to the knights, took great pleasure to hear them show of the adventures they had found in the Turkish country, since the taking of Alfarin. And each man after the other discoursing what they knew, Esplandian remembered the old woman they had seen among the rocks, where she continued, whereat he could not choose but smile, which Vrganda espying, asked him the cause. Madam (said he) I thought upon the beauty of a young maid, that I & some of our company chanced to see not far hence, being the best furnished of all things for to beautify her that might be found, & the better to describe her unto you, I can assure you (upon Belleris word) that it is at the least eight or nine score years since she first could go & speak, yet hath she so fresh & gallant a colour, that to behold her well, I cannot compare her better than unto the bark of those great Elms we commonly find along the high ways as we ride in great Brittaigne, her hair is as white as snow, and for want of combing all knotted together, which setteth her out so well, that to behold it spread abroad upon a bears skin (which she weareth for a gown,) there is not any man living that would not be surprised with a sudden and vehement love, in the beholding of her Vrganda that had heard of her before, & above all things was much desirous to see her, because of her great skill, said unto Esplandian: In good faith I know her better than you think I do, & am well assured, that in her young years she hath been one of the goodliest ladies that ever you saw. For she is both daughter, sister, & aunt unto a king & is called Melie, who for to learn the perfect art & science of Necromancy, hath so much contemned the world, that for her inheritance she hath chosen a rock, wherein she hath caused a cave to be digged, where she now remaineth & liveth in great misery, & I swear unto you of my faith, that it is above twenty years & more since I determined to come & see her, but other affairs that touched me nearer, have still hindered my desire. Madam (said Esplandian) seeing you are so near, you may do it now, & all we will be your guides. I pray you let it be so (said she) & let us go as soon as we have dined: which done, and the tables uncovered, every man made preparation to go with Vrganda to behold that sight: but Esplandian would have but threescore with him, who being well horsed & armed at all poinis, issued out of Galatia, Vrganda on her palfrey, riding among them, Belleris was their guide, & when they came near unto the cave where they had found Melie, they espied her set crosslegged upon the point of a rock, with that Vrganda prayed them to stay, that she alone might speak secretly unto her, which the knights agreed unto. Wherewith she road forward, & being near unto her, she said: Madam, I pray you be not offended that I come to see you, and offer you my service. Who are you? (said she) I am (said she) Vrganda la discogneve, that have always had a great desire to see you. Ha Vrganda, the wisest lady among all others (said Melie) your coming hither pleaseth me right well, light down I pray you, that you and I may talk of such things as we have taken great pains to learn and understand: for although you have been the only occasion of the Christians arrival here, whereby our poor country endureth so much woe, yet I cannot but excuse you, knowing the faith & duty you are bound to show to your religion. Wherefore I pray you come near, and sit down by me. Vrganda perceiving her to be so old & feeble, did as she required, hoping by force to stay her there whether she would or no, till her company were come thither, minding to give her unto them to bring her to Galatia, but she met with as crafty a mate as herself, for the old woman perceiving Vrganda to be near her, went to the mouth of her cave, and said unto her: Vrganda, It would grieve me that these Knights should hear our talk, wherefore let us go in. Whereat Vrganda made no difficulty, thinking verily, that if she might once lay hands on her, she would use her at her pleasure: wherewith she followed her, but she was no sooner entered, but Melie stepped to her and held her so strait by the throat, that she had no means to call Esplandian or any of the rest to help her. But they fearing the worst, ran in all haste unto the cave, and the first that entered was Talanque, & after him Manely, and they had no sooner stepped in, but they fell down as if they had been dead, & their fall was so great, that Esplandian that followed them heard it, but he had a remedy about him against all such adventures, and that was his good sword, against the which no enchantment whatsoever could ought avail, which he first found to be true when he entered into Arcabonnes' chamber: he perceiving his two companions in such case, being much grieved thereat, willingly would have relieved them, but that he spied Melie holding Vrganda under her knee, seeking by all means to strangle her: which caused him first to secure her, threatening Melie if that she did her hurt, she should dearly buy it, but for all his threatenings she ceased not to use all the means she could for to destroy her, until Esplandian went near unto her, and with his sword thought to cleave her head. wherewith she began to fly, thinking to be safe within the chamber where she wrought her charms, but as she stepped upon the threshold of the door, Esplandian caught her by the bears skin, and whether she would or not, held her so fast, that she could go no further. And as he lifted up his arm to kill her, he remembered that he should do wrong, thinking it not convenient for a Knight to defile his hands in the blood of a simple woman, not able to resist: and surely that thought of his, moderated his colour in such sort, that he purposed not to do it, minding only to draw her out of the vault: wherewith he took her by the hair, and pulled her with all his force. With that he espied a great old Ape, with two eyes burning like flaming fire, that leapt upon him for to tear his flesh, but he gave him such a blow with his fist between the eyes, that he struck him dead. And passing forward, brought Melie out of her cave, and leaving her in Frandalos keeping, went in again to see if Vrganda were alive, where he found her in such pain, that it seemed the soul would departed out of her body, whereat he had so great pity, that he took her in his arms, and set her in the air, the like he did to Talanque and Manely, who within one quarter of an hour after, could not call to mind what had happened unto them, but were as whole and as well as ever they were before. Wherefore they mounted on their horses, taking Melie with them that sat upon Sergils' horse, and he behind her, holding her in his arms, lest she should escape. And God knows with what joy Vrganda showed them what fear she had been in, which as she said was such, that she thought verily to die. But (said she) even as one nail driveth out another, so the joy I have of my delivery, maketh me in a manner to forget the pain wherein I was. And with that they entered into the Town, being almost night.   

CHAP. XL. How Carmelle arrived at Tesisante, and spoke with Heliaxe, and of the marvelous combat which Esplandian, Frandalo, Gandalin, and Enil fought against three Giants and twelve Turkish knights.  
CArmelle traveled so long with the women and children of Galatia, that they arrived at Tesifant, where they found both their fathers and husbands as many of them as had saved themselves, as it is said before. Esteem I pray you what grief they had to think upon their exile, and loss of all their goods: Surely there is no heart so hard, but would have wept with grief to behold great numbers of men and women, with divers little children about them, and not having any means to give them bread or drink. Whereof the Prince Alphorax having news, & hearing of their sorrow, could not refrain to say in presence of them all. Ah immortal gods, it must needs be, that either for some great sin of me or mine, this cruel war is moved in my country: O gods immortal, let your wraths appease, and of your infinite goodness let it rather please you that all the mischief which you send upon those impotent people fall only upon me that alone have moved your indignations: if not, than I beseech you give me grace, that to your glory I may drive these cursed Christians (enemies of your holy laws) out of my country, swearing unto you, that if you vouchsafe your aids, I will make so great a slaughter of them, that thereby your wraths shall be appeased, if it be so that the small endeavour I have hither to used to drive them hence be the occasion of your anger towards me. Then he asked them how they got away. My Lord (said he that brought him news) a fair gentle woman named Carmelle (as I hear say) hath brought them hither, and desireth to speak with you and the princess Heliaxe. Lady (said Alphorax to his wife, do you know her? I my lord (said Heliaxe) for she bore me company all that day that I fell into Frandalos hands, being very ready to do me all the pleasure and service that she could devise: wherefore my lord, I pray you let her have that honour and entertainment she deserveth. Lady (said Alphorax) I am well content therewith. With that some of them ran to fetch Carmelle, who being come in presence of Alphorax, went presently unto the Princess Heliaxe, and without salutation, said unto her: madame, you know the lord and master that I serve, who only hath authority over me, think it not therefore strange, if in any sort I have not humbled myself before the prince Alphorax or to you: And to the end Madame, that you should know the cause of my arrival here, I think the taking of Galatia is not unknown unto you, whereof at this present the Christians are Lords and masters, having conquered it from you by force, not finding any Garrison therein, but a number of women and little children: which my lord Esplandian & his company send unto your grace, committing them unto your good discretion. Assuring you (their Religion only excepted) they are ready to do you any service that they may. Carmelle (said the Princess) this is not the first favour they have showed unto me, I am of long time so much beholding to them, that be it in their adversities or their prosperities, I will never be unmindful of the same. Nevertheless, I am assured, that at this day I have not, neither yet shall ever have the means to do it, (as I think) unless that variable fortune turn her rolling wheel, and abase them as much as now they are advanced, then (if it so fall out) they shall full well perceive, how much I esteem their virtues and favours they have shown unto me. Carmelle (said Alphorax) have they willed you to deliver no message unto me? No my lord (said she) but I tell you plain, they are determined very shortly to come and visit you, in such manner, as will not greatly like you. By all my gods (said Alphorax) I will ease them of that burden, if they make not the more haste. For I have so many men preparing, that I mean to go in person to Constantinople to destroy the wicked Emperor and all the Christians. Then shall my wife have means (if she think good) to acknowledge the favours towards them, which they have shown unto her, as she sayeth. My lord (said Carmelle) men's enterprises do oftentimes fall out contrary to their expectations, and God that is in Heaven above, commandeth and disposeth of all things as it pleaseth him, and not as we would have it. Now Madam (said she to Heliaxe) I have done the commandment of those that sent me hither, wherefore I beseech you let me be safely conducted to the place from whence I came. My lord (said the princess to Alphorax) I pray you show her so much favour, for it would grieve me much that she should receive the least injury in the world, which he granted unto her: and withal Heliaxe gave her for her pains one of the richest gowns she had. Wherewith she caused her to be conducted by twenty knights unto the Town of Galatia: where being arrived, she showed them what she had done, as also what speeches the Prince Alphorax used unto her, which Vrganda marked well, saying unto the Knights: In faith my good friends, as touching Alphorax high words, they are the fruits of his nature, being altogether proud and arrogant: Nevertheless, I can assure you, that fortune promiseth him great matters. And because it will not be long before they do happen, I will now use no words of them: Praying some of you to show me so much favour to return again unto Melies cave, to fetch her Books that we left behind us. Which being in my possession, it may be they will serve hereafter to do both you and many others pleasure. Esplandian hearing Vrganda speak with such affection, and knowing the desire she had to have the books, answered her and said: Madam, before I sleep I will see if I can fulfil your pleasure. And without longer staying, he desired Enil, Frandalo, and Gandalin, to bear him company: who presently armed themselves, and being on horseback without any other company than their own Squires, issued out of the Town, leaving Vrganda with Norandel, that was newly come from the city of Alfarin. The four knights road so long till they came unto Melies rock, where not far from thence they found three giants and twelve knights, that with a loud voice stood at the mouth of the cave calling Melie, for the shepherds keeping sheep in the fields (having seen her led unto Galatia) ran to tell them news: and to know the truth they were expressly come thither. Esplandian and his company knew them well to be their enemies, wherefore they determined to give them battle although their number was far greater: wherefore being covered with their shields, and their swords ready in their hands, they entered among them, Esplandian met the first giant, Frandalo the second, and Gandalin and Enil the third: and Esplandian gave his giant so great a blow, that therewith he made him take so great a leap, that both master and horse lay upon the ground not once removing han● or foot. But it fell out otherwise with the rest, for they having broken their spears upon Frandalo, Gandalin, and Enil, their horses being loosely bridled, bore them at least a mile from thence, before they could make them stay. With that the four Christian knights were enclosed by twelve Turks, whereof three of them at ●●e first charge were stricken dead unto the ground: wherewith ●●e fight began to be most perilous and fierce, in such sort, that b●fore the two giants could return again, five other of the Turks were in such case, that the best of them was hurt to death, so there rested but four: which Esplandian and Frandalo left fight with Gandalin and Enil, to meet the two giants that in great haste came towards them to help their companions: and as they met together never was there braver fight, for Esplandian thinking upon the princes Leonorine, gave not one blow but he made the blood to follow on him that had the stroke: whereby the rock became all bloody, yet he found his enemy no less able to requite his blows, so that in short space his shield was so hewed and cut in pieces, that there rested nothing but the lethers in his hands: whereat he was in such a rage, that rising in his stirrups, he gave his enemy so great a blow upon the coif of steel, that he struck it off, wherewith the giants eyes started in his head, which made him bow his neck upon the horses main, and withal let fall his sword. With that Esplandian struck him such another blow between the neck and shoulders that he cut off his head: wherewith the horse ran up and down the fields with his dead Giant on his back: mean time Frandalo handled the other Giant in such sort, that he had put him out of breath. Gandalin and Enil for their parts doing no less, for they two fight against four, behaved themselves so courageously, that they slew two of their hardiest enemies: yet the other two would never yield, although they were still ready to flee, especially when they perceived Esplandian coming towards them. And to say truth, it was not possible for them to make any resistance: yet he stayed a while, because he perceived some of them that were stricken down to rise again, and take their sword in hand: whereat he turned about, but it chanced that his horse's foot lighting between a cliff stuck fast, and was f●●ced to fall down, whereby Esplandian was in the greatest danger of death that ever he had, by reason that his ene●●es were on all sides about him ready to thrust their sword into his ●elly: a thing very easy to be done if God had not provided f●● h●●, and given strength and agility to his horse to rise again with his master on his back: who perceiving himself at liberty, and having his sword in hand, made such execution on the Turks, that he left not one alive: wherewith those two that fought with Gandalin and Enil fled along the mountain, as if all the devils in hell had been behind them, and not being pursued saved themselves, leaving the Giant behind them for a pawn, to whom Frandalo granted life, not only because he asked mercy, but for that he was in a manner dead.   

CHAP. XLI. How Esplandian entered into Melies cave, to fetch her books, and of an assault made upon him, Frandalo, Enil, and Gandalin, as they thought to return again unto Galatia.  
THe combat ended as you heard before, each man caused his wounds to be dressed and bound up in the best manner they could: then Esplandian entered into Melies cave to fetch the books he sought, where he went into a fair chamber being four square, about the which there grew so much ivy, that it might verily be judged to have been placed there for the hangings of the chamber: in this chamber at each corner there hung four lamps, that burned both night and day and never went forth, so cunningly could the Enchantress show her Art in tha● place: and as Esplandian looked well about him, he espied the 〈◊〉 of another chamber, in the middle whereof stood a great candlestick all of massy gold with seven branches, and in every branch a wax candle that burned continually: hard by it stood a Cypress table, whereon lay Melies books, some covered with plates of gold and graven upon it, others with silver, bound and embossed round about, which Esplandian took and carried with him out of the cave, giving them to keep unto his squire, and mounting on their horses, they road the same way they came, thinking presently to be at Galatia again. But they were stayed sooner than they looked for, for the Turks that fled away (as you heard before) made an alarm at a little town not far from thence, whereby there issued twenty horse and forty footmen, who being assured that four knights only and no more had overthrown their men, made all the speed they could to enclose them, specially those that were well horsed: Frandalo and his company perceived them a far off yet could they hardly shun them, but of force must fight, or else endure the shame to fly away. Wherefore Esplandian was in mind to try their fortune, and to send one of their squires in all haste unto Galatia, to advertise them of the danger they were in, that they might secure them: whereto Frandalo would not give consent, showing what great pain and travail both they and their horses have endured all that day, as also the great number of their enemies in regard of them, in such sort (said he) that if we take upon us for to fight with them, I am in doubt, that thinking to win honour, we shall be counted rash and presumptuous fools. What then? (said Esplandian) will you endure the shame to fly away? In good truth (said he) for my part I had rather endure the hazard of life or death, what ever shall happen. Then we will do thus (said Frandalo:) my squire shall run unto Galatia to advertise Talanque and the rest how we stayed behind. Mean time, I know a bridge not far from hence, whether we will go and defend the same, till our aid shall come, where we cannot be assailed by them all at once: otherwise think with yourself what means we have to resist so many men both on horse and foot, that come purposely to assail us. Let us go then (said Esplandian) wherewith leaving the way on the right hand, they turned to the left, as Frandalo led them: and they had not ridden very far but they came unto a little river somewhat deep, over the which there stood a bridge, where they had no sooner arrived, but they were presently charged by their enemies, especially by one of the Turks that was most brave and sumptuous, and best mounted of them all, as being their captain: who bearing a great lance in his hand, began to cry most vehemently in the Arabian tongue unto Esplandian and his companions, saying: You dogs, you fly away, but by our gods it shall cost you all your lives: wherewith Enil that heard his threatenings better than the rest, turned his face, and set spurs to his horse, the Turk and he meeting so fiercely together, that Enil was hurt in the right arm, and the Turk thrust clean through the body, wherewith he fell presently stark dead unto the ground: Which set his companions in such a rage to see their champion thus suddenly slain, that they thought to enclose Enil, but he found means to recover the bridge: surely whosoever had seen the great prowess of those four champions, might with good reason esteem them as they were, specially Esplandian that struck not one blow in vain. And although they were but few in comparison of their enemies, yet they did twice or thrice overthrow divers of the Turks that seemed boldest to adventure forward, in such sort, that had it not been for the footmen that came upon them, the horsemen had but little prevailed: whereat it is not to be marveled, because the greatest part of them were citizens, altogether unexpert in arms, and fit to banquet at a table than to guide a horse or break a lance: whereby in less than a quarter of an hour the four knights had done them great hurt: and so much, that neither the horsemen nor footmen durst once set forward to enter upon the bridge, till one of them determined to make proof, thereby if it were possible to enclose them round about. This Turks name was Tluacam, a valiant and hardy knight, as he well showed before the combat ended: for although the water was deep and the other side hard to climb up, yet he waded through, and at divers times bore eight more of his companions over: which Frandalo and the rest perceiving, they were constrained to divide themselves, Esplandian and Enil staying at the end of the Bridge where the combat first began, Frandalo and Gandalin standing at the other, and God knows what trouble they had, for Tluacam desirous to win honour or to lose his life, with his lance in hand, charged Gandalin in such sort, that both man and horse had like to fallen to the ground, and withal he broke his spear: wherefore taking his sword in hand, striking on both sides, and thinking to be seconded by his fellows, put his horse in such a fury, that whether he would or not he bore him to the middle of the bridge: where thinking to stay, the horses feet slid from him, whereby both he and his master fell into the river and were drowned: whereat the Turks gave so great a cry, that they seemed mad, and bowing down their heads thinking to acquit their loss, used all the force they could on both sides the bridge to enter upon the four knights: who sustained their assault so bravely, that the Turks at last were forced to recoil, whereof nine were thrown into the water, but Esplandian and his company were so weary, that in a manner they could fight no longer. With that they perceived their aid in all haste coming towards them: the occasion why they stayed so long was because Frenace, Frandalos squire, that went to seek Manely and the rest, thinking to find his master where he left him, had led them thither, but not finding them there, supposed them to be gone unto the bridge: and to say truth, they arrived in very good time, for that Esplandian and his three companions were almost clean out of breath: but when they perceived their aid, never did poor prisoners that were set at liberty more rejoice, nor were better pleased: and the Turks on the contrary side never more astonished, yet they held close together, determining rather to revenge their deaths than once to yield unto their enemies: so that before the Knights of Galatia could enter in among them, they gave them much to do, although in the end they overcame them, whereby not one escaped alive, to carry news unto their friends. Enil at the first onset had been sore wounded, as you heard before, wherefore he caused his wounds to be searched: the like did the rest of the hurt knights. Which done, they set forward to Galatia, contenting themselves for that day with the victory it had pleased God to send them. And coming to the gate, they found Vrganda ready to receive them: who knowing how all had passed, and the danger wherein Esplandian had been, jestingly said unto him: In faith my Lord, said she, if I were afraid of death when I fell into Melies hands, I believe you were not in much better case since that I saw you last, as I understand by those that know what damage you were in. Madam (said he) I know I am a mortal man, and that my life and death are in the hands of God, as it pleaseth him to dispose, and I confess unto you, if we had not been succoured, that in the end we could not have endured: yet am I well assured, that before it had come to pass, we had laid so many enemies on the ground, that the rest should have had greater cause to lament their loss, than boast of their conquest. Vrganda perceived by Esplandians words that he liked not her speech, whereupon she said unto him: My Lord, pardon me I beseech you, and excuse the indiscretion of a woman, specially in me, who at this present had forgotten myself. Madam (said Esplandian) you may command me, and likewise set me forth for a coward, hardy, or any other what it pleaseth you to term me. In which manner talking together, they came unto his lodging, where master Elizabeth (newly come from Alfarin) visited his wounds, and the rest likewise that had cause to use his help.   

CHAP. XLII. How the Knights of great Britain that were at Galatia embarked themselves with Vrganda in the great serpent, to sail unto Constantinople, and what happened unto them.  
THe Knights that had been hurt at the last encounter, for the space of fifteen days after were forced to keep their chambers until their wounds were healed: during which time, Vrganda took great pleasure in reading Melies books which Esplandian caused to be brought unto her: wherein she found such wonderful conjurations and devices of Magic Art, that she was abashed how she that had had them so long time in her possession, knew no more than yet she did, esteeming the Enchantress Lady to have been the perfectest scholar that ever studied in that art, as it well appeared by her books. Now the time approached wherein it was expedient (according to the destinies appointed) that Esplandian and his companions should go unto Constantinople: wherefore as soon as their wounds were healed, Vrganda caused them to be assembled, and standing in the midst of them all, she said unto them: My good friends, knowing part of the prosperities and adversities which the heavens foreshow unto you all, I came hither specially to see Esplandian and you, of whom I have received great pleat pleasure, perceiving at my arrival the love and amity that is among you, with the great desire you have to accomplish the order of knighthood: not for the glory and recompense of this world, but only for the increasing of our faith and the service of God, that shall reward you for it: and to the end you may continue in this forwardness, and that the thing which I pretend, may happily fall out, I will from henceforth not only employ my person but my Art, which hath pleased God to lend me, wherewith I will advise you what I shall find convenient and necessary for the augmentation of your honours already spread throughout the world: which to begin I am of opinion, that you all embark yourselves with me in the great serpent, that shall bring us unto Constantinople to the Emperor, for without him it is impossible that this great enterprise you have taken in hand can come to good effect: as also that he himself before many years are past, shall be found in marvelous necessity, and such, that he shall account himself most happy to have your aid: and with good reason, for that in the end both he and you shall overcome those hazards according to your desires. Then shall you plainly know, that this that I foreshow unto you is most true. While Vrganda used these words, all the company stood still intentive for to hear her: and had it not been that they esteemed her words to be most true, they had doubted of the threatenings she used against the Emperor, he being so great and puissant a Monarch. Nevertheless the issue of that trouble which she assured unto them, gave them some ease and contentation of mind: in expectation whereof, they made account in the mean time to prove their strengths and forces, that thereby their valour and magnanimity might be further spread abroad. And as touching their voyage to the Emperor, as Vrganda gave them direction, it was only the thing whereunto Esplandian did aspire, hoping that if the wars were openly proclaimed in the Grecian Empire, and the emperors danger so imminent, to show such valour and prowess in martial exploits, that he would not only free and acquit his father of the promise he had made to serve the Ladies, but confirm the love that the princes Leonorine bore unto him, in such sort, that he might obtain her for his wife: which caused him to speak for all his company, assuring Vrganda that not one of them but was ready to obey and go where it pleased her. My friends (said she) than I pray you to morrow in the morning cause your horses to be shipped in my ship, and for armour take you no care, I will provide you thereof so well, that each man shall find himself content: let it suffice you to embark yourselves and set sail: for often times an enterprise deferred over long, falleth not out as men desire it should, not for want of good and wise counsel, but by the negligence of those that are appointed to execute the same. Thus was their voyage to Constantinople agreed upon, in such sort, that all the knights of great Britain entered into the great serpent, taking with them Frandalo, Melie, and the captain of Tesifant that had been taken prisoner, as you heard before, leaving the Admiral's soldiers for garrison in the town. Which done, the ship went forward of itself, sailing towards the castle La montaigne defendu, where being arrived they took Armato king of Turkey and his two captains with them: for Vrganda willed them so to do: and six days after, the great serpent arrived within half a mile of Constantinople, where she stayed. Then Vrganda caused her Knights to be armed with the armour she had brought, which were white, with a red cross both before and behind, most comely to behold. They were in all forty knights, whose names are as followeth: Esplandian, Frandalo, Norandel, Talanque, Manely the wise, Ambor of Gandel, Gravate of the fearful valley, Gandalin, Enil, Trion cousin to queen Briolanie, Brauor son of the giant Balan, Belleris, Elion le delibere, Licoran of the white Tower, Listoran of the silver bridge, Landin of Sariaque, Imosil of Burgundy, Ledadrin of Ferraque, Sarquiles cousin to Angriotes, Palomir, Branfil, Tantiles the proud, Galbron son of Isamel, Carpin his brother, Carin of Carante, Attalio son of Oliuas, Bracele son of Bandoyvas, Garamante son of Norgales, Amphinio of Almain, Brandonie of France, Penatrie of Spain, Flamene his brother, Culspicio of Bohemia, Amandario of little Britain, Silvester of Hungaria, Manely of Swethland, Galfarie of Italy, Galiot of Scotland, Amandalie his brother, and Calfeur the glorious. Being arrived, the ship was presently espied by the citizens which they knew, having seen it before when it put them in such fear, as you have heard, but hoping for him that used ordinarily to sail therein, they all ran unto the walls, and along the shore to see him land: wherewith the noise and rumour was so great, that the Emperor had news thereof being as then talking with the ladies. Those news pleased the Princes Leonorine so well, that she no sooner heard the great serpent named, but she rose up and went unto the windows to see if she could espy her love Esplandian: but the ship was somewhat too far off, neither did it move from the place whereas it lay. Wherefore fearing to be deceived as she had been before, she began to change colour: which Queen Minoresse perceived, and jesting said unto her: Madam, do you make this pitiful countenance to dissemble the joy you have conceived, or for fear I should beguile you of him that cometh to see you? How now cousin (said she) how long have you learned to mock? In faith I never thought upon the first of those two points, and much less am I in doubt of the second, for you know as much as myself, and yet I am not ignorant that when the great serpent was there where I now behold it, he whom we expect came not thither, wherefore I fear (and with good reason) that we shall now be served in like sort: and as she ended her speech, the ship came within a bow shot of the haven where they might perceive one of her sides to open, from whence they put out a boat, and not long after they saw Carmelle and two other gentlewomen come forth, the two gentlewomen playing most sweetly upon two instruments, which they did till they arrived at the shore: from whence they went unto the Emperor, who knowing Carmelle, had better hope to see Esplandian then ever he had before: & going unto her to ask what news, she made no more reverence unto him than she used at other times to do, saying unto him: My lord, Esplandian my master (that you so much desire to see) is now arrived before the town in the great serpent with divers other knights his friends and allies, and Vrganda la disogneve, desiring you to show them the favour to stay in your palace, where they mean to come and visit your grace. Truly Carmelle (said the Emperor) I never heard message in all my life that pleased me so well, I am content to do as they desire, although I was determined to meet them, and to give them that entertainment they deserve: But seeing they will have it otherwise, I will satisfy their desires. That is sufficient (said Carmelle) we will then return to them again, to certify your grace's answer. Go (said the Emperor) and tell them from me, that they shall be most hearty welcome. With that Carmelle with the two Gentlewomen departed towards the Haven: mean time, whosoever had beheld the Princess Leonorine, might easily have judged the alteration of her heart, it was so full of joy, that without Queen Minoresse that caused her to refrain, she would peradventure have done done something whereby her honour had been blemished, minding to leave the Empress her mother, and go to meet Esplandian, whose absence had procured so great sorrow in her mind. But the Queen as a wise and discreet lady persuaded her so much, that she stayed at the window, whereby her alteration might not be perceived. Carmelle stayed not long, but went into the boat, rowing to the great serpent, where being entered, there were presently two boats more put forth, that brought horses to land, which done, they returned again to fetch the knights, & those that would went forth, and among them six gentlewomen, three of them sounding the recorders, then ceasing, the other three played on the lute and vials, in that manner being landed & mounted on their horses, they entered into the City, the six Gentlewomen marching first, after them the two Turkish captains that were taken at the siege of the castle La montaigne defendu, then the captain of Tesifant, next followed Armato, & with him the princess Melie, appareled in the bears skin as she had been taken, then followed the forty knights two in a rank, armed horse & man in one sort of armour, in the midst of them road Vrganda, talking to Esplandian and the king of Denmark. And as they approached the palace, the Emperor▪ the Empress, and the ladies met them, where the emperor coming to Vrganda, did her as much honour as if she had been the greatest queen in the world. Mean time the knights being among the Ladies, gave occasion to be found no less courteous, then prompt & valiant in arms, specially Esplandian, who coming to the princess Leonorine, kneeled on the ground to kiss her hands, but she refused it, making the whole company believe, she was offended with him for delaying the time to come unto the court as he had promised. Which the Emperor perceiving, could not refrain to smile, and said unto her: How now daughter? Is this the good entertainment you show unto your knight, and the thanks you give him, for coming expressly hither to serve you? I pray you call to mind, that he deserveth a better countenance, were it only for his father's sake, to whom you are so much beholding. My lord (said she) that is the cause I am so much offended with him, for if he resembled the knight with the green sword as much in courtesy as in countenance, he had not stayed so long to obey his father's will, & to satisfy the requests that you & I have made unto him by Carmelle and others, as your grace knoweth. Before God (said the emperor) you say true: yet I could never have been persuaded you would conceive displeasure so long time, considering what he hath done, & the rich presents he sent to you. My lord (said she) if he hath done any thing for me, it was without my commandment, I had rather he had done less in those things, & that he had been more obedient to his father's will & mine. Madam (said the emperor to Vrganda) you see in my daughter how great the choler of an angry woman is. My lord (said she) she hath reason so to do, for that Esplandian obeying his father, aught to confirm himself both to her will & yours. And having failed therein, all he saith that he hath done for her sake, may be accounted nothing, although I am assured, that the remembrance of my lady your daughter hath made him (being in fight) enter into such danger, that it was most strange how he could escape. Wherefore Madam (said she to Leonorine) he deserveth pardon for the same, & so I pray you grant him. While Vrganda spoke, the Princes beheld Esplandian with so great affection, that in a manner she lived and died in him: and he for his part by her felt in what sort love useth those he holds in his power. Whereby she continued a long time without answering Vrganda, not for any evil will to her in using of those speeches, but rather feeling such alteration in her mind, that she trembled like a leaf. But in the end she remembered herself, and said unto her: Madam, seeing it is your pleasure that I remit his offence, I am content to do it, upon condition, that if he forget himself as he hath done heretofore, you shall bear the punishment for him. With that she took him by the hand, and made him rise up, changing speech, because the Empress (that in the mean time talked with the king of Denmark) came thither, whereby Esplandian was constrained to leave the Princess, and salute her. The emperor all that while had given no entertainment to king Armato, as knowing him not, but when they showed him which was he, he embraced him and said: My lord and brother, I beseech you pardon my ignorance, in not entertaining you before this time, as not knowing you, but I will amend the fault when you think good. My lord (said Armato) I am now (as it pleaseth fortune) in place where you may command me, yet I pray you call to mind who I was, and what I may be, and do for me as you would I should do for you if your case were mine: Considering with yourself, that the like hard fortune may fall on you, and that it is no less virtue to entertain the vanquished courteously, then to overthrow the puissant enemy. With that the Emperor led him into his palace, the rest following after him, and when they were in the hall, he left them with the Empress to speak unto Frandalo, and taking him aside, said unto him: Frandalo, to let you know how well I do account of the great good service you have done for me, I will that from henceforth you shall be my chief standard bearer, in which place I now establish you. For the which Frandalo thanked him most humbly, accounting himself most happy to have so great authority.   

CHAP. XLIII. How Norandel and Queen Minoresse fell in love one of the other, and what conference they had together.  
THe Emperor being among his Knights, making them all the cheer and honour that he could devise. It happened that the Princess Leonorine and Queen Minoresse seeing the king of Denmark and Norandel together, called Carmelle, and asked her who they were. My Ladies (said she) you have seen him that hath the least beard here before, (which is the king of Denmark) for he came hither with Frandalo, the other is Norandel king Luisarts son, esteemed for one of the hardiest knights living on the earth. I pray you (said the Princess) desire them to come hither, that we may speak with them. With that Carmelle called them unto her, and as they were before the two Princesses, the more they beheld the excellency of their beauties, the more they marveled at it, and not without cause, for next unto Leonorine there could hardly be found in all Gréece one that matched queen Minoresse, especially in comeliness and good behaviour, but if she had some perfection in her, nature had not forgotten herself in forming the two knights, especially Norandel, who till that time had never felt the stings of love, no more had Queen Minoresse. Nevertheless, that little thief surprised them so covertly, that he bond them both, making them captives one to the other, in such manner, that after many Questions and Answers propounded they drew themselves apart, leaving the king of Denmark talking with the Princess Leonorine, the Queen ask Norandel what he thought of the Princess. Madam (said he) although I have heard her esteemed for one of the goodliest ladies in the world, yet did I never think her beauty had been such as now I see it is, although you are little behind her in that respect, whereby I might esteem myself most happy if I had been asleep that day I enterprised to take my journey hither. Wherefore (said the queen) have you had so ill entertainment in this court? No madame (said he) but there is one hath stolen that from me which I have most carefully kept during my life. The Queen not knowing what he meant, was thereat abashed, ask him what it was, & whether he knew the thief. I madame (said he) and it resteth in you to do me justice, if it be your pleasure: for you & none other have that whereof I speak. In good faith (said the Queen) you shall pardon me, for I have nothing of yours that I came remember. Madam (said Norandel) since the time I first did know what belonged to a man, I kept my liberty, not alienating it to any one: But coming hither (I had no sooner set mine eye on you) but I found myself of a freeman a bondslave and captive to your ladyships good favour: which I beseech you afore me, in recompense of the liberty you now have taken from me. Truly sir knight (said she) you have at this present run too far astray, for if you beheld me as you should, you had not found me such a one as you say, & would have been twice advised to use such speeches as you do. Nevertheless, I will not take them at your hands (being a stranger) in so evil part as mine honour doth require, and I think likewise you speak far otherwise than you mean: which she said to undermine him, thereby to see if norandel's words were spoken from the heart, who hearing that overthwart answer, was much astonished, but being moved with love, answered her and said: Madam, pardon my boldness I beseech you, but I swear unto you, by the faith of a knight, that I have discovered the secret of my heart: and if you will not believe me at this time, I hope in time to come to do so much, that you shall well perceive what great desire I have to be your Knight, if it will please you to grant me so much favour to accept me for the same. When Queen Minoresse perceived him so earnest, as that in uttering those words he showed great affection, she esteemed in her mind to have sufficient argument that might persuade her to believe his words, wherewith she answered him and said: My lord Norandel, If you do as you promise, I well believe that you say: and for the accepting you to be my Knight, me thinketh I should do wrong to refuse so small a favour to so courteous a gentleman as you are: wherefore I both grant it and desire it of you. With that she took a little ring (she commonly wore) off from her finger, giving it unto him for a witness of their new confirmed alliance: And had it not been that the Emperor was ready to go to supper, they had no sooner left talking, but the Empress went in, whereby queen Minoresse was constrained to follow after, taking Melie & Carmelle with her, to whom she did all honour & good entertainment she could devise: supper being done, & the tables uncovered, the princes Leonorine that had seen Norandel & queen Minoresse talking with so great affection, doubted some feathers in the wind, wherefore taking her aside, said unto her: Cousin, I believe the knight that entertained you so long, told you some news out of great Britain, or something else that pleased you full well, I pray you fair lady tell me what it was, for you were very earnest to hearken thereunto. How now madame? (said she) since when I pray you, did you learn to mock? call you the mocking (said she) which is done in earnest? I pray God the mockery I mean to you may fall out as I desire it would: them shall I at the least have as good advantage at you, as you have had at me, which would please me well, not so much to have a companion in mine own estate, as to yield you in exchange the like pleasure I have received at your hands, when you first were made acquainted with the love between Esplandian & me. Wherefore fear not to utter your mind unto me, otherwise I will from henceforth have you in a jealousy, for that you have already done, or yet would do. Madam (said the queen) rather than you should do so, I will declare to you the secretest thing I know. The knight (said she) whereof you speak, (I know not by what means) hath so captived my mind, that I feel the thing in myself which I never thought could have happened to me. And as they that are molested with a continual ague, do find the taste of water better than the hope of life to them: so I likewise, the was accustomed not only to contemn the force of love, but blame all such as yield to his might, (esteeming their estate rather voluntary then forcible) find myself so much surprised, that if God help me not, I am in the greatest danger that ever poor woman was. What (said the princess) think you my lord Norandel is of so hard a heart, and little courtesy, as that he would disdain the love of so fair and comely a Lady as you are? Do you perceive by him, that his mind is placed elsewhere? No madame (said she) but to the contrary, he protested to be wholly mine, without any further advantage, then that I have accepted him for my knight. Truly (said Leonorine) I am glad thereof, and if you had done otherwise, he might surely have complained, and you much more to have refused so great a good, when it is offered without dissimulation: else if it be otherwise, it is no good, but rather a curse. I am of this opinion (said she) that my lord Norandel would rather die a thousand deaths then bear that mind: Wherefore determine I pray you to use him well, assuring you, that I will not fail to secure you in what I may, and will do for you as you have done for me. So long they talked together, that the Emperor and his company risen from the table, came to see the ladies. Nevertheless, neither the Princess nor Queen Minoresse could have the means to entertain their friends, but only with a look, whereby (their hearts panting in their bellies) were some what eased: when night approaching, every man withdrew him to his rest, but when Queen Minoresse found herself alone, and in her bed, she began to think upon the speeches that Norandel used unto her, sometimes determining to assay, if by any means she could drive the same out of her mind, and then presently changed thoughts, and said unto herself: Alas, was there ever greater constancy in a woman, then that I always had until this time? Must I now of force yield up the fort, that against so many hard assaults I held invincible? Alas, I now perceive it is of force, wherefore it is better presently to seek for remedy, then to consume thus secretly as I do. But what? if I chance in this sort to yield unto mine own desire, (poor soul that I am) then do I manifestly perceive the danger wherein I fall, and the thraldom that I bring myself into, from whence while I live, I shall never escape. Wherefore it were far better for me to bridle mine own affection, and command that which commandeth me, then do that which hereafter I might repent. With that she held her peace, and turning on each side, like one not well at ease in body nor in mind, she had no sooner resolved one thing, but presently dissolved it again, so great was her inconstancy therein. Nevertheless, having well debated with herself all the pleasures or displeasures that might cha●●e thereby: In the end, with a loud voice she uttered these words: I know not what may come to pass, but Love promiseth me great things: Wherefore if the worst fall out, and that from henceforth I forget myself, he shall bear the blame, and not I, that will do nothing but under his protection: In which opinion, she fell asleep, and the next day Norandel and she finding means to talk together, they confirmed their love in such sort, that they determined to use the same more by wisdom, then by passion: which those that are in like case, aught to follow, thereby to attain unto the point of their desired joys, which in times passed before, was commonly called the gracious gift of Mercy.   

CHAP-XLIIII. How Vrganda declared unto the Emperor the signification of the prophesy that was found in the tomb, and of two dragons that carried her with king Armato and Melie up into the air, and set them in the middle of the city of Tesifant.  
YOU heard before how Carmelle in her ship, showed the Emperor the tomb that Esplandian had conquered in the Rock of the Enchantress with the image of jupiter, and the prophesy he held within his hand, which the Emperor remembered so well, that he never ceased to think thereon. Whereby, the next day after the arrival of that noble company in the city of Constantinople, he calling to mind that there could no person be found in all the world better able to resolve his doubt, then Vrganda was, caused her to go into the closet, where the Empress with the Princess Leonorine, Queen Minoresse, and no more, stayed for her: they five being together, the Emperor caused the image of jupiter to be brought thither: which done, he said unto Vrganda: Madam, I pray you do me so much pleasure as to declare (if it be possible) what are the meaning of the letters that this Image holdeth. With that Vrganda read it, and having considered thereof, she said unto the Emperor: My lord, the great knowledge and skill that this Idol hath foreshown shall in time to come be lost, is already happened: for as you know, the power of jupiter and of other gods, hath been suppressed and abolished by the coming of jesus Christ: and as touching these words, The bondslave of the bond of slavery shall be buried here, and life restored by him that suffered death. These are hard and obscure terms, yet will I declare them to your Grace as well as possibly I may. With that Leonorine and queen Minoresse thought she would have spoken of the knight Esplandian that had been put into a Cedar chest, as you heard before: wherewith they being surprised with a deadly fear, began to behold each other in most pitiful manner: which Vrganda well perceiving, intending to ease their minds, continued her discourse in this manner: My lord (said she) this prophecy was written concerning Matrodo lord of the castle La montaigne defendu, who as you know was always a Pagan till his latter day that he became a Christian, whereby long time he continued a bondslave of the bond of slavery: for such aught the sea of Idolatry to be named: but Esplandian perceiving his repentance, suffered him to be buried in the hermitage, where as yet Carmelles father doth remain: who since that time hath so much honoured the giant's body, that she hath buried his bones within the Cedar chest, that you madam (said she to Leonorine) if you do remember, gave unto her: & touching these lines which contain these words, That life shall be restored by him that suffered death: that is likewise to be understood of him, for that losing this transitory life, he hath obtained the eternal in Abraham's bosom: so great grace hath he received at the hands of God by the merit of his sons passion, in whom he did believe, as I said before: & so my lord (said she) you have heard what I can say as touching this strange prophecy. I but (said the Emperor) what means the rest? My lord (said she) I can tell you no more of it than can my lady your daughter or queen Minoresse, but so much can I assure you, that in short time you shall see it come to pass: and if in any point it concerneth you, the best is it will all fall out to greater good of your soul, than to any power or worldly glory: wherewith for this present I pray you content yourself. I truly (said the Emperor) & so will I always do: for so my soul be well I esteem not the misery of torments of my body. And with that he left Vrganda with the Empress, & went into the hall, where great number of knights & gentlemen stayed for him: with whom he passed the rest of the day in all pleasant delights: mean time fortune by little and little began to play her part, and to spread the nets wherewith she meant to enclose that troop, thereby to work the envy and great tribulations that afterward fell upon them: the beginning whereof was such as you shall here. About a mile without the city, the Emperor had built a sumptuous palace, called Vaelbeniatnof, as like to that of Apollidon in the firm Isle as well could be devised: which place was compassed with a park furnished with all things requisite for man's delight, whither he meant to lead the ladies, with Esplandian and his company, as also king Armato, to feast them in the same, and for that purpose within three days after their arrival, they departed from the city of Constantinople, and went to Vaelbeniatnof, going into the park, wherein they found the hunters, and at their first entrance a great Hart was singled out, which in the end after long chase was killed almost before the ladies: & going further, they espied a boar so fiercely hunted by dogs, that they made him turn, & with his tusks struck the dogs, that none durst set upon him: but at the last one of the hunters struck him in the throat, & so he died: so long this sport endured, the supper time drew on, wherefore the lords & ladies entering into the palace found the tables covered, & sitting down, were served in most sumptuous manner: & having supped, they began to dance, which continued till midnight, minding the next day to begin their sport again: but fortune minding to bear a part, did so trouble the feast that she gave them well to understand, how she can work in all things at her pleasure: for the next day about evening the knights and ladies being in the Park, some talking with those to whom they bore affection, and contenting their mind with such devices as love to pass the time in pleasure, put into their heads, others running about and taking pleasure to gather flowers, and do as most delighted them. Melie (from whom till then they could not hear one word) went unto Vrganda, & before them all spoke unto her and said: Madam, I marvel (if it be so that your learning and skill be such as is reported) why you make no sport unto this company. Melie (said Vrganda) where you are present I will not undertake to do it before you, but you should rather do it, being well assured, that the Emperor would be thankful for the same. If it pleased him (said she) I am content, upon condition, that after me you do the like, or better if you can. Truly (said the Emperor) it is but reason: and I pray you both to do it. My lord (said Melie) then command Vrganda to lend me a book that I was wont to have, whereon the picture of Medea, (& her name written over it) doth stand, then shall you behold some of mine art, and if Vrganda never knew it before, she may learn it now of me. In good faith (said Vrganda) that will I not deny you: with that she called one of her Gentlewomen, willing her to fetch the book: mean time Melie took king Armato by the hand, and making as though she would speak a word with him, they walked a while together, than they sat them down hard by the place where the empress and the ladies were talking with each other, and staying till the thing Melie had requested, were brought thither, which not long after Urganda's Gentlewoman brought unto her, she having it in her hand opened the book, and then began to read, making certain signs with her eyes lifted up to heaven and calling Vrganda, prayed her to come thither, saying she should see that she never had seen before. Vrganda not doubting any treason by Melie prepared, went and sat down by her, and next her king Armato, so that she sat between Melie and him, where Melie began to turn the book, showing them certain prophecies, and other strange devices, which continued not long but the air began to be covered with a round black cloud, and there with it seemed so dark, that they could not see each other, at the last the cloud opened, and they beheld two horrible dragons coming down out of the cloud that drew a wagon, and stayed right before Vrganda, who by Armato and Melie was so straightly embraced, that whether she would or not they thirst her in, and they after her. Wherewith the dragons seeing their wagon charged, flew up into the air, and carried them away, Vrganda crying for help, but all in vain: for in less than the twinkling of an eye she was out of sight: wherewith there was such noise among the company, that Esplandian, Talanque, Ambor, Manely, and the rest of the knights that came thither with her, swore never to rest above one night in a place before they found her out: so that the same day taking their leaves, both of the Emperor and others that by them were left in sorrow, they entered again into the great serpent, but before Esplandian went, he spoke unto the princes Leonorine, beseeching her not to take in evil part his enterprise taken in hand for the love of her, to whom he found himself so much beholding, promising her that presently (having found Vrganda) he would return again. My good friend (said she) me thinks you should do this at better leisure, and not in so great haste as now you do: yet am I well content to do as pleaseth you: but forget not I pray you (said she) to return again as you have promised. Which Esplandian vowed upon his faith: mean time Norandel and queen Minoresse (as much grieved as might be) knew not what countenance to hold, having their hearts so seized with care, that the Queen was constrained to withdraw herself into her chamber, and lay upon her bed, shutting the door: whereby Norandel had no means to take his leave, but embarked himself, charged with an infinite number of griefs and sorrows: with that the great serpent began of itself to set forward, and within two days after arrived at the castle La montaigne defendu.   

CHAP. XLV. How the two Dragons set Vrganda, Melie, and king Armato in the middle of the city of Tesifant, and of the great army that Armato prepared to enter into Greece.  
THe Dragon's bearing Vrganda, Melie, and king Armato in the air, flew so swiftly, that before day they were right over the city of Tesifante, where they set down their charge: that done, they flew away, and never were seen again: king Armato was exceeding glad when he perceived himself to be in place whereas he might command, and went unto his palace, where finding the guard, he made himself known unto them, that presently went to advertise the prince Alphorax, who much abashed at those news, start out of his bed, and casting a furred gown upon his shoulders, ran to embrace his father, who seemed to be so changed, not only because his beard was longer than he used, but by reason of the great grief and melancholy he had so long endured, that the prince began to weep, and say unto him: My Lord, you are more than hearty welcome, for God's cause I beseech you tell us how fortune hath been so much your friend to deliver you out of the misery wherein you have continued so long, to my no little grief. Son (said he) Melie can tell you better than myself, for she is the only means of my good hap, and hath brought with her Vrganda discogneve, (of whom heretofore you have heard.) And as he left speaking, Melie and Vrganda entered into the hall, wherewith the rumour of the king's return was so great within the City, that all the people ran unto the palace for to see him, being as glad of his arrival, as Vrganda sorry to see herself in such a place, and that which grieved her more, was that Melie in presence of them all, spoke unto her and said: Vrganda, two things move me to save thy life: the one, for that in my captivity thou hast not once suffered an evil word to be used to me, neither permitted that any man should do me harm: the other because I certainly know that king Armato hath by thy means received all the good entertainment he had, during his hard imprisonment. Nevertheless, the mischief thou hast procured unto this country (being the only cause the Christians entered into the same) is sufficient to make thee endure perpetual imprisonment: wherein by mine art I will so straightly enclose thee, that thy Art shall nought avail thee ever so get forth. But although that sentence might well abash Vrganda, yet she showed such constancy, that she never changed colour, determining with herself to endure whatsoever should fall out, wherefore she said unto Melie: Madam, you may do with me as pleaseth you, but in reason you ought not to use me otherwise then you yourself were used when I had the like authority over you, as you have now of me, otherwise you shall do wrong both to yourself & me: To me, that am old & ancient, putting me in prison, wherewith you threaten me, (not having offended you,) & to yourself, in preferring cruelty before the courtesy that hath been found in you: whereto Melie answered her not a word, but commanded her to be shut into a great tower standing in the midst of the city, over the which she wrought such conjurations, the Vrganda knew without God's help, it would be impossible for her ever to come forth: yet she lived in hope, considering the mutability of fortune, & the king Armato himself had been casually delivered, who continued certain days in his great City of Tesifant, without making any show to be revenged. But in the end he sent Ambassadors to all the Princes in the East that were his allies and confederates, desiring them to enter into arms, not only to drive the Christians out of Galatia, Alfarin, and other places that they had usurped in his country, but to destroy Constantinople with all the Christian monarch, and therefore wrote a letter unto them, the contents whereof do follow.  
Armato, by the providence of our immortal gods, called to the government of the puissant country of Turkey, the frontier & Bulwark of all the Pagan land, to all caitiffs, kings, soldiers, admiral's & governors of the countries situated in the east parts, sendeth greeting, being returned out of prison, from whence we are now delivered, I thought good to give you to understand, that not long since there is a knight come out of the South into the marches, descended (as men say) of the race of Brutus the Trojan, to whom for our injustice (as it is very likely) our gods have given power to conquer the castle La montaigne defendu, slaying Matroco and Frerion, two of the best Knights in all the East parts: and which is worse (the number of the Christians increasing more and more) they have fought all means to destroy our holy law: which to prevent, we entered into arms, and having raised a mighty army, thought to drive them out of our quarters: but having long time continued siege before the castle La montaigne defendu, and brought it to such extremity, that they had no victuals to sustain themselves, he of whom we were most in doubt, the first beginner of those wars, found means by the aid of a villain named Frandalo (that sometime belonged unto us) to enter therein, and by subtlety to take us prisoners, in such sort, that our army being overthrown, we remained prisoners in their hands, where they have holden us in strait keeping almost for the space of a whole year together: mean time our fortune continuing worse and worse, they have by treason seized upon the towns of Alfarin and Galatia, two of the best ports in all our Realm: which they had never taken in hand without the aid of the traitorous and disloyal Emperor of Constantinople: who for to aid and secure them, hath falsely broken the truce concluded between us, and raised so many men, that without your aids, we are in danger to fall into their hands, a thing that would concern you much, seeing we (as you know) are the frontier and rampart to you all. Wherefore in the name of all our gods, we pray and desire you, that not only for the safeguard of our law, but for the profit and utility of all the East countries, you will assemble your forces in so great number, that thereby we may drive these Christians out of our country, and conquer the Empire of Constantinople, even to France, and the countries of great Britain, which will be both easy and profitable unto us. These letters written and the messengers dispatched, they made such haste, that before the end of july following, there were so many men assembled at the port of Tenedos, that the Christians had news thereof, as hereafter you shall hear. One day among the rest as Belleris, Talanque, and Manely being issued out of the castle La montaigne defendu, hoping to take some Turk in the way to Tesifant that might tell them news, not only of king Armato, but of Melie & Vrganda, as day began to appear came unto the adventurous fountain, where they beheld the pillars of brass, the pavilion, & the field bed the Heliaxe had left there, with a great serpent lying therein, which presently began to run away, and the knights after, thinking to kill her, but their horses durst not go near her, yet she began to complain and weep as bitterly as a woman traveling with child. Wherewith there appeared four men well mounted & armed at all points, that cried out and said: Sir knights, depart frem hence & trouble not our gentlewoman in this sort, or it shall cost you your lives. And scarce had they ended their speech, but they ran each at other, the strange knights breaking their spears in such manner upon the Christians, the Manely and his companions thought they had run against them with long straws. Yet could not one of them couch his lance, but ran their course without once touching them. Mean time, the serpent entered into a hole, and could no more be seen, & as they turned their horses to run another course, the four knights would not abide, but flying away, cried unto them and said: Sir knights, our Gentlewoman is safe, for the rest content yourselves if you think good. Get you hence to all the devils (said Talanque) and ill fortune might he have that followeth after you. With that they three returned unto the fountain, not without great laughing at their adventure. And as they were before the pavilion, they perceived a knight that watered his horse, to whom Belleris riding, asked him his name: What have you to do therewith? (said he.) So much (said Belleris) that either you shall tell me presently with good will, or else shall sight with me. You shall fail in the one, but not in the other: for although you be three, yet am I well content to prove what the knights of great Britain can do. When Talanque heard him speak so boldly, he could not refrain to say: By God sir knight, that shall you prove without delay, & setting spurs to his horse, ran fiercely against the other that refused him not, but struck him so sure, that he overthrew him to the ground. Which Manely wondering at, set forward to revenge his friend: but if the first sped ill, he sped no better, no more did Belleris: all three rising up again, ashamed at their falls, which minding to amend by dent of swords, the other knight fled along the wood, crying so loud, that they might hear him say: Sir knights, another time sit better on your horses, and trouble not yourselves to follow me, if you mean not to lose your way. In God's name (said Talanque) what may this mean, shall we have no better fortune all this day, I think we are enchanted. Let us mount upon our horses and follow after him, that we may know whether God or all the devils in hell have determined to cross us in this journey. Wherewith they mounted, determining to follow after the other, but they heard a lamentable voice, wherefore they stayed to see what it might be. With that they espied a woman with her head undressed, crying out for help: And after her ran a lion ready to devour her: whereat they being moved with compassion, thought to step between them, but the lion began so horribly to roar, that the horses stricken with fear, bore their masters above two long bows shot from thence: mean time, the woman and the lion vanished away, whereat Talanque and Manely more abashed then before, asked Belleris if ever he heard of such adventures. In good faith (said he) those the are desirous to see strange things, must repair unto this fountain: For there are many (& such as yet you have not seen) the wonder it is to hear, & will you know how it cometh to pass? Melie had devised them long time since, wherefore it is not to be marveled. No more I do not (said Manely:) nevertheless, were it not for the enterprise we now have taken in hand, by the faith of a knight (said he) I would not departed from hence before I had seen them all. That shall be at another time (said Belleris:) let us now keep on our way, that we be not discovered. With that they held on the left hand, always riding toward the city of Tesifant: & having ridden about five mile's space, they met ten men on horseback all unarmed, leading two Gentlewomen, one of them being somewhat fair and well appareled. But the ten men were in so great fear, the leaving the Gentlewomen, they ran and saved themselves not being pursued, for the three knights stayed with the gentlewomen, of whom they hoped to hear such news as they desired. And in effect, after they had somewhat assured them, they asked them what news of king Armato, and whether he were still prisoner. My lords (said the eldest Gentlewoman) it is not long since he escaped out of the Christians hands, and is returned unto Tesifant with Melie, that hath shut Vrganda in a tower, from whence she shall never departed without her leave. That is good news for us then (said Belleris:) and what hath king Armato done since his return? Doth he not (said he) mean to be revenged on them that kept him prisoner so long? I truly (said she) for all the kings, soldans, Cailiffes, and admiral's of the Pagan law, have promised him to arrive at Constantinople, and to destroy all Christendom. And as it is said, the most part of them are already arrived in the isle of Tenedos. In good faith said Belleris to his companions,) considering the speeches of these Gentlewomen, I am of this opinion, that we meddle no longer with them, but return unto our hold. Whereunto they both agreed, and letting the Gentlewomen departed, made so great haste, that about two hours after sunnesetting they arrived at the castle La montaigne defendu, where they showed their companions what adventures they found in the adventurous fountain. And at our departure from thence (said they) we found ten men on horseback leading two Gentlewomen, by whom we have for certain understood, that Vrganda is straightly shut up in one of the towers of Tesifant, and so enchanted therein by Melies conjurations, that she is like never to come forth, as also that the Pagan kings assemble themselves together in the isle of Tenedos, to overrun the Emperor of Constantinople, and all the Christians country.   

CHAP. XLVI. How the Pirate Crescelin, nephew to the admiral Tartary, brought certain news to Esplandian of the great army that the lords of the east parts prepared to come unto Constantinople.  
THe report that Belleris, Talanque, and Manely, used to their companions as touching the great preparation the Pagans made to invade the Empire of Constantinople and all Christendom, caused them to think thereon, in such sort, that they took counsel to determine among themselves, whether it were better for than to augment the garrisons of the castle La montaigne defendu, Alfarin, and Galatia, or go to Constantinople to aid the Emperor. And as they were in debating of the matter, Crescelin nephew to the Admiral of Gréece, (that not long before had stolen ten Galleys from the Emperor to rove upon the sea) came to advertise the Knights, that as he sailed into Phrigia, he had discovered in the isle of Tenedos, so many Galleys, Foists, and other vessels, of the enemies, that the sea seemed covered therewith, who without doubt assembled to overrun the Emperor & destroy all Christendom: wherefore (said he) I thought to let you understand the same, not only because you might provide for them, but also to desire your favours to entreat the Emperor in my behalf: assuring you, that if he pardon the offence I have committed against his majesty, I will from henceforth do him so good service, that he shall like it well. My lord Cresceline (said Esplandian) I have always heard the emperor reported to be one of the best princes living in the world, & most easy to be appeased, when with reason men reconcile themselves unto him: wherefore I am assured, that if he know you mean faithfully to serve him as you protest, that he will not only forget your fault, but do you much more good than to others of his men: and the better to incite him thereunto, I am of this opinion, that with your ships you presently return to the gulf Propontide, & there (if it be possible) shall find the means to take some Turkish galley, thereby to know the truth of their intent: and if you will, Belleris shall go with you, and according to your reports, we will determine what were best for us to do, whereunto the pirate willingly condescended: so that the same day he put to sea, and with Belleris they coasted the country of Thrace unto Solombre, where staying secretly at the entry of the gulf, they continued certain days to bring their enterprise to pass: mean time Esplandian not being idle, & thinking upon the news that Crescelin brought, was of advise that Frandalo & all the other knights of great Britain should return to Constantinople to aid the Emperor (which he desired them to do:) & I (said he) with the king of Denmark, Gandalin, and Enil, with the garrison of this place, will stay the return of those that are gone to Tenedos, and having spoken with them, either we will remain here still, or presently follow you. Esteem I pray you, if this opinion of Esplandian were liked of by Norandel, for that from the day he left queen Minoresse, he had not shown a pleasant countenance, but was so melancholy that every man wondered thereat: and although the rest were not infected with the like disease, yet was there none that started back, but all agreed to Esplandians mind: whereupon without long delay, they embarked themselves with so good a wind, that the seventh day after they arrived at Constantinople, whereof the Emperor being advertised was exceeding glad, going to meet them at the haven: and having embraced them one by one, not seeing Esplandian in their company, he asked where they left him: with that the knights told him what intelligence they had received by Crescelins' means from out of Asia, the great danger prepared against him by the kings of the East, how he and Belleris were returned to see the countenance of the enemy, and to know more certain news: and lastly, what the occasion was why Esplandian stayed behind in the castle La montaigne defendu, with the king of Denmark, Gandalin and Enil. The Emperor hearing these news, was much abashed, yet like a stout and valiant prince dissembled what he thought, and not long after (minding to prevent all inconveniences) in all hast caused Constantinople and his other towns, places, and havens of the sea, to be provided of victuals and munition as he thought meetest for them: mean time sending forth his captains throughout all his Empire, to assemble men in all places, that might be ready when occasion served. Thus did the Emperor take care to provide for his affairs: and Norandel mean time to govern Minoresse, who minding to try him like gold within the furnace, one day among the rest showed him a harder countenance than usually she did, feigning she had received news that he loved a lady in great Britain: wherein Norandel by all means sought to excuse himself: but the more he seemed constant, so much more did the Queen make him believe she thought the worse of him: wherewith he was in such perplexity, that he could not choose but say: In faith madame, as far as I perceive, you mean to end my days, for the wrong you do me is so great, that it can not well be judged but by such as know your cruelty: and yet the affection I bear you is so great, that neither I nor any other can well express the same, if presently they do not show the beauty and perfection wherewith nature hath adorned you. Wherefore estranging me from your wont favour, I perceive my life begin to shorten, wherewith I am not grieved, were it not, that dying, I should lose the means to do you service, but not the benefit of loyalty: for whether I live or die, the same shall still accompany my soul unto the place of rest. Which words when Norandel had uttered, the tears trickled down his cheeks. Whereat Queen Minoresse took such pity, that forgetting her dissimulation, with a smiling countenance she answered him and said: My good friend, I now believe you well, and therefore I pray you pardon my indiscretion: for so it is, that this that I have done, hath been only to avoid the means that should procure you to attempt the same. Now I well perceive your constancy (according to my counsel at your last departure hence) remember I beseech you how necessary dissimulation is to such as are infected with the like disease: I mean, it should not be between us two, but before the world that they perceive it not. Madam (said Norandel) I will not if I may offend your Grace, knowing mine own constancy so well, that impossible it were for me to withdraw my love from you, as also not to serve and honour you, yea though you should reward me with the greatest cruelties that all such as love & are not loved, might endure. While they thus devised together, the Princess Leonorine (that served them as a watch) entertained Frandalo and the rest, and making as if she knew not the cause of Esplandians return to Constantinople, she asked it of them, feigning to be displeased at the same, but they excused him: in like sort they did unto the emperor, as you heard before.   

CHAP. XLVII. How Crescelin and Belleris returned to the castle La montaigne defendu, with a ship that they had taken from the Turks, by whom they understood the enemy's pretence.  
NOt long after that Crescelin and Belleris departed from the castle La montaign defendu, sailing as secretly as they could along the coast of Phrigia, fortune favoured them so well, that a Brigandine sailing to Tenedos, charged with Turks, fell into their hands, whereof they left but four alive: by whom they certainly understood, that the army of the Princes of the East was to departed from thence within a month or six weeks after at the furthest, and sail to Constantinople, which they hoped easily to surprise, having by their espials had intelligence that the Emperor made no preparation to withstand them. Which having heard, they returned without longer stay to give advise unto Esplandian, who fearing that the Emperor would not be able to withstand their might, determined to use the aid of all his friends, minding to send Gandalin and Enil unto them, with letters to the same effect: specially to his uncle the Emperor of Rome, to whom he wrote as followeth.  
My lord, the danger I see prepared against all Christendom, constraineth me to send this messenger unto you, by whom at large your Grace may understand how great and puissant an army all the Kings and Potentates of the East (enemies of our faith) have lately raised, by the persuasion of Armato king of Turkey, therewith to overrun not only the Empire of Greece, but all the land of Christendom, and wholly to extinguish our faith and holy law. And for that all those of whom you hold the place, have always been the true defenders of the Christian faith, as also that the case toucheth you so near, I am of this advise (my lord) that you ought to spare neither money nor men, but to assemble your forces in all haste, and prepare your vessels to aid and secure the good prince, who is the frontier (as you know) both unto you and all the potentates that hold the law of Christ. I writ the like unto the king my father, and to the most part of all the Christian Lords, to whom I send Gandalin. And for that Enil hath in charge to certify your grace by word of mouth, what it shall please you to demand, I will not trouble you with many lines, beseeching you to give credit unto him, as to myself. The like he wrote to the king of Sardaigne: which two messages Enil had in charge: to whom he gave ample instructions and remembrances of all the advertisements and secret intelligences he had received from the Turkish coast: not only of the number of men both on horse and foot; but also of the multitude of their vessels and other warlike instruments: commanding Gandalin to go with him till he came unto Cicilia, where he should provide shipping to sail into great Britain to Amadis his father, and from thence to France unto king Perion, then to Sobradise to Galaor, likewise to king Bruneau, to quadragant, Dragonis, and Gosquilant: to whom he sent like several letters: Gandalin carrying them likewise the same instructions that Enil had unto the Emperor, commanding them expressly to assure them all, that he would not departed from the castle La montaigne defendu, before their arrival there, but meant to keep it while breath was in his body. Gandalin and Enil had so good and prosperous a weather, that in less than fifteen days after their departure, they passed the country of Messine, and landed at Saragource, where Gandalin hired a Brigandine to execute his charge. And to the end you may understand what effect their messages did work, I will leave Gandalin traversing the Mediterranean Sea, and entering into the Ocean, and speak of Enil that arrived at Ostre, where as then he found the Emperor accompanied with king Florestan, devising only of hawks and hounds: but when they espied Enil, presuming he brought some ill news, they asked him where he left Esplandian: Enil knowing how to behave himself, kissed the letters, and gave one to the Emperor, the other to the king of Sardaigne: which having read, and perceiving them to be of credit, took him apart where he discovered unto them all you heard before. With that the Emperor leaving Enil with king Florestan, went unto the gentlemen and knights that then were present, and said unto them: My friends, we must all to the wars: my nephew Esplandian hath advertised me (by this gentleman expressly sent unto me) that the king of Turkey and all his allies are in arms, and have raised a mighty army to assail my brother the Emperor of Constantinople: but I vow to God (if he give me life & help) that before the month of September next ensuing, I will be there with such a force, that I will make him twice repent how he so rashly doth assail, and learn him to defend himself. Wherefore let every man be ready, for I will go myself in person: and calling king Florestan he asked him if he would go with him: My lord (said he) to morrow I will send to all my ports & havens, that all the ships of war that can be found may be in a readiness: mean time I will in all parts assemble men to do as my nephew Esplandian hath required. My Lord (said Enil) my lord Esplandian hath written by Gandalin to king Amadis and other of his friends, whom he hath desired to join with you, so that I hope about one time all your armies will be ready, & that wiihout long staying for each other, you will assemble all together. Truly (said king Florestan it was well devised. With that divers captains were dispatched into sundry places to give order for their men, and to ballast, rig, and prepare vessels for their voyage into the East. Gandalin on the other side coasting the Isles of Maiorque and Minorque, leaving Guinea and Barbary, passed the straits of Gibraltar, and had so good a wind, that in few days without staying in Spain, he arrived in great Britain with king Amadis, who as then continued in London, and presented him with the letter that Esplandian scent, showing him likewise his charge by word of mouth, the good and evil adventures that he had had since he departed from Myrefleur, and among the rest the overthrow of the Turkish army on the sea, the taking of king Armato, the occasion why the siege rose up before the castle La montaigne defendu, the arrival of Gastilles, the taking of Alfarin, and of the captain of Tesifant, the surprising of Galatia, the loss of Vrganda: and lastly all what you have read at large in the chapters going before. And to the end my lord (said he) that order may be had to prevent the inconvenience he foreseeth to be prepared against all Christendom (if it be not succoured) he hath expressly willed me to show you, that he hath had certain intelligence, that all the kings of the East parts have sworn and promised, together to overrun all Christendom: which is very likely, considering the great preparations and assembly of men they have already made in the Isle of Tenedos: which is such, that as our spies report, they are at least six hundred sail of ships, and about four or five hundred thousand men. God will help us if it pleaseth him, said king Amadis, for my part, I will do what possible I may, and will like wise advertise king Perion my father and my brother Galaor. My lord (said Gandalin) I have also charge to travail unto them, and likewise unto Gasquillan, Don Bruneau, quadragant, and others, to whom Esplandian hath written in like sort as he hath done to you, and hath expressly given me in charge to see king Luisart, and do his humble commendations unto him. It is great reason (said the king:) nevertheless I am of this opinion, that before my mother the queen you do not once declare the occasion of your coming, but give her to understand that all is well, but not unto the king, if you find him alone: for he is a man (as every one well knoweth) to take all things with patience as they shall fall out: and because my sons affairs require no delay, I pray you Gandalin after you have refreshed yourself a day or two, go on your journey as you have in charge. So Gandalin that day remained there, during which time Queen Oriane talked long with him: the next day he departed to see King Luisart and Queen Brisenne at Mirefleur, who knowing he came of message from Esplandian, were exceeding glad: the Queen although she were wise and very aged, yet could not change her woman's nature, but before the king spoke any word asked him for her son: but Gandalin (accustomed readily to devise excuses, as he had been instructed by king Amadis) told her that he had left him in the firm Isle not well at ease by reason of his long travel, but not so ill (said he) as that he could not have taken pain to come hither & see you, but he feared least his sickness would increase: wherefore he thought it better for him to keep his chamber a while, than to entertain a long and envious ague for a long space: which the queen easily believed: and for the hope she had shortly to see him, she made no account thereof: nevertheless, the same evening Gandalin told king Luisart all that you heard before, wisely excusing himself of the speech he used before him unto the Queen, as king Amadis had given him charge: wherein king Luisart commended him, & for the rest he promised to think thereon while he travailed unto those with whom he had to do. In this sort Gandalin being dispatched, returned to king Amadis, who in the mean time (persuaded by queen Oriane) wrought a marriage for him, as you shall hear. You have read in the beginning of our history of the services the gentlewoman of Denmark did for them, and the things wherein she & Gandalin had been exercised: wherefore it was reason, that having been partakers of their youthful toys, she should also taste some of their prosperous fortunes. Wherefore queen Oriane moved king Amadis to make a marriage between them two, but he thought the match unfit, because the gentlewoman was already aged, & Gandalin being young and lusty: nevertheless, as all women that are wise and of a quick conceit, can bring their enterprises to effect, the Queen found means to get the king's consent: whereby Gandalin was no sooner come from Myrefleur but he took him aside, & said unto him: Gandalin, the queen is desirous to have you stay with us, not only for the love she knoweth I bear unto you, but also for the good she wisheth you. And for this cause she would have you marry with the gentlewoman of Denmark, whom she loveth, & will do much both for her & you, if you consent thereto: you know her long time since both to be wise, good, & virtuous, and for my part I pray you and counsel you thereunto. Gandalin would gladly have excused himself, and to say the truth, he was too young for so old a match: nevertheless having from his infancy learned to confirm his will to the of Amadis, he was content to do as pleased him: in such sort, that in less than three days after the marriage was celebrated and ended. Mean time king Amadis took the letters and instructions that Gandalin should carry to Gasquillan and king Bruneau, and sent them by a gentleman of his named Handro, cousin german to the Countess of Flaunders, desiring them as much as possible they might to aid his son in his so good a cause: but the next week following Gandalin more affected to the service of Esplandian than to court his wife, departed from thence to travail into France unto king Perion, and from him to Sobradise to Galaor. Mean time king Amadis sent for all the pilots, masters, and mariners of his country that he could find, commending king Arban of Norgales, to take care for all things requisite for the enterprise & charges of such a usage, both for men and vessels. In this manner did the affairs touching these wars proceed through the greatest part of Europe, while all the kings in the East by little & little assembled themselves together, as you shall hear.   

CHAP. XLVIII. How the great city of Constantinople was besieged by the princes of the East, and of the sallies that were made by those of the city to keep them from the same.  
THe army of the Pagan kings daily assembling in the Isle of Tenedos, the emperor mean time fortified his city of Constantinople both with men & victuals in the best manner he could, commanding those that had charge of his army by sea to cause all his vessels to come into the Haven of the town, which he caused to be barred with a chain, that on that side he might be out of danger. Then he sent divers brigandines unto Anatolia, to discover the Pagans army, and bring him certain news: Mean time, the country people reaped all their corn, and brought it to the city. Within eight days after the Brigandines that were sent forth, discovered in the straits of Hellespont the great fleet of the Turks that lay at Abides, where they stayed a certain time to take in victuals and other munitions necessary for their ships. Whereof the emperor being advertised, caused his men to muster, giving Frandalo charge of the dragon gate, so called, because that at the foundation of the city, when it was named Bisance, there was found a marvelous Dragon under the foundation of the gate, which dragon was bound chained, and nourished, so long time, that it was thought most strange. Norandel had charge of the gate called quiline, & Gastiles his nephew of that called the Well, so named of a great & profound well that stood hard by it. And causing the other gates to be rampired up, provided for all things as a wise & valiant captain should do in such a case. With that a Grecian that had been taken by the Turks, came into the city, and assured them for certain that the Sultan of Liquie was himself in person with king Armato, and almost all the kings of the east, having two hundred Galleys, as well great as small, fifty great ships, thirty mahoi●es, and one & twenty cafords, that are ships not much unlike to galleys: besides thirty foists and divers brigandines, barks, galleons and sciffes, wherein they had laid their victuals & other munitions: and for their number of footmen, they might be about some three hundred and fifty thousand men, saying likewise, that Alphorax had the chief charge at sea, and Armato on land, and that their determination was never to departed from Constantinople, till they had destroyed it, and from thence would go to Rome, & further if they rolled. The sixth day after, this great army (passing the gulf of Propontide) came into the straits of Constantinople, entering in the great sea, where they remained during the siege, robbing all the country about, where first they stayed a week before they landed any of their men: mean time, certain galleys and small ships set forward to make an alarm in the haven, from whence (to their great loss) they were repulsed, for the six of the principallest of them were sunk in the sea. Nevertheless, the next day following they began to land, & in great numbers thought to win the gate: there were many brave blows both with sword and spear given on both parts, and many a valiant man ended their days, & became meat to fishes. There the knights of great Britain showed themselves not to be unacquainted with such dangers, & who so had beheld Norandel, Frandalo, Manely, & Talanque repulse the enemy, that thought to advance themselves, might eastly judge with what desire they fought. But what should I stand longer to describe this conflict? To conclude, the gate was defended, & the enemies repulsed from the same, yet their number was so great, the notwithstanding the valour of the emperors men, they landed & lay within two bows shot of the city, they of the city being forced to retire. The Pagans being on land, divided themselves into four parts, in such sort, that the city was so well besieged, that not a man could enter or come forth without their leave. Wherefore king Armato presently caused great number of ladders to be prepared, the most part of them double, hoping before the week were ended, to assault, take, spoil, and destroy the City. But they within slept neither night nor day, but made artificial fires, with all other things requisite for such a charge. The Pagans stayed not long to execute their purpose, so that upon a monday in the morning, they came in great fury to set fire on the gates, and to scale the Town although for the time they lost their labours, & many of them their lives, where in the end they were constrained to retire to their no little shame & great confusion. And in their retreat, Norandel with four or five hundred men, issued at a postern gate, & set upon them behind, which put them in such fear, that they drove them to their tents. Yet not being content with this first repulse they determined on friday after either to die, or enter into the town. And the day appointed, ran unto the walls, where the number of the assailants was so great, & the assault given in so many places both by sea & land, that if God had not provided for them, it is most certain the town had been taken: especially on Frandalos side, for the most part of his men fled away from their guard: whereby it happened, that more than a hundred Turks mounted on the walls, but they stayed not long, for that the emperor (who during the assault stayed in the midst of the city with the rest of all his power to aid such places as had most need) advertised thereof, marched to Frandalos quarter, and with such force repulsed the enemy, that he made them glad to get them thence, in such sort, that they received no less loss at the second assault then at the first. It is true, the ten of the knights of great Britain were slain at the conflict, which much grieved their companions, specially for the loss of Ledarin, of Feiarque, of Tries, and Imosil of Burgundy. This second assault having had such issue as you heard before, Armato went to counsel with all the other kings and princes to know what they should do, where it was concluded to keep their tents, and so enclose the town: for to get it by assault, they knew full well they should but lose their labours wherefore they meant no more to try the same: but many times made skirmishes with the city to their no little loss. Thus they passed above a month without doing any thing worthy the rehearsing, till one day among the rest, a gentlewoman belonging to the soldan of Liquie came on message to the gate the Norandel had in charge, of whom she asked if the knight of the great serpent were among them. Wherefore? said Norandel. I bring him (said she) a letter from the chief and most courteous knight in all Asia. Norandel desirous to understand the contents of the letter, said he was the man. Then look upon it (said she) at your leisure: And if you think it good return an answer: with that she turned her horse, and rid the same way that she came. Which done, Norandel opened the letter, the contents whereof are these.  
Rodrigue great Sultan of Liquie, friend to the gods, and enemy to their enemies, defender of the Pagan law: to thee that callest thyself knight of the great serpent, greeting. Know thou that the cause of our long voyage by Sea to enter into these countries, hath been in hope to be revenged of the outrages that my uncle Armato king of Turkey hath received at the hands of thee and thy companions, not having once offended thee: and although we are most sure of the destruction of the wicked emperor the favoureth thee in thy so wicked and damnable enterprises, and that before long time be passed, both he and his shall end their lives by our hands, yet should I be much grieved, that this misfortune should happen unto thee, before I have proved my body against thine, because of the renown that is spread of thee throughout the world. Wherefore choose whether thou wilt accept of the combat between us two alone, of ten to ten, a hundred to a hundred, or of greater number as thou thinkest good. Swearing unto thee, by all our gods, that those thou shalt bring with thee for that cause, shall receive no more displeasure than myself, unless it be by such as are ordained to fight with them, according to the agreement we shall make. Wherefore make me an answer worthy such a Knight, that thereby thy honour be not stained.  
Norandel having read this letter, showed it to his friends, who were all of advise to grant the Sultan his request. But Norandel would determine nothing before he made the Emperor acquainted, under whose conduct during the siege, he had submitted himself: whereupon he went to speak with him, and having showed him the contents of the letter that he had received in Esplandians name, and the counsel of his companions, the Emperor asked him what he thought therein. My lord (said he) if it pleased you, that I and nine others which I will choose, shall undertake this combat, you shall do us great favour. My good friend (said the Emperor) you see the estate wherein I am, and the time wherein I ought to keep, not only you and others wherein I put my whole affiance, but the meanest soldier in this City. Nevertheless, I will so much agree unto your will, that if you and your companions think it good, I am content you do it. My lord (said Norandel) both I and they most humbly crave it of your grace. Well then (said the Emperor) If it pleaseth God, you shall win honour thereby, as you have done before in many as perilous adventures as this is. Norandel thanked the Emperor, and the same day caused his Knights of great Brittaigne to be assembled together, by whose advise there was an Answer framed to the soudan's letters, the contents whereof do follow.  
The knights that are servants to jesus Christ, being at this time with the Emperor of Constantinople, for the defence & augmentation of the Christians name, to thee Rodrigue soldan of Liquie, like greeting thou hast sent unto the knight of the great serpent: a gentlewoman that saith she belongeth unto thee, that hath given us a letter directed unto him, the contents whereof are in two points. In the first, thou complainest of the enterprises he hath made against thine uncle king Armato: in the other thou showest a desire thou hast to prove thy person against his, or a greater number against a greater, as he shall think it good. But for that the knight thou writest unto at this present is not here, nor in place whereas he can return thee answer, we thought it convenient in his behalf to satisfy thy request, & to accept the offers thou hast made unto him: assuring thee, that here is the son of a king, & nine other knights with him that will fight with thee and as many more of thine, if thou be content therewith: Advise thyself then herein, & having received thy answer, with safe conduct safely to go and come, we will not fail to be in the place where you shall appoint.  
This letter sealed up, Norandel gave it to one of his squires to bear it to the sultan, who made him answer that he desired only to prove his body against the knight of the great serpent & none other. But (said he) if those that sent you hither have any desire to fight against ten of my knights, they shall find them ready, being as great gentlemen and of as high a lineage as they are. And as touching their safe conduct, I will so well provide for it, that they shall have occasion to think well of me: wherefore return thou unto them, and let me know their answer. With that the squire having his dispatch, went and came so often between them, that in the end the combat of ten to ten was fully agreed upon, and the lists appoint hard before the Town: where they the next morning the ten knights went, whose names were as followeth. Norandel, Garuate du Val Craintif, Talanque, Manely, Ambor de Galdel, Elian le delibere, Brauor son of Balan, Trion cousin german to Queen Briolanie, Imosil de Burgoigne, and Listoran of the silver bridge.   

CHAP. XLIX. How the ten Christian knights entered into the lists, and of the combat between them and ten Pagan knights that belonged to the soldan of Liquie.  
ALL that night the ten Knights watched in the principallest church of Constantinople, confessing themselves, and praying unto God as if they should presently die: The next day as the sun began to appear, the Emperor accompanied of divers Noblemen, the Empress, the Princess Leonorine, Queen Minoresse, with divers other Ladies and Gentlewomen, came unto them, where they heard mass devoutly, that done, they returned unto the palace where Norandel and his nine companions armed themselves, the ladies serving them for squires, in such sort, as Norandel received such favour at queen Minoresses hands, that she found means to help to buckle on every piece of his armour one after the other. As she was busy about him, he found means to say unto her: Madam, the honour that you do me, maketh me so courageous, that this day I hope to make it known to those that shall behold us fight, how much my strength is now increased by your means. But if it pleased you to bestow some favour upon me, that I might bear the same about my armour, I should account myself for one of the most happy knights living on the earth. My good friend (said she) the most precious jewel that I can give unto you, is my heart that shall accompany yours, to the end, that being united together, they may the better preserve both your life & mine. And taking a bracelet of gold, that from her infancy she had always kept, she tied it about his right arm. And this circle (said she) being round as you behold it, shall without ceasing be witness of our loves, serving for a rampart to this army: which (if it pleaseth God) in defending it shall so well defend his master, that he shall return in as good health as I desire he should. Norandel thanked her most hearty: mean time Leonorine entertained Talanque, Manely & the rest, to whom she said: My friends, I hope the Lord will show you so much grace that the victory shall be yours, for the combat you take in hand is not for to defend the honour of a Gentle woman, but the glorious faith of Christ. If therefore it be so, the strength proceedeth from him, be you then well assured, that he will impart so much to you as you shall want. Madam (said Talanque) at other times we have been at the like feast, from whence we have returned to the great expense of those that called us thither: as (if it be Gods will) we hope this day to do the like. Wherewith taking their leaves of her, they went to find their horses, and being mounted, the emperor with great number of knights and gentlewomen brought them to the gate: And committing them to God, the ten knights marched bravely to the place of combat, where the soldan with a great number of his friends met them, ask them whom the emperor had appointed judge on their side. soldan (said Norandel) we desire no other judge then yourself, that are accounted a courteous and most faithful prince. By all my gods (said he) I had rather die a thousand deaths, than you should endure the least injury in the world: we believe it well (said all the knights. With that he caused them to enter into the lists at one end, and the ten pagans at the other: but before they entered into fight, he called Norandel & his companions, & said unto them: My friends, I pray you let me show you what the custom of my country is in such affairs: them if you think good, you may observe it, if not, my knights shall keep your custom if it be indifferent. Show us them (said Norandel) what it is, & if the same be reasonable, we will not refuse it. You shall understand (said he) that all knights justle one against one, to the end, that all men may know the excellency of the victor: And if any one be overthrown, he that is on horseback shall not assail the other before their companions have run out their course: Then he that is on horseback shall alight, and shall fight it out by dint of sword with him that before was overthrown. Because it chanceth oftentimes, that the best knights that are fall into such inconvenience, only by the fault and means of bad horses, which cause them divers times either to fail in striking of their enemy, or else not to run their right course: Which cannot be excused in those that are on foot, to whom it is permitted to secure each other if need require. Truly (said Norandel) that custom is well ordained, and I and my companions will observe the same. Wherewith the sultan went out of the lists, causing his Heralds to proclaim the fight: With that a Pagan stepped forth against Norandel, that refused him not: but covering himself with his shield, they met so fiercely, that their spears were broken to their wrists, meeting body to body with so great strength, that the Pagan fell over his horse tail, lying flat upon the ground: but Norandel had no hurt, only that his horse's shoulder was thrust out of joint, so that he lighted of, staying till the rest had run their course, as he had promised. Then Garuate du Val Craintif ran against one of the other, and they charged each other in such sort, that their feet failing in their stirrups, they were both cast out of their saddles. Then Talanque ran against the third Pagan, to whom fortune was more favourable then to any of the rest: for they ran so well, that neither of them once started aside, or moved in their saddles, and yet broke their spears in many pieces. The like chanced to Manely and Ambor, but not to Brauor the son of Balan, for he hit him that ran against him right in the breast, and threw him from his horse. And presently therewith Imosil of Burgundy had so great a stroke with a lance, that his eyes started in his head, and was therewith so much astonished, that his horse bore him to the side of the barrier's, where he fell down flat. Elian le delibere, and he that ran against him, were constrained to hold by their horses manes. Listoran of the silver bridge miss his stroke, and his enemy likewise: the like happened to Trion, and the last that ran with him. That done, all they that were on horseback, lighted down to fight with swords, and there began between them such a fight as the like had not been seen of so few knights together, maintaining themselves so bravely one against the other, that the strongest of them was so weary and out of breath, that they were constrained to rest. And as Norandel leaned upon his sword which he rested on the ground, the bracelet that Minoresse gave him fell downward upon his arm, which put him in so good remembrance of her, that clean forgetting all the travail he he had taken before, he spoke so loud that every man might hear, and said: By God, sir Knight, this rest doth not beseem us: many men will from henceforth be in doubt of the great glory that now we mean to win. Wherefore let every man show forth what he can do, and let no man spare. Wherewith taking the little piece of his shield that rested in his hand, and lifting up his arm, he gave so great a blow unto his enemy, that he made him reel therewith: and doubling it, struck him so surely on the helmet, that with the blow the Turk was forced to kneel down, and let his sword fall out of his hand: which Norandel seized upon being ready to strike off his head, if he had not cried him mercy: which Talanque and Manely perceiving, employed their forces in such manner, that it might easily be judged they would soon obtain the victory. As for Brauor he had already stricken his knight down, wherefore he ran to help the rest, and Norandel likewise. With the which help it soon appeared, that they which rested yet to overcome would not long resist: for in short space they found themselves in such extremity, that unless the soldan of Liquie had desired the Christian knights to stay a while, they had all died: but calling Norandel unto him, he said: I pray you (said he) proceed no further in this combat, and content yourselves that I account my knights for vanquished, as in truth they are, and so hardly handled, that the force you shall from henceforth use against them, shall more be holden for a kind of cruelty than any chivalry. Nevertheless if my request may take no place with you do as you think good. soldan (said Norandel) if they acknowledge it at our hands and ask us mercy, they shall not fail to have it: for it was never our custom to use force to such as could not stand against us. Content yourselves (said he) that I that am their Lord yield you the victory, and I pray you therefore show mercy unto them, swearing unto you by my crown (if you do them so much good) that while I live, I will not be unmindful of the same. With that the ten Christian knights went out of the field, and mounting on their horses, took their way unto the city, where the Emperor stayed for them, for he had seen the issue of the combat, and how they returned victors: but he heard not what words had passed between them, till they being lighted off their horses, told him what was done, for the which he praised God, esteeming more of them for their courtesy they had shown unto the enemy.   

CHAP. L. How Queen Calafre came to aid the Pagans, and of the marvelous and perilous assault that she gave to the city of Constantinople.  
THe renown of this war undertaken by the Kings, Taborlans, soldans, caliphs, and Princes dwelling in Tartary, India, Arabia, and other countries in the East, against the Emperor and his Empire of Constantinople, was spread so far abroad, that it was known to the puissant Queen Calafre reigning in Califorine, a most fertile and pleasant country, confining on the head of the river Boristenes, hard by the foot of the Riffee mountains. This country whereof I speak, was sometimes peopled with good knights and men of all quarters, but the women upon malice devised a means to kill them all, establishing a law among themselves, that from that time forwards they would acknowledge for Lady and Queen one of their own country women, governing themselves as the Amazons used to do. Whereby it was not lawful for any of them to use the company of men above once or twice a year, upon the days and times by them appointed, when they went out of their own country and used their neighbour's help, with whom God knoweth if they found not means to make them pay the usury of the time lost, in such sort, that most of them returned home with child: but the bringing up of their children was far different, for the maiden children were kept alive, burning their right paps, but not the 〈◊〉 children, for as soon as they were borne they put them to death, having agreed not to suffer one alive, or else so few, that they very easily might overcome them. For this cause often times they warred against the Tartarians bordering on their country, putting them to great trouble by divers and continual invasions, as well by sea as by land. In their laws and customs they observed so great rigour, as that if any man (by casualty or otherwise) fell into their hands, he proved for food unto a great number of griffo●s, nourished among them when they were young, being so tame and gentle, that never any hawk knew better the Faulkoners lure, than those gentle birds knew the voice of her that ordinarily fed them. To come unto the point, this queen of Califorine being a woman of great spirit, valiant, hardy, young, fair, and of good behaviour, hearing of the wars undertaken against the Christians, was desirous to be there, not for any ill she wished them, but only for to know them, and to see their country that bore so great renown. And for that cause she assembled great numbers of the principal ladies of her country, showing them what honour they might obtain in that voyage: which may peradventure be such (said she) that by our force and great prowess we may greatly augment our Empire, being feared and redoubted of each man, and not continue always buried among these mountains, as they in times past did, of whom at this present we now possess and enjoy the place. The Queen in this sort could so well persuade them, that they being moved with a marvelous desire to go with her, presently prepared their ships, and set sail for Thracia, with so good and prosperous a wind, that the tenth day after the assaults of Constantinople, they arrived in the army of Armato, where they were honourably received: & after divers speeches used by the soldan of Liquie, and other princes of the camp unto the queen of Califorine, specially touching their determination concerning that great enterprise, she being sorry they had done so little against the town, desired them that she might once have leave to try her fortune against it, by means that she would use. And the better to induce them thereunto, she told them she had fifty griffons that would not fail (being let out of their cages) to seize upon the Christians without hurting of her women, because they knew them and had been nourished with them. And while they take their flight (said she) I will give such an assault against the town, that without doubt we will enforce the same: for if the Emperor's soldiers appear but to defend the walls, my Griffons shall be ready to carry them clean away, as the Merlin doth the lark. But to the end (said she) your men receive no hurt, let them abide within their tents till they be shut into their cages. When king Armato and the soldan of Liquie heard the great zeal and affection she showed to employ her forces, as also the invention that she had, they all agreed that the next day after she should do what liked her. Whereupon she sent presently to her that kept the griffons, that she should give them nothing for to eat of all that day, that when they meant to use them at the assault, they might be gréedier: and further sent word by sound of drum, that all her companies should be ready the next day early in the morning, to give assault unto the city. Queen Calafre having in this manner provided for her enterprise, at the time appointed all her women armed according to their manner (the most part of them bearing bows) ran with great fury unto the walls, and with their ladders began to mount up: with that the alarm went about the city, all men running to defend the same: and as they were some upon the walls and other places of defence, the Queen made sign to let the Griffons lose, which being hungry and flying over the town, seized upon such as they could find abroad: wherewith the emperors soldiers were in so great fear, that most part of them that fought, forsook the walls to hide themselves. Alas what pity was it to see soldiers, citizens, knights, and others, yea women and little children, and all whatsoever they could get into their claws taken up into the air, and sometimes having taken them up, they let them fall upon the stones, whereby they had a strange and cruel death: surely if God had not kept the City better than those that had the charge, it is most sure it had been taken at that time. But there happened a strange case, for as the Griffons held their prey, and that the Knights of great Britain with some small number of others, resisted the assault made by the women, the Turks (that had been advertised not to come out of their tents while they assailed the town) moved with too greedy a desire to sack the city which they thought surely had been taken, ran unto the assault making such a noise, that the Griffons (feeding on their preys) left the bodies they had seized upon, and flying up again, seized on them that they saw come running to the town, whereof in short space after they made so great a butchery, that more than four hundred Turks were presently slain by them: mean time those within the town perceiving that good fortune, did so fiercely repulse the Californiens, that their principal women lay dead within the ditches: wherewith the Queen was forced to retire, knowing her enterprise would not take effect as she desired it should, not by reason of her soldiers, but in that they kept not in as they had promised. Wherewith she commanded to take the birds again, but the Falconers could not by any means make them to come in, before they had slain and devoured above a thousand Turks and others, whereof they only sucked the blood. Wherewith king Armato and the soldan of Liquie were so grieved, that from thenceforth they began to show so hard a countenance to the Queen, that she was in the mind to return into her country, not offering from that time once to give stroke with sword to their advantage. Yet not long after she was appeased, and fought with King Amadis, as it shall be showed you at large in the end of this our fift Book. And that we may have the better means to attain thereto, we will now return again unto the Christian Princes, that assembled their powers and forces to help the Emperor, embarking themselves as presently you shall hear. But before they arrived at Constantinople, many good knights both of great Britain and others were slain within the city, not only in the assaults made against it by the Pagans, but at the last assault made by the queen Calafre, among the which, none were so much lamented as Ledarin de Faiarque, Tries, Imosill of Burgundy, and the two sons of the giant Balan.   

CHAP. LI. How the Christian Princes as well of the East as West parts assembled their forces to aid the Emperor of Constantinople, and of their navigation.  
IF you have read the discourse of this our history, it hath been showed you before, how Enil went unto the Emperor of Rome, and Florestan king of Sardaigne, and what became of Gandalin after he had passed the straits of Giberaltar, and entered in the Ocean sea, even to great Britain and other places, where he found king Amadis and others, to whom he had charge to go: Now we must declare the rest. You shall therefore understand, that Gandalin having sojourned eight days in London, more by the commandment of king Amadis and Queen Oriane, than for the pleasure that he took in the woman they had caused him to marry, knowing the affairs wherein he had left his companions, departed from thence, and travailed so long, that he arrived in France, and went unto king Perion to whom he gave the letters that his son and grandchild sent unto him: and withal declared the state of the East countries, as they then were, with the inconvenience that might fall unto all Christendom, if the Empire of Constantinople were in obedience to the infidels. So well could Gandalin tell his tale, that the good old king Perion moved with a holy zeal, determined to go himself in person, and to take with him great quantity of ships and men, furnished for the wars. Gandalin stayed not long with him, but while he prepared himself, he went into Scotland, Norway, Sobradise, Denmark and Sweathland, and did his Embassages so well, that all the Kings and Princes to whom he went, determined with all speed to aid Esplandian, in such sort, that in short time after their ships were ready, and those of Sweathland, Norway, and Denmark, come unto the port of Sure, from whence setting sail, they coasted along Freseland, Holland, and Braband, till they arrived at Boulogne, where king Perion had prepared great number of Ships, Hulks, and other vessels: which being furnished with men, victuals, and munition necessary for the wars, hoist sail and put to sea. And coasting Normandy, came to little Brittaigne, where they anchored in S. Mathewes Haven, where the Kings, Luisart and Amadis accompanied of Grumedan and divers other knights, were arrived to refresh themselves: having passed the Isle of Sorlingue, the Irish men embarked themselves at the cape Antiquan, and the Scots at cape Basso. And having sailed the way that the Britons had past, joined with the Western Princes that went that voyage, in such sort, that within three days after they set sail, & having a North-east wind, they discovered the coast of Spain, passing the Port of Finis terre in compostelle: after that the cape S. Vincent: & drawing on the left side, they passed the straits of Gibraltar, & leaving Barbary and Guinde on the right hand, sailed toward Tamar, Austora, and Lagarde, minding to leave Maiorque & Minorque, to enter into the straits of Busina and Monaco, & from thence to sail to the ports of Elese and Corpse, where they met with Florestan king of Sardaigne & his fleet, but before they arrived there, fortune was so contrary unto them, that certain of their Galleons could not follow the ships, but stayed behind to the number of eight, being so scattered, that they made account they had been lost. Nevertheless, the next day they arrived all at Port S. Luce, where without longer staying they passed forward to go to Regi, where the army of the Emperor of Rome (coming from Osty) lay at anchor staying for them. Where they continued six days, not only to take in fresh water, but also to calk and mend their ships and other vessels that had need: the seventh day having a good wind, they hoist anchors, and setting sail, coasted along the country of Morea, coming to cape de Malvasy, where the wind fell somewhat contrary: but in the end the sea waxing calm, put forward to Cape Calon, and the Isle of Negrepont: and entering into the Archipelago they discovered the side of the cape Athos, till they approached Galiopi, leaving the isle of Tenedos, because they would not be discovered by the Turks that Armato had set there to keep a passage for his victuals to be brought unto the army: where they stayed not long but they entered into the gulf of Propontide, coasting Thrace, till they came unto the Port of Salombre, which is not above thirty miles from the city of Constantinople, where they landed, that they might the better approach the Pagans camp: with that they agreed among them that king Childadan and quadragant should be Generals of the army by sea: and having left sufficient number of men for the furnishing and safe keeping of their ships, their fleet sailed towards Constantinople, hoping to set upon Alphorax and his army by sea before they should perceive them. But it fell out otherwise, for the Turks that had spies in all places, discovered them, not suffering Alphorax to fight, desiring him most earnestly only to keep the entry of the straits to take all means from the town to be victualled on that side. Which king Childadan and quadragant understanding, would not hazard themselves, but anchored within half a mile of the enemy, staying for king Luisart, the Emperor of Rome, and those that marched by land, mean time giving divers skirmishes to the enemy with their Pinnaces, but Alphorax for all that would not leave his hole, lying as close as possibly he could: on the other side Armato and his company being advertised of the great aid that came towards the town, caused their forces to assemble, determining to keep the side of the great sea, by the which they might easilier recover victuals, as well from Anatolia as out of Tartary. The kings Amadis, Perion, & others made such haste, that the ninth day after they encamped themselves in the sight of Constantinople right before their enemies, in a place that seemed most convenient. But if the Pagans at the first were much abashed to see those succours, the Emperor & those within the town were not much less, doubting it had been some new forces come against the town: for they had not any intelligence of the sending of Gandalin & Enil to the christian princes, that brought with them a multitude both of ships & men, as well knights as others. Now to return to the Christians fleet: King Childadan knowing that Alphorax played the fox, desired quadragant (having equal power with him) to be content that he with threescore pinnaces might skirmish with him, that thereby if it were possible, he might provoke him to come out, which he agreed unto: wherefore setting sail, he made towards the enemy, so near, that they were ready to fight hand to hand: nevertheless Alphorax for that time would not touch the bait, but entered farther in the straits: wherewith king Childadan retired, and came unto the haven of the city, making the bravest show that might be seen: those of Constantinople perceiving the bandirols and streamers of great Brtttain & of other christian princes, made him answer with the like, and so high, that the noise of the trumpets, clerons, & tabor was so great, that Armato and all the Pagans might easily hear it. With that king Childadan was received by the Emperor, Norandel, & others, to whom he showed what aid was come unto them, and what princes had taken the voyage in hand. In good faith (said the Emperor) they bind me for ever unto them, yet am I much abashed how they understood of the wars between Armato & me. What? my Lord (said Childadan) did Esplandian never tell you thereof? No I assure you (said the Emperor) nor any of his companions, as far as I know. Is he not in the city (said the king?) In good truth (said Norandel) he would not leave the castle La montaigne defendu, minding to keep it, if the Pagans came to besiege it. Assure yourselves (said Childadan) he will not long stay there before king Amadis sendeth for him: for we determine presently to give battle, & if he should fail at such a journey, it would grieve him ever after. Much other talketh had the knights of Constantinople with Childadan and those that bore him company, where he stayed till the next day in the morning, that he entered into his ships to return unto quadragant.   

CHAP. LII. How Esplandian and the king of Denmark were sent for by Gandalin that went unto the castle La montaigne defendu, where they stayed, attending the succours of the Christian Princes, and of a letter that the soldan of Liquie and Queen Calafre wrote unto king Amadis and Esplandian.  
KIng Childadan returned to quadragant as you heard before, and the army on land encamped in sight of the enemy, Amadis was advertised by those that had been in the city of Constantinople, that Esplandian and the king of Denmark were at the castle La montaigne defendu, whereupon he sent Gandalin to fetch them, Gandalin took shipping, and had so good a wind, that without any adventure he arrived there, where he declared unto them how king Amadis and almost all the Christian Princes were encamped within half a mile of the Pagans host, and all what he and Enil had done considering their charge. And because (said Gandalin) that our men are determined shortly to give them battle, they pray you to come unto them. Truly (said Esplandian) Gandalin my friend, you have wrought the matter well, and I thank you for the pains that you have taken. My lord (said the king of Denmark) are you not determined that we go unto them? For my part, I had rather lose one of mine arms, then fail thereof. Brother (said Esplandian) to morrow if it pleaseth God, the great serpent shall bring us thither: before that time it had always used to sail of itself, but as than it failed. For when they were entered into it, it stirred not, whereat Gandalin much abashed, could not refrain to say: By god, this vessel is like to the horse with the white leg, that faileth us when we have most need. Friend (said Esplandian) I am surely persuaded that this proceedeth by reason of Urganda's imprisonment, who at this time is in Melies power, and so well enchanted, that her art profiteth her as little as this vessel doth us, that moved by her enchantments, which at this present hath no means to stir, as you may well perceive. And Esplandian said true, for at the same time the country wherein Vrganda dwelled, called The unknown Island, (because it was always invisible) was as then discovered and seen of all men. With that Gandalin counseled them to enter into the Pinnace, which Esplandian and the king of Denmark did, and having a good wind, sailed towards Constantinople, and on a sunday in the morning they espied the vessels of king Childadan and quadragant, which not long after they boarded, where Esplandian and the king of Denmark were received with great joy: after that he went to see his father and the rest of the knights that were on land, and after an infinite number of embracings and welcomes on all sides, they determined to visit their enemies somewhat nearer, whereby many brave skirmishes were made, where the women of Queen Calafre were continually in arms, and among the rest, a sister of the Queens named Liote, a hardy and valiant lady, that took a Frenchman prisoner, which certified the soldan of Liquie that Amadis de Gaul king of great Britain, and Esplandian his son were in the army. Whereof the soldan and Queen Calafre being advertised, determined together to write a letter unto them, the contents whereof do follow.  
Rodrigue soldan of Liquie, mortal enemy to the enemies of our gods, and Calafre Queen of Califorine, a country most rich and abundant in gold and precious stones, give you Amadis de Gaul king of great Britain, and your son Knight of the great Serpent to understand, that the occasion of our arrival in these countries, hath been for these two causes. The one in hope to destroy all Christendom, and the other to prove if we may take from you the renown that is spread abroad of you, to be the two best knights living in the world: for we account ourselves for such, as that if you will accept the combat of your persons against ours, we will evidently make it known, that our valour is no less than yours. And to the end the glory of the victors may be known, the vanquished shall remain in their powers, to dispose of them as they shall think convenient. Advise yourselves therefore to answer us herein by this our messenger, to whom we have given charge to declare unto you (if you refuse this combat) that from henceforth we shall have just occasion to attribute to ourselves the advantage of the praises and endless glories that fortune heretofore hath given you, and to esteem of you as meanly in time to come, as you have been highly renowned heretofore.  
This letter given to the Gentlewoman that bore the first to Norandel, she went unto the Christians camp, and being advertised which was Amadis tent, entered therein, as he sat talking with king Luisart, Esplandian, and other good knights. Where kneeling on the ground, she asked which of them was the knight of the great Serpent and his father. Amadis spoke unto her and said: Gentlewoman, I am the one, and this is my son. Is it your pleasure to speak with us? The gentlewoman casting her eye upon Esplandian, marveling at his great beauty, spoke & said: In good faith king Amadis, I verily believe that this is he, for I have heard him in divers places esteemed for the same that now I do behold in him. Gentlewoman (said Amadis) if you came into our camp only to see him, you now have your desire. That hath not been only the cause (said she) but to bring this letter which the soldan of Liquie and Queen Calafre send unto you both: wherefore having read it, I pray you return an answer. With that (Amadis having taken it in his hand) the Gentlewoman departed out of the tent, attending their resolution. King Amadis having read it, showed it to King Luisart and the rest that were in presence, wherewith there rose great controversy among them concerning the refusal or acceptation of the combat, for that the most part of them were of advise it should not be accepted, showing divers great and evident reasons to confirm the same, as the greater number of enemies they had before them ready to give them battle, & if it happen (said they) that fortune should be contrary to king Amadis and Esplandian (in whom partly consisteth our hope) such hard chance would breed great fear in divers men that are now very willing & ready to do the best they can. Others held the contrary, saying that it would be shame unto them all, for that that refusal only would much encourage the enemy, but they were of this opinion, that it might well be required that the number of the combatants might be greater. In good truth (say Amadis) be it of two against two, twenty against twenty, or of greater number, the victory is in the hands of God. Wherefore in refusing thereof, I should do myself wrong, and cause a great blemish to all Christendom, that would not be defaced in long time after. Besides I have great hope of Gods help herein, for whose faith and honour I have undertaken this voyage. When Esplandian heard his father's mind, he spoke boldlier and said: That he would take that combat upon himself alone, not only against the soldan and the Queen, but against two others more with them, rather than it so should be refused: whereupon it was concluded, that Amadis and he would fight, and sending for the messenger into the tent, Amadis said unto her: Gentlewoman, you shall tell the soldan and the Queen that I and my son are content to do as they require, wherefore let them choose what arms they will, and for the place it shall be between their camp and ours: assuring them on the faith of a king, that not one of our soldiers shall once remove, how soever we speed, which we desire likewise at their hands: and if it be their desire to have the combat fought this day, we are content to do it. With that the gentlewoman returned, and coming to the soldan's tent, she declared her message unto them, being such as you have heard: whereof the soldan was glad, but especially the Queen, for the great desire she had to see Esplandian, wherefore she asked the Gentlewoman what she thought of him. Madam (said she) I have in my life time seen many men and women that nature had endued with great beauty, but by the gods I confess it is all but painting in regard of that I have found in him: for he is so fair and beautiful, that the more I think thereon, so much the more it maketh me conceive such beauty to be rather divine than human. That is much (said the Queen.) I know not (said the gentlewoman) what you mean by that word Much, but I am well assured, if you had seen him as I did, that you would say as much as I do, and it may be more. Truly (said the Queen) before I enter in combat with him, I will first see him unarmed, and speak with him, not as an enemy to an enemy, but as friends commonly do one unto the other. Madam (said the soldan) seeing it is your desire, it were good our Gentlewoman went again unto them, to desire them to give you leave to come and visit them in their camp, not to procure them any cause of envy, but to do them honour: and for that cause to desire their safe conduct. This counsel seemed good unto the Queen, and without longer staying she sent the Gentlewoman back again unto Amadis and Esplandian whom she found yet in the Tent whereas she left them. With that she told them what her message was, and the great desire the Queen had to see them before they entered into combat. King Amadis could not refrain laughing to hear the Gentlewoman express the affection her mistress had, ask king Luisart what he thought therein. Son (said he) deny not her request, for I assure you (since our coming hither) I have heard the Queen to be esteemed a wise and beautiful Princess. You hear our answer (said Amadis to the Gentlewoman) let the Queen come hither when she thinketh good, for she shall be heartily welcome. With that the Gentlewoman returned to the Queen, who being greatly pleased with that answer, determined the next day to go unto them. But she knew not well what manner of apparel she were best to wear: sometimes she thought it fit to go as she used when she went to battle, and then presently changed opinion, thinking a woman's apparel would be more seemly and convenient, seeing she went not to try their forces, but only to win the love and favour of Esplandian, if she might procure the same. And thinking on it all night long, in the morning when she meant to apparel herself, she was resolved to dress her as women use to do, thinking she had means enough afterward to show herself in habit of a knight, whereby she might be seen both in the one and the other sort. Whereupon she caused her most precious robes to be brought unto her, and appareling herself, forgot not any thing that might once beautify or adorn her person, or that in her opinion would deck her well, the better to be liked. And to bear her company she took twelve of her own gentlewomen, so well furnished and set forth with stones and pearls, that the like was never seen. That done, she sent unto her ships for a most strange and monstrous beast, whereupon sometimes she used to ride in great pomp. It was as big as a great Dromedary, the hair long & somewhat yellow, black spots, his two ears hanging down unto his knees, having but one eye, shining brighter than a burning glass, and stood right in the midst of his forehead: out of his mouth there issued two great teeth like horns, and although his feet were cloven like an ox, yet was there no Hart in all the world that could outrun him, were it in plain way, or over rocks. In that manner she entered into the Christians camp, of whom she was not a little wondered at before she came to King Luisarts tent, where Amadis and in a manner all the principal captains of the army stayed for her, praying quadragant to go out to welcome her, which he did with great courtesy: for he had no sooner espied her, but he stepped forward, and doing her great reverence, holp her to descend, and taking her by the arm, led her into the tent, where the lords were all assembled, of whom she was most honourably received. But when she beheld Esplandians beauty, she was so much surprised with the love of him, that she repent her coming thither, not so much for the small hope she had to win him, (being divers in religion) but doubting that the fantasy newly entered into her mind would so much estrange her force (by overmuch thinking upon him) when she went to fight, that thereby she should be in danger to lose the honour and reputation she had gotten in arms among the best knights in all the world: which to prevent, she determined to stay the less time there, knowing the nature of love to be such, that it can steal the hearts of all persons, and commonly maketh himself possessor of it, before he that hath it in possession, can perceive it. And as the Princes entertained her with divers sweet and pleasant speeches, she turned to Esplandian and said: Sir Knight, for two most excellent graces that are in you, I have taken the pains to come and visit you: The first is the gift of beauty, which is such in you, as I could never have imagined the same: The other is the force of your body and magnanimity of your courage, whereby you are accounted altogether invincible. The one I have seen with mine eyes to be so perfect, that I never hope to see the like again, although I lived a thousand years and more: the other, the combat you shall have against the most puissant soldan of Liquie will be a witness unto us: and had it not been that he requested me to fight against king Amadis (because his only desire is to prove his body against yours) I would have tried it myself. Of one thing can I well assure you, that if the honour remain to us and life to you, I will afterward tell you a thing that much importeth me, and which I greatly desire to let you know before I sail into my country. Now for this time I have satisfied my desire: wherefore my lords (said she unto all the Princes) I beseech you pardon me in not using longer speeches, for I know full well that my long staying with you, (thinking to find that I hoped for) might possible cause me to lose myself, wherewith I should be overmuch displeased, for that before sunnesetting I hope to be in place where I will show such valour in arms, that he which never could be vanquished by man (as it is reported) shall now receive an overthrow at a simple woman's hand. Madam (said king Perion) fortune can do much when it pleaseth her, if you do as you say, truly you shall do more than we can well believe, but commonly the workman is known by his work, and because the issue of the combat is the glory of him or you, till than we will defer our judgements. And although Amadis perceived himself much outraged by the queen, yet he made no sign thereof, but taking her by the arm, led her where her company stayed, and as she mounted to return, with a smiling countenance he spoke unto her and said: Madam, when we come to dealing of blows I beseech you show me not the greatest extremity you can, because I was always a friend to women, and ever will be during my life: whereunto the queen answered not a word, but road unto the Pagans' camp to arm herself. Mean time Brian de Moniaste arrived in the Christians camp, who having been sent by the king of Spain his father with a great power of men into Africa, to besiege the town of Cesonie after called Centie, was advertised by a pirate, of the Christians enterprise, and how their army and great fleet had passed the cape of Finis terre, presently sent unto his father to desire him to give him leave to go that voyage: whereunto by much importunity he granted. For which cause Brian broke up his siege of Cente, and entering again into his ships sailed to Cicile, and from thence to Galipoli, and so to Constantinople, where he joined with the Christian princes that received him most gladly.   

CHAP. LIII. How king Amadis and Esplandian his son, fought against the soldan of Liquie and Queen Calafre, and of the battle fought the same day both by sea and land, between the Christians and the Pagans.  
QVéene Calafre returned to the Pagans camp as you heard before, presently armed herself, & the soldan like wise, and stayed not long before they came unto the place where the combat was assigned, where not long after they found Amadis and Esplandian: and because the two camps were not well assured of each other (notwithstanding the oaths and promises on both sides made) they set themselves in order of battle not stirring one foot: king Perion sending word to quadragant and king Childadan, that as they had intelligence from the enemy, they should set upon their army by sea: the like word was sent unto the Emperor of Constantinople, that he might likewise be prepared: and as the four combatants were ready to strike each other, the soldan called Amadis and Esplandian, ask them if they would not swear and keep promise (according to the agreement sent unto them by his gentlewoman) that the vanquishers without impeachment should lead away the vanquished. I truly, said they, therefore beware of us. With that Amadis made towards the Queen, and the soldan against Esplandian, to whom he gave so great a blow with his lance into the shield, that he pierced it through: whereby divers thought assuredly he had been wounded to death, but it was not so, for the lance passed under his saddle without any further hurt: but Esplandian gave him his exchange, striking him so fiercely, that he made him lose both stirrup and saddle and fall upon the ground, with so great might, that he rolled twice or thrice before he stayed, in such manner, that the helmet flew off his head. Queen Calafre ran against king Amadis, and he against her: and as they were in the middle of their course, Amadis turned the but end of his lance against her, & passing forward would not strike her: yet she held her lance down and struck his horse in the steel of his forehead, and withal they met so strongly body to body, that therewith the Queen fell down, & Amadis was constrained to light, his horse was so astonished with the truncheon of the lance that stuck within his forehead. But the Queen rose presently, and with her sword in hand went towards Amadis, the like did the soldan to Esplandian that had suffered him to take breath and lace his helmet, not for any good he wished him, but that at the end of his career he espied the princes Leonorine standing on the walls of Constantinople, whereat he was so abashed, that every man said, the soldan had hurt him in the body. Nevertheless within short space after they knew the contrary: for he lighted on foot, where between them two was fought the most perilous combat that ever was seen, for Rodrigue was as valiant a knight in arms as any in his time: but Esplandian handled him in such manner, that often times he made him clean forget the subtleties that commonly he used in such affairs, and in the end used him so hardly, that it might evidently be seen the victory would be his. Mean time the Queen used all her force to overcome king Amadis, who holding in his hand a great truncheon of a lance instead of a sword, gave her such a blow on the crest of her helmet, that he made her eyes start within her head. Wherewith she being much offended, spoke unto him, and said: What sir Knight? do you think me either to he a dog or else a country clown, that you seem to beat me with a staff? By my head before you escape out of my hands, there is no armour you have but will be needful for you to the safeguard of your life. Calafre (said Amadis) all my life time I have been a servant unto Ladies, and if at this time I should begin with you to wish them ill, the good that others have received at my hands would be less esteemed. You account me then (said the Queen) one of that number: but you shall presently feel that I am something more: with that she took her sword in both hands, and in great choler gave him such a blow, that she clave his shield in two, and thinking to double her stroke, Amadis stepped unto her and plucked hers from off her neck, with such force, that she was constrained to kneel upon the ground. Nevertheless she rose presently again, and thinking to be revenged, used all her force to charge Amadis, who turning aside gave her such a blow with his truncheon hard by the ear, and therewith made her so astonished, that her sword fell out of her hand: wherewith he stepped forward, and taking her by the helmet, said unto her: Now you shall be my prisoner whether you will or not, as well as the soldan is prisoner to my son. With that the Queen looked aside and perceived that Amadis said true: wherefore she said: Truly I am your prisoner seeing fortune will have it so: and therewith Rodrigue and Esplandian came unto them, and they four going out of the lists, went unto the Christians camp: the Pagans that saw them led away in whom in a manner consisted most of their hope, when the camps should join in battle, made countenance to rescue them: which caused the Christians to stand all day in order of battle: mean time they agreed among themselves to send the soldan and the Queen unto Constantinople, Gandalin having charge to bring them thither, and present them to the Princess Leonorine, from Amadis and Esplandian, who thanked them most hearty. And before he returned again unto the camp, a soldier of Thrace (that had dwelled in Tartary above twenty year together) came and yielded himself unto the Christians, and told King Perion and Luisart, that their enemies determined the next day in the morning to surprise them before they were aware, whereof they advertised the Emperor of Constantinople, to the end he might be ready. There were in the city forty thousand men, whereof he appointed thirty thousand to issue forth upon the enemy's rearward, as soon as they perceived the battle once begun, and gave likewise intelligence to King Childadan and quadragant, that his spies had brought him news that Alphorax had unfurnished his ships of men to strengthen their army on land, trusting to the straits which they mean to keep, hoping thereby to sail into the Maiorque seas, if fortune favour not their enterprise: and there it would be good (with the other Christian princes advise) that they should set upon him, and that Frandalo with his fleet should second them. Which news understood by the two Generals of the army by sea, they sent unto king Amadis and the rest of the Commanders in the camp, to know their advise: whereunto answer was returned, that they should follow the opinion of the Emperor of Constantinople, which they should execute upon the next day in the morning: whereupon Frandalo ceased not all night to make and prepare divers kinds of artificial fires, wherewith he made account to burn the most part of Alphorax ships, which he did, as hereafter you shall hear. But to return to king Armato and his forces: About an hour before day, according to their former determinations, they began to march against the Christians, thinking to find them sleeping, and thereby to slay their watch before they should have means to set themselves in order of battle. Nevertheless they found themselves deceived, for they were already set in order of battle, standing close, with great desire to receive their enemy as they did: the Emperor of Rome had the vanguard, and with him king Luisart: king Amadis, king Perion, Galaor, and Esplandian the main battle: & Florestan, Bruneo, and Balan, the rearguard. On the Pagan's side there marched first, the soldan of Alaxa, threescore knights, two caliphs, and four Tamorlanes, that in great fury set upon the Emperor of Rome and his battle: where at their first arrival many a brave knight was strooken down, both on the one side and the other, for Esplandian and the Christian princes being feigned together, gave not one blow but it was a deadly stroke: yet at the first they were repulsed by the great quantity of arrows the enemies shot against them, which flew in so great number, that hailstones never fell thicker out of the skies: whereby it fell out, that both vanguard, main battle, and rearguard, endured much pain: with that Norandel, Talanque, Manely, Trion, Landin, Licoran, Imosill, Palomie, Enil, Ellan, and to conclude, all Esplandians companions with thirty thousand men chosen by the Emperor, issued out of the city: which small troop (resolutely determined) did so abash the Pagans, that in a manner they all lost their courages: whereby they presently began to recoil as far back as they advanced themselves: wherewith those that before had been in fear took courage again, and turning their faces on the enemy, recovered the ground that they had lost, in such sort, that with good cause they might well cry, Victory. On the other side, quadragant and Childadan setting sail, made towards the straits, at the entry whereof Frandalo overtook them with fourscore vessels of all sorts: and as they had spoken together touching their enterprise (considering the great power of their enemies) it was agreed that Frandalo (that had proved them at other times) should first set upon them: wherewith he began to sail forwards, and Alphorax likewise against him, giving a sign of battle to his men, who with great courage entered upon ten of the best galleys that the Christians had and sunk them in the sea: yet Frandalo nought abashed, set fire on more than an hundred of their ships before Childadan entered into fight: but not long after, he and quadragant came unto them, where good defence prevailed. In which fight they continued for the space of eight hours without any sign upon which side the victory would fall until quadragant boarded Alphorax ship and entered by force, slaying all that were therein. What need I stand longer to discourse? The Turks seeing their captain dead, and their manifest overthrow before their faces, being ready to fall into the Christians hands, began to fly, and by force of oars entered into the Maiorque sea: but not all, for there were taken, burnt, and drowned about two or three hundred Galleys, Galleasses, Fustes, and Brigandines, the rest saved themselves, in such sort as you heard before: to whom night was so much assistant, that the chase endured not so long as else it would have done. Alphorax dead, and his army overthrown; the Christians assembled themselves together, staying to hear news from their army on land, which in the mean time had had so much to endure, that wonder it was how they could hold out: and among the rest the good old king Perion and Luisart seeing Esplandian raging like a lion followed by the hunters, would not leave him fearing to lose him, and so long they followed him, striking both on the right side and the left, that they found themselves enclosed by above a thousand Turkish horsemen, not having any other aid by them than Grumedan the Duke of Bristol, Guilan, Brandoyvas, Nicoran of the silver bridge, Cendil de gonate, and a few others. Surely those eight or nine caused those that met them to buy full dearly their approach, as not being the first danger wherein they had fallen: nevertheless in the end being over weary and sore travailed with the blows they had given and received, they were clean out of breath, and the worst was their horses were slain under them, and they themselves so sore wounded, that they were all slain in the place: only Esplandian that in a manner could scarce lift up his arms when king Amadis his father with great number of Frenchmen found him there: whereat the battle begun fiercer than ever it had been, for Amadis and his company seeing the King's dead and their companions lying on the ground, and Esplandian fight in the middle of them on foot, they were in a manner mad, and therewith made such slaughter, that the Turks were forced to separate themselves, and Esplandian horsed again, and being on horseback, notwithstanding all his wounds, he showed well that his body was not weary, for he followed the enemies in such sort, (moved with grief to see his friends dead) that in short space (by the aid of his father and the rest that followed him) he forced the Sultan of Alaxa and his soldiers to turn their backs and fly, and in his flight gave him such a blow with his sword upon the head, that he struck him dead, and more than an hundred Pagans with him: Amadis like wise did so valiantly, with all the Knights of France, great Britain, and Swethland, specially the King of Denmark, Talanque, Manely, Ambor, and Norandel, that wonder it was to see, yet had their valour little prevailed without the aid that the Emperor of Constantinople brought thither, with a great troop of horsemen that the Emperor of Rome had likewise gathered together: by which means king Armato with thirty other Kings and their retinue were clean overthrown, and the most part of them put to the sword: the Christian Knights making such slaughter, that the blood ran about the field in such abundance, as if it had reigned blood a whole day together: and greater had the abundance been if night had not come on, which separated them, the Western Princes remaining encamped in the field, till day opened, that they might accomplish their desires. Mean time Amadis caused watch and Sentinels to be set in all places, because he had been advertised that King Armato that had fled away, assembled his men by little and little, which to do he caused horns and drums to sound throughout the field, making fire round about the place where he had retired, sending two knights to the sea side to know what had happened to his son: but news was brought him that he was slain, and all his ships burnt and drowned, except fifty or threescore that were at the end of the straits of the Maiorque sea, staying to hear news of him, assure yourselves that such news pleased him not too well: nevertheless perceiving it more convenient to supply his own necessity than to spend the time in sorrow and tears, he called such captains as he had together, with whom he determined presently to departed, and before day to embark that small number of men that rested, before the Christians should perceive the same. With that he commanded from place to place that every man should presently retire, and without noise make towards the sea; where being arrived, they entered into their ships flying towards Tartary in all the hast they could: whereof the Emperor of Constantinople being advertised, sent Frandalo & divers galleys with him to follow them, but all in vain: in the mean time the hurt Knights and soldiers were brought into the city, and the dead buried each according to his degree: wherein the Emperor showed great affection, especially as touching the burial of the Kings Perion and Luisart, for whom, Esplandian (coming to the Empire) and those that succeeded after him, caused two Pyramids to be made, not any thing inferior to those which sometime were erected in the city of Memphis, as well for the Kings Miris, Chemnis, as others: and hard by them they buried the bodies of the valiant knights Balan, Helian, Polimner, Enil, Grumedan, the good old man, and divers other knights that died in that battle, fight in the defence of the faith of jesus Christ, with whom their blessed souls do now remain in joy. And because no men●ion hath been made of Queen Calafre since her captivity, neither of the aid that she had brought unto the Pagan kings, it seemeth reason that I should declare the occasion why her women fought not with the rest, you must understand, that the Queen perceiving her in one day to be taken not only with the love of the knight Esplandian, but by the force of his father King Amadis, not long after she had been in the company of the princes Leonorine, to whom Gandalin brought her, she sent unto her sister Lyote to will her with her women to return to sea, keeping apart from all the Pagans, without once stirring from thence, for any thing whatsoever should fall, till she received further news from her, which was partly the cause of the enemy's overthrow: for they doubting some treason being separated in that sort, from that time forward were in some fear and in greater suspicion than before: and not without cause, for that if Lyote had aided king Armato both by sea and land, as she might have done, if her sister had not forbidden her, it is likely her esquadron of women being twenty thousand strong and somewhat more, had done great mischief to the Christians: but God of his goodness provided better for them.   

CHAP. liv. How after the Pagans were driven out of Thrace, the Emperor of Constantinople renouncing his Empire, invested Esplandian therewith, marrying him to his daughter the princess Leonorine.  
THe obsequies and funerals of the Kings, Princes, Lords and others, that died in the battle, being finished, the wounded cured, and all things set at rest: the Emperor of Constantinople knowing that Amadis and those that were come with him from the Western parts would return again into their countries, desired them to assemble, showing them that his meaning was to let them know what he determined to do before they went from thence: The next day in the morning they all met in the emperor's great hall, and he standing in the midst, spoke unto them and said: My brethren, lords, and good friends, the bond wherein I stand bounden unto you is so great, that although it hath pleased God to make me Emperor of all Grecia, yet am I well assured, it is far beyond my poor ability to satisfy you for the same, esteeming the honour and riches that I now have (next under God) be it little or much, to proceed from you: I am now threescore years of age, wholly aged & decrepit, by reason of the pains that in my youthful years I have continually taken in following arms: so it is I have but one child, which is a daughter, the only staff & hope of my old years, whom I have determined (if you think good) to give in marriage unto the valiant knight Esplandian, and with her likewise to invest him with the Empire and government of all my countries. And the better to live solitarily, and to separate myself from worldly company, I have determined to go (with the Empress my wife) into the monastery that I caused to be made, there to live religiously, calling upon God and doing penance for the evils I have committed heretofore. Wherefore my good lords and friends I pray you, if this my determination like you well, let every man give consent, and you first (said he unto king Amadis) to whom the matter toucheth nearer than to any of the rest, as being father and son. My lord (said he) my son shall do as you command him. I will tell you, (said the Emperor) I remember that among other Prophecies which ought to happen in this our time, there is one that maketh me (as I think) agree with you in one consent. Esplandian hath upon his body (as I have understood) certain characters, which show his name and others that in no wise can be read, but only by the woman that is ordained to be his wife, let us now see if it be my daughter or not: with that he sent for the Princess Leonorine, who being brought thither by the Empress and divers other ladies, the Emperor desired Esplandian to open his doublet and show them the letters he had borne upon his body from his mother's womb, which he refused not, but before them all showed them openly, where every man might easily perceive the white characters, containing this word Esplandian, but they could not know the red: wherefore the Emperor caused his daughter to come near, ask her what she could do therein. My lord (said she) not long before Melie betrayed Vrganda, she and I being alone in my chamber, she sent to fetch one of the books that had been taken from her, covered with gold, whereon the Enchantress was engraven, and I remember that I saw therein the like characters that Esplandian beareth on his body, and over them their signification, which is nothing else but his name and mine. Daughter (said the Emperor) if you have the book still, cause it to be brought hither: whereunto she obaied. The book being brought, she showed him the place that Melie had read unto her, containing that which followeth: The happy knight that shall conquer the sword & the great treasure enchanted by me, shall from his mother's womb bear his name in white characters, and the name of her that shall be his wife in red characters upon his body, which red characters shall be so difficult to understand, that no man living in that time how wife or learned soever he be, shall express the same without he see this book, which will teach him what the seven characters do signify, representing the seven words that follow, Leonorine daughter of the Emperor of Greece. In good faith (said the Emperor) here is a strange case, and showeth well that the Enchantress lady had more knowledge in art Magic, than any that lived in her time: and seeing my daughter hath so well divined, I am determined that you, (said he unto the archbishop of Thrace) do grant unto Esplandian that which nature before his birth had promised unto him, which is my daughter Leonorine. By which means the marriage was solemnized and finished the same day with no great ceremonies, the Court being as yet troubled for the death of so many Princes and great lords that were slain in the battle: but let it suffice to know, that those two lovers enjoyed the thing which they so long desired, Esplandian the same day being proclaimed Emperor of Gréece according to the commandment of his father in law: who within two months after, with the Empress his wife went unto a monastery & place of devotion. And because queen Calafre had always pretended to marry with Esplandian, perceiving her intent frustrated, she could not refrain to speak in presence of them all, & said unto them: My lords, I beseech you give me leave to declare my mind. It is certain (said she) that those which know me are not ignorant that I am one of the greatest & most puissant princess in all the cast parts, by reason of the great quantity of gold and precious stones that are within my countries. As touching my lineage; I am daughter of a queen of ancient race, and as noble as any that ever was in the world: so it is that fortune brought me into these marches, promising me shortly to return laden with great number of fla●es & abundance of treasure: but to the contrary, I that pretended & sought the captivity of others, and myself taken & better holden prisoner than they yt●● in their mortal enemies hands. This imprisonment whereof I speak, is not that whereunto I am bound by the faith I have given unto king Amadis, having vanquished me by force, which I certainly know to be wholly subject to fortune: but the imprisonment whereof 〈◊〉 complain, is the wherein my heart hath enclosed itself, & hath the only moving by the sole beauty & favour I have found in the new & most happy emperor esteeming myself to be such, that I haved (leaving my law to accept of yours) to have had him for my lord and husband, although my hope by little and little began to diminish, when I perceived the Princes Leonorine to be more recommended in all perfections than any that ever I heard of, or ever have seen: so that (speaking against myself) it had been impossible to find a more equal match nor more conformable one unto the other, than the marriage of them together: which maketh me believe that fortune extendeth wholly to eternize this my passion, wherein I will (if I can) so much impeach her, that forgetting my first affection, and if it will please him to give me another husband worthy my estate, I will accept it willingly together with baptism and the law of Christ which you do hold. When the Emperor Esplandian saw her good pretence, he began to comfort her in the best manner he could, and calling Talanque (a fair lusty and well disposed Gentleman) he said unto the Queen: Madam, this Gentleman I offer unto you, is my cousin, and son unto King Galaor, one of the best knights as I think living in the world, I pray you at my request refuse him not for your lord and husband, assuring you, that I know no Princess (how great soever she be) living in the world, but might content herself with him. The Queen beheld him with so good affection, that she easily believed Esplandian, and said unto him: Upon your word my lord I will accept of him, and from this time forward yield myself to be his wife, and will for his sake do so much, that the Island wherein I and others my predecessors would not suffer a man to live, shall from henceforth be governed by him as other countries are by their Kings and Princes. And because her sister Li●●e was not at that assembly, but with her ships lying in the straits (as Queen Calafre had commanded her as you heard before) she desired the Emperor to send for her, who presently sent the admiral Tartary to fetch her, she being come, and having heard her sister's mind, easily agreed thereto, and by the same means was married to Manely the wise, both espoused at one time, and being baptized, caused all their army to do the like: which done, not long after those new married couples, taking their leaves of the Kings, Princes, Lords, Ladies, and Gentlewomen of the Court, they embarked themselves, Manely having with him the vessels wherein Childadan his father arrived in the east, and Talanque those of king Galaor, which they caused to be sraighted & laden with all things necessary for so strange a country. And setting sail for California, not without great trouble, (which in the end they overcame) they arrived in safety, where afterward they had many battles with their neighbours bordering about them, whom they overcame, augmenting their dominions with many great lands & territories. But because the subject of our history is not further to entreat of them, we will for this present leave them to go on with that which afterward was done in the city of Constantinople. You heard before of the love of Norandel and queen Minoresse, that daily increased in them more & more, which the Empress knowing full well, caused them to be married together, the emperor giving to Norandel the castle La montaigne defendu, with the towns of Alfarin & Galatia, for the which he recompensed Frandalo with the rich, fertile and well peopled isles of Galatines. Mean time the Emperor Esplandian not forgetting the imprisonment of Vrganda, one day among the rest (not long before the princes of the West embarked themselves to return into their countries) he showed them in what sort Melie had taken her away, & by enchantment carried her to the great city of Tesifant, where she held her prisoner in a great tower, desiring them most earnestly to give him counsel what he might do therein. Son (said king Amadis) it were good you sent unto Armato to offer him for her the soldan of Liquie that is your prisoner: & if he refuse you so to do, we will enter into his country and fetch her thence by force. Whereunto they all agreed, so that without longer delay Carmelle was sent to Tesifant, embarking herself with four squires & three gentlewomen, & with a good wind arrived at the castle La montaigne defendu, where she remained certain days, staying for king Armatos passport which by one of her women she sent to fetch, who fou●● Armato as melancholy as might be, feeling as yet his fortune past, specially the death of his son Alphorax, which without ceasing he continually lamented. With that the gentlewoman gave him to understand the cause of her arrival, wherewith he was so well pleased, that presently he caused Carmelles safe conduct to be made, and giving it to the messenger, said unto her: My friend, return unto your mistress and assure her from me, that she may come unto my court as often as it pleaseth her, remembering well the pleasures she showed unto me during my imprisonment. The gentlewoman thanked him most heartily, and returned to Carmelle: who within few days after went to Tesifant to Armato, where she declared at large the effect of her embassage, which heard by king Armato and considering with himself, that for Vrganda he might recover one of his greatest friends & thereby cause the Christian Princes for a time to refrain the overrunning of his country, sent presently for Melie, desiring her in all affection (for his sake) to grant to his desire & the pleasure of the Christians, considering the offer made by them was both advantage unto him & his. Melie desirous to please Armato, broke her enchantments, & without delay Vrganda was delivered unto Carmelle, upon condition, that she being arrived in the city of Constantinople, should likewise set the soldan of Liquie at liberty, which she swore and promised to do: which done, taking their leave of Armato, they traveled so long, that they came unto the castle La montaigne defendu, where Vrganda caused them to leave Carmelles ship to enter into the great serpent that as yet she found there, which presently of itself began to sail, as it had always done before Vrganda was in prison, in such manner, that without impeachment they arrived in the Haven of Constantinople, where the Princes and lords being on shore, descended to the water side to receive Vrganda: And thinking to bring her to the palace, she desired the to stay there till a prophesy were accomplished, that should be done before the sun went down, which they agreed unto: not only to please her mind, but likewise desiring to see what it should be. With that they were abashed that the great serpent began to leap and labour in the water; as if it had been in the greatest storm that ever was, although the sea was very calm, but only about the serpent, where it raged in most horrible manner, but that which most abashed the beholders was, that the vessel cast forth such horrible cries, that not one among them but his hair stood upright upon his head for fear. And having continued in that manner about 〈…〉 more▪ the serpent thrust his head into the water, wherewith it sunk and never was seen again. And with that they perceived a far off a great rock, which being driven by the waves, came within half a bow shot near unto the shore, on the top whereof stood a woman bareheaded, and covered only with a linen cloth to hide her privities, being environed by more than a thousand serpents as well great as small, which stung her in such sort, that she wept and lamented in most pitiful manner, whereat the knights of great Britain had so much compassion, that they thought to enter into the ships, and go to help her: which Vrganda forbade them. For (said she) besides the dangers that may hap unto you you shall lose your labours, because she whom you behold (which is the enchantress lady) hath ordained it to be so. With that the rock sunk into the water, and the gentlewoman vanished out of sight, but not long after she appeared again upon the waves, flying from the fury of a monster of the sea, that with his throat open followed after, ready to devour her, in such manner, that she came right unto the haven, crying with a loud voire unto Esplandian: Gentle Emperor I pray you help me, for none but you can do it: wherewith Esplandian stepped forward, & holding the sword he conquered in the old palace of the enchanted rock in his hand, ran unto her, & thinking to go near the monster, the gentlewoman that fled from it caught hold of his sword, & whether he would or not took it away, wherewith she threw herself into the sea, & the monster after her. Whereat every man began to laugh, saying to the emperor, that if a gentlewoman had predestinated the same unto him, & kept it long time, another gentlewoman or she herself upon a sudden had taken it from him again. With that Vrganda was led unto the palace, accompanied by the emperor with all the kings & knights: where not long after the soldan of Liquie was delivered & sent to Tesifant, & about the beginning of the next week after the western princes took shipping: and being embarked with Vrganda (recommending the emperor to God) failed forwards, till at the last every man arrived at his desired haven, namely king Amadis that found Oriane very sad for the death of her mother newly deceased, which much more increased when she knew her father king Luisart was dead. But in the end, time made her to forget her sorrow, but not so soon as Amadis could have wished.   

CHAP. LV. How the Emperor Esplandian sent Norandel to take possession of the country he had given him, and of the taking of Tesifant.  
NOt long after the western princes were departed into their countries, the emperor Esplandian would that Norandel should go unto the castle La montaigne defendu, and other towns that he had given him, to make war against king Armato, for which cause he gave him a great number of soldiers, with the which to make short he assailed the king of Turkey, & had battle together, wherein many a valiant knight lost their lives: nevertheless, the victory fell on norandel's side, whereby he caused Armato to fly away, retiring to his city of Tesifant, which being known unto the Emperor, he departed from Constantinople, & with a great army going into Turkey, joined with norandel's power, and besieged Tesifant, but fear seized so well upon Armato, that he found means to fly away & leave the town, which not long after was taken, & the princess Heliaxe brought unto the emperor, who used her courteously, and sent her again unto her father Ampheon king of Medea, giving her divers rich presents. News being spread throughout the country of Turkey of the flight of king Armato, as also of the taking of Tesifant, divers towns and cities yielded to Esplandian, that gave them likewise to Norandel: and because winter came on, he returned into Thrace, where two of his nephews, sons of Galaor came to visit him, and to receive the order of knighthood: which he gave unto them with both armour and horses, minding to request them to travel to Tesifant unto Norandel, thereto begin their first entrance into arms, but they desired rather to take the way to California, where M●●● and Ta●anque had great war against their neighbours, which the emperor perceiving caused all things necessary for so long a voyage to be given them, with so good Piloted, that in the end they arrived at their desired Haven, where they attained to great honour and estimation among their ●pan● But 〈◊〉 to enter further to discou●● of them, 〈…〉 this present let them rest. And let it suffice you to know▪ how that as time passed, Perion succeeded in his father's feat, and Garinter married in the east parts with Heletria queen of Citharee, and was the best knight in all the world. And because it is declared at large in the sixth and seventh books of this our history, we will pass it over at this time.   

CHAP. LVI. How Vrganda sent to desire king Amadis, the Emperor Esplandian, Don Galaor king of Sobradise, and others, to come unto the Firm Isle, and of the marvelous enchantments that she made over them.  
VRganda being in her Isle not as yet discovered, taking great pleasure to read Melies books, knew by her art death to be near unto the kings and princes whom she most loved, and having great sorrow that worms should consume the flesh of so valiant king hes, devised to prevent the same, which to do she took sea, accompanied of her two cousins juliande, and Solisee, with divers other gentlewomen, and went unto the Firm Isle, where being arrived, she sent to the emperor Esplandian, Amadis, Galaor, Florestan, Agraies, and Gransador, praying them most earnestly to come unto her to the palace of Apolidon, for matter that touched them most near, otherwise she sent them word, if they did it not, that before long time past evil would hap unto them, and the master Elizabeth should bring with him the book that he made of the adventures of the knights living in his time, as also that they should bring their wives with Ardan the dwarf, Carmelle, Gandalin, & the Gentlewoman of Denmark. Those princes having understood Urganda's mind, failed not therein, so that about the same time she willed them to come, they all arrived there: where Vrganda received them, not with a smiling countenance as ●●er used ordinary to do, but with tears in her eyes, whereat they being much abashed, desired her to show the cause thereof, which at the first she could not do, her heart was so full of greet. Nevertheless, in the 〈◊〉 she too●● 〈◊〉 again▪ and said unto them: My good friends, 〈…〉 of almighty God, all things have 〈…〉 temporal things should pass away, & by death have an end, according to the qualities of his creatures: Which divers great persons considering with themselves, have travailed (during their lives) in many sorts, after their deaths to leave some memory of them, not minding to bury their renown together with their bodies. Now I know for certain that the end of your days is near: wherefore it is most requisite, that you be constant, and show yourselves to be the same you were at the beginning. Nevertheless before that death shall seize upon you, I will show the love that I have always borne unto you, and with the help of God, will do so much, that without death you shall remain asleep, until the time that one descended of your race shall deliver you from thence, and after that shall be in as good case and reign again within your countries as you did before: otherwise assure yourselves that before six months do come unto an end, not one of you shall be alive, but all buried in the earth. Wherefore let every man show me his opinion, and for the rest (said she) let me provide. Surely that speech and news of death was so hard for them to endure, that not one of them but changed colour, their hearts being seized with an extreme sorrow. And as they beheld each other, king Amadis seeming least astonished, answered unto Vrganda and said: Madam, we know for certain, that not one of us, nor any other living creature can perfectly know what is necessary for us, but only you alone: wherefore do with us as you think good, and we will all obey you: that is sufficient (said Vrganda) therefore let every man put on his armour in the same manner he useth when he goeth to the field, and each man hold his sword naked in his hand: that done, she caused them to go into the forbidden chamber, setting them in their royal seats, with all their wives by them: which done, Urganda's two cousins, juliande and Solisde in two basins of gold brought a certain composition, wherewith she desired them to wash their faces, which they did. Whereby it happened, that on a sudden Beauty (which Age and Time had decayed in them) began again to appear within their faces, in as great perfection a● even it had done: which adventure please● the Ladies so ●●ll that they began to behold each other, and their husbands thereat to be much abashed. Then Vrganda called master Elizabeth, & taking him by the hand, led him into the next chamber, where she caused him to sit down, & putting the book that he had brought into her hands, she made signs to Gandalin and the gentlewoman of Denmark that they should follow her: and passing through the Ark of faithful lovers they entered into the garden, where the images of Apolidon and Grimanaise were placed: over the which she set them and Ardan the dwarf hard by them, wherewith she said unto them: My friends, the true and faithful lovers have been worthy to see these images before the Ark sometime enchanted, so you deserve this place for the faith and true and affection that you have always borne to your masters. Wherefore upon your lives, see you depart not hence whatsoever you shall hear or see: that done, she went unto the chamber where she left the Emperor, and taking Carmelle by the hand, before them all she said unto her: Carmelle, you were but of mean parentage, but the virtue and great courtesy of your heart hath so much enabled you, that you shall be placed at the Emperor's feet to fulfil the promise made unto him, which was, never to forsake him while you lived. With that she spoke unto king Amadis and all the other princes, praying them not to fly till she returned again: and going up into one of the towers of the palace, she took with her the best of Medea's books which Melie had, that sometime belonged to the Enchantress lady: and being in the tower she uncovered her head, with that she began to read certain coniu●●ations, and looking into all the four quarters of the earth, making signs and tokens with her fingers, her face became so red. ●hat it seemed fire had issued out of her eyes. Whereupon there ●appened such an earthquake & so great tempests of lightning and ●hunder, as though the Elements had fought together. This tempest continuing for the space of three quarters of an hour, those whom she had caused to sit down (as you heard before) remained in a trance without all knowledge, as if they had been dead: and with that there appeared a cloud so obscure and thick which environed the place, that never after it could be seen, till Luisart of Gréece son to Esplandian brought that enchantment to an end, by means of a sword which he conquered, as it shall be declared to you in the sixth Book: wherein is described one of the most pleasant and delectable histories that ever was read. At which time all the Princes and the rest were revived again, and not before. The Emperor Esplandian at that time had a son after his grandfathers name called Luisart, as then about the age of eight years: King Amadis a son and a daughter, the son named Perion, and the daughter Brisene that married the eldest son of the Emperor of Rome: King Galaor two sons, the one named Perion, the other Garinter, of whom I have showed you before: Florestan the King of Sardaigne two sons, the one named Florestan after his father, that reigned after him, and the other Palmindan of Almain after his grandfather: Agrayes Earl of Salandrie two sons, the one called Languines, the other Galmenes: King Bruneau one son named Vallade, and a daughter named Helisenne that married Quedragants son, and bore his father's name: King Childadan two sons, the eldest called Abies of Ireland after his grandfather, whom Amadis slew the first day he entered into Knighthood. And although these princes left such heirs as you heard before, yet would they not during their father's absence, take on them the names or titles of Kings, hoping by God's help, that they should once return as well as ever they were. For the which cause they having ●●●tained to the age and strength to bear arms, passed 〈◊〉 ●reland, there to be made knights by King Child●●●● 〈…〉 very weak and withered with age: 〈…〉 followed strange adventures, doing many 〈…〉 feats of arms, which are at large declared in the books that follow, which in time may come unto your hands, when it pleaseth God.   
FINIS.